Table of Contents
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 21, 2016
Registration No. 333-211698
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

AMENDMENT NO. 1
TO
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

Planet Fitness, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware	 	7997	 	38-3942097	
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)	 	(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)	 	(I.R.S. Employer Identification Number)	
26 Fox Run Road
Newington, NH 03801
(603) 750-0001
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

Chris Rondeau
Chief Executive Officer
Planet Fitness, Inc.
26 Fox Run Road
Newington, NH 03801
(603) 750-0001
(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Copies to:

David A. Fine
Ropes & Gray LLP
Prudential Tower
800 Boylston Street
Boston, MA 02199
(617) 951-7000	 	Dorvin Lively
Chief Financial Officer
Planet Fitness, Inc.
26 Fox Run Road
Newington, NH 03801
(603) 750-0001	 	John C. Ericson
Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
425 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017
(212) 455-2000	

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement is declared effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨ 
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨ 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨ 
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨ 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer  ¨ 	 	Accelerated filer  ¨ 	 	Non-accelerated filer  x 
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)	 	Smaller reporting company  ¨ 	
 
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine

Table of Contents
The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
 
Subject to completion, dated June 21, 2016
Preliminary prospectus
10,000,000 shares

Planet Fitness, Inc.
Class A Common Stock
$        per share
The selling stockholders identified in this prospectus are offering 10,000,000 shares of our Class A common stock. We are not selling any shares of Class A common stock under this prospectus, and we will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.
Our Class A common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “PLNT.” On June 17, 2016, the last sale price of our Class A common stock as reported on the NYSE was $19.02 per share.
The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional shares of our Class A common stock.
We are an “emerging growth company” as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements for this prospectus and future filings.

   	  	Per share	 	  	Total	 	
			
Public offering price	  	$	            	  	  	$	            	  	
			
Underwriting discounts and commissions	  	$	 	  	  	$	 	  	
			
Proceeds to selling stockholders before expenses (1)	  	$	 	  	  	$	 	  	

(1)	 	We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering. See “Underwriting” for additional information regarding underwriting compensation.	
Investing in our Class A common stock involves risk. See “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 16 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our Class A common stock.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed on the adequacy or accuracy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares of Class A common stock to investors on or about                     , 2016.

				
J.P. Morgan	 	BofA Merrill Lynch	 	Jefferies	 	Guggenheim Securities	

Baird	 	William Blair	 	Credit Suisse	 	Piper Jaffray	 	Cowen and Company	
Prospectus dated                     , 2016

Table of Contents
 Table of contents

 	  	Page	 	
		
Prospectus summary	  	 	1	  	
		
Risk factors	  	 	16	  	
		
Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements	  	 	42	  	
		
Use of proceeds	  	 	43	  	
		
Dividend policy	  	 	44	  	
		
Price range of our Class A common stock	  	 	45	  	
		
Capitalization	  	 	46	  	
		
Unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information	  	 	47	  	
		
Selected consolidated financial and other data	  	 	57	  	
		
Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations	  	 	62	  	
		
Business	  	 	96	  	
		
Management	  	 	115	  	
		
Executive compensation	  	 	123	  	
		
Certain relationships and related party transactions	  	 	128	  	
		
Principal and selling stockholders	  	 	135	  	
		
Description of certain indebtedness	  	 	139	  	
		
Description of capital stock	  	 	142	  	
		
Shares eligible for future sale	  	 	146	  	
		
Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for Non-U.S. Holders	  	 	148	  	
		
Underwriting	  	 	153	  	
		
Legal matters	  	 	161	  	
		
Experts	  	 	161	  	
		
Where you can find more information	  	 	161	  	
		
Index to consolidated financial statements	  	 	F-1	  	
 
We are responsible for the information contained in this prospectus and in any free writing prospectus we prepare or authorize. Neither we nor the selling stockholders nor the underwriters have authorized anyone to provide you with different information, and neither we nor the selling stockholders nor the underwriters take responsibility for any other information others may give you. Neither we nor the selling stockholders nor the underwriters are making an offer to sell these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than its date.
 
i

Table of Contents
Industry and market data
This prospectus includes market data with respect to the health club industry. Although we are responsible for all of the disclosure contained in this prospectus, in some cases we rely on and refer to market data and certain industry forecasts that were obtained from third-party surveys, market research, consultant surveys, publicly available information and industry publications and surveys, including the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association, which we believe to be reliable. In some cases, the information has been developed by us for purposes of this offering based on our existing data and is believed by us to have been prepared in a reasonable manner. Other industry and market data included in this prospectus are from internal analyses based upon data available from known sources or other proprietary research and analysis. We believe this data to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because it cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limitations on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. As a result, you should be aware that market and other similar industry data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable.
Trademarks, trade names and service marks
We own or have rights to trademarks, trade names and service marks that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including “Planet Fitness,” “Judgement Free Zone,” “We’re Not a Gym. We’re Planet Fitness.,” “PE@PF,” “No Lunks,” “PF Black Card,” “No Gymtimidation,” “You Belong,” “Judgement Free Generation” and various other marks. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, trade names and service marks referred to in this prospectus are listed without the ® , SM and TM symbols, but we will assert our rights to our trademarks, trade names and service marks to the fullest extent under applicable law.
 
ii

Table of Contents
 Prospectus summary
This summary highlights information contained in other parts of this prospectus. Because it is only a summary, it does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in shares of our Class A common stock, and it is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in conjunction with, the more detailed information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially “Risk factors” and our financial statements and the related notes, before deciding to purchase shares of our Class A common stock. Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Planet Fitness, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries after giving effect to the recapitalization transactions described in this prospectus that were completed in connection with our initial public offering.
Our Company
Fitness for everyone
We are one of the largest and fastest-growing franchisors and operators of fitness centers in the United States by number of members and locations, with a highly recognized national brand. Our mission is to enhance people’s lives by providing a high-quality fitness experience in a welcoming, non-intimidating environment, which we call the Judgement Free Zone, where anyone—and we mean anyone—can feel they belong. Our bright, clean stores are typically 20,000 square feet, with a large selection of high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded cardio, circuit- and weight-training equipment and friendly staff trainers who offer unlimited free fitness instruction to all our members in small groups through our PE@PF program. We offer this differentiated fitness experience at only $10 per month for our standard membership. This exceptional value proposition is designed to appeal to a broad population, including occasional gym users and the approximately 80% of the U.S. and Canadian populations over age 14 who are not gym members, particularly those who find the traditional fitness club setting intimidating and expensive. We and our franchisees fiercely protect Planet Fitness’ community atmosphere—a place where you do not need to be fit before joining and where progress toward achieving your fitness goals (big or small) is supported and applauded by our staff and fellow members.
Our judgement-free approach to fitness and exceptional value proposition have enabled us to grow our revenues to $330.5 million in 2015 and to become an industry leader with $1.5 billion in system-wide sales during 2015 (which we define as monthly dues and annual fees billed by us and our franchisees), and more than 8.3 million members and 1,171 stores in 47 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada and the Dominican Republic as of March 31, 2016. System-wide sales for 2015 include $1.4 billion attributable to franchisee-owned stores, from which we generate royalty revenue, and $95.6 million attributable to our corporate-owned stores. Of our 1,171 stores, 1,113 are franchised and 58 are corporate-owned. Our stores are successful in a wide range of geographies and demographics. According to internal and third-party analysis, we believe we have the opportunity to more than triple our store count to over 4,000 stores in the U.S. alone. As of March 31, 2016, we had commitments from franchisees to open more than 1,000 new stores under existing area development agreements (“ADAs”).
In 2015, our corporate-owned stores had segment EBITDA margin of 36.7% and had average unit volumes (“AUVs”) of approximately $1.7 million with four-wall EBITDA margins (an assessment of store-level profitability which includes local and national advertising expense) of approximately 42%, or approximately 37% after applying the 5% royalty rate under our current franchise agreement. Based on a survey of franchisees, we believe that our franchise stores achieve four-wall EBITDA margins in line with these corporate-owned store EBITDA margins. Our strong member value proposition has also driven growth throughout a variety of

1

Table of Contents
economic cycles and conditions. For a reconciliation of segment EBITDA margin to four-wall EBITDA margin for corporate-owned stores, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP financial measures.”
Our significant growth is reflected in:
 
•	 	1,124 stores as of December 31, 2015, compared to 488 as of December 31, 2011, reflecting a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 23.2%;	
 
•	 	7.3 million members as of December 31, 2015, compared to 2.9 million as of December 31, 2011, reflecting a CAGR of 25.8%;	
 
•	 	2015 system-wide sales of $1.5 billion, reflecting a CAGR of 30.5%, or an increase of $1.0 billion, since 2011;	
 
•	 	2015 total revenue of $330.5 million, reflecting a CAGR of 24.8%, or an increase of $194.1 million, since 2011, of which 4.3% is attributable to revenues from corporate-owned stores acquired from or sold to franchisees since 2011;	
 
•	 	37 consecutive quarters of system-wide same store sales growth (which we define as year-over-year growth solely of monthly dues from stores that have been open and for which membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months);	
 
•	 	2015 net income of $38.1 million, reflecting a CAGR of 6.8%, or an increase of $8.8 million, since 2011. Our historical results, prior to our initial public offering, benefit from insignificant income taxes due to our status as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we anticipate future results will not be comparable to periods prior to our initial public offering as our income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal and state taxes;	
 
•	 	2015 Adjusted EBITDA of $123.5 million, reflecting a CAGR of 34.1%, or an increase of $85.3 million, since 2011; and	
 
•	 	2015 Adjusted net income of $53.2 million compared to $42.2 million in 2014, an increase of 26.2%.	

 

 
 
2

Table of Contents
For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income to net income, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP financial measures.” For a discussion of same store sales and the effect of our point-of-sale and billing system, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—How we assess the performance of our business.”
We’re not a gym. We’re Planet Fitness.
We believe our approach to fitness is revolutionizing the industry by bringing fitness to a large, previously underserved segment of the population. Our differentiated member experience is driven by three key elements:
 
•	 	Judgement Free Zone :    We believe every member should feel accepted and respected when they walk into a Planet Fitness. Our stores provide a Judgement Free Zone where members of all fitness levels can enjoy a non-intimidating environment. Our “come as you are” approach has fostered a strong sense of community among our members, allowing them not only to feel comfortable as they work toward their fitness goals but also to encourage others to do the same. The removal of heavy free weights reinforces our Judgement Free Zone by discouraging what we call “Lunkhead” behavior, such as dropping weights and grunting, that can be intimidating to new and occasional gym users. In addition, to help maintain our welcoming, judgement-free environment, each store has a purple and yellow branded “Lunk” alarm on the wall that staff occasionally rings as a light-hearted reminder of our policies.	
 
•	 	Distinct store experience :    Our bright, clean, large-format stores offer our members a selection of high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded cardio, circuit- and weight-training equipment that is commonly used by first-time and occasional gym users. Because our stores are typically 20,000 square feet and we do not offer non-essential amenities such as group exercise classes, pools, day care centers and juice bars, we have more space for the equipment our members do use, and we have not needed to impose time limits on our cardio machines.	
 
•	 	Exceptional value for members :    Both our standard and PF Black Card memberships are priced significantly below the industry average of $52 per month and still provide our members with a high-quality fitness experience. For only $10 per month, our standard membership includes unlimited access to one Planet Fitness location and unlimited free fitness instruction to all members in small groups through our PE@PF program. For $19.99 per month, our PF Black Card members have access to all of our stores system-wide and can bring a guest on each visit, which provides an additional opportunity to attract new members. Our PF Black Card members also have access to exclusive areas in our stores that provide amenities such as water massage beds, massage chairs, tanning equipment and more.	
Our differentiated approach to fitness has allowed us to create an attractive franchise model that is both profitable and scalable. We recognize that our success depends on a shared passion with our franchisees for providing a distinctive store experience based on a judgement-free environment and an exceptional value for our members. We enhance the attractiveness of our streamlined, easy-to-operate franchise model by providing franchisees with extensive operational support relating to site selection and development, marketing and training. We also take a highly collaborative, teamwork approach to our relationship with franchisees, as captured by our motto “One Team, One Planet.” The strength of our brand and the attractiveness of our franchise model are evidenced by the fact that over 90% of our new stores in 2015 were opened by our existing franchisee base.

3

Table of Contents
Our competitive strengths
We attribute our success to the following strengths:
 
•	 	Market leader with differentiated member experience, nationally recognized brand and scale advantage .     We believe we are the largest operator of fitness centers in the United States by number of members, with more than 8.3 million members as of March 31, 2016. Our franchisee-owned and corporate-owned stores generated $1.5 billion in system-wide sales during 2015. Through our differentiated member experience, nationally recognized brand and scale advantage, we will continue to deliver a compelling value proposition to our members and our franchisees and, we believe, grow our store and total membership base.	
 
 	•	 	Differentiated member experience .    We seek to provide our members with a high-quality fitness experience in a non-intimidating, judgement-free environment at an exceptional value. We have a dedicated Brand Excellence team that seeks to ensure that all our franchise stores uphold our brand standards and deliver a consistent Planet Fitness member experience in every store.	
 
 	•	 	Nationally recognized brand .    We have developed a highly relatable and recognized brand that emphasizes our focus on providing our members with a judgement-free environment. We do so through fun and memorable marketing campaigns and in-store signage that often poke fun at “Lunk” behavior. As a result, we have the highest aided and unaided brand awareness and likelihood to join scores in the U.S. fitness industry, according to a third-party consumer study that we commissioned in January 2016. Our brand strength also helps our franchisees attract members, with new stores in 2015 signing up an average of approximately 1,300 members even before opening their doors.	
 
 	•	 	Scale advantage .    Our scale provides several competitive advantages, including enhanced purchasing power with our fitness equipment and other suppliers and the ability to attract high-quality franchisee partners. In addition, we estimate that our large U.S. national advertising fund, funded by franchisees and us, together with our requirement that franchisees generally spend 5 to 7% of their monthly membership dues on local advertising, have enabled us and our franchisees to spend over $225 million since 2011 on marketing to drive consumer brand awareness.	
 
•	 	Exceptional value proposition that appeals to a broad member demographic .    We offer a high-quality and consistent fitness experience throughout our entire store base at low monthly membership dues. Combined with our non-intimidating and welcoming environment, we are able to attract a broad member demographic based on age, household income, gender and ethnicity. Our member base is over 50% female and our members come from both high- and low-income households. Our broad appeal and ability to attract occasional and first-time gym users enable us to continue to target a large segment of the population in a variety of markets and geographies across the United States and Canada.	
 
•	 	Strong store-level economics .    Our store model is designed to generate attractive four-wall EBITDA margins, strong free cash flow and high returns on invested capital for both our corporate-owned and franchise stores. Average four-wall EBITDA margins for our corporate-owned stores have increased significantly since 2011, driven by higher average members per store as well as a higher percentage of PF Black Card members, which leverage our relatively fixed costs. In 2015, our corporate-owned stores had segment EBITDA margin of 36.7% and had AUVs of approximately $1.7 million with four-wall EBITDA margins of approximately 42%, or approximately 37% after applying the 5% royalty rate under our current franchise agreement. Based on a survey of franchisees, we believe that our franchise stores achieve four-wall EBITDA margins in line with these corporate-owned store EBITDA margins. We believe that our strong store-level economics are important to our ability to attract and retain successful franchisees and grow our store base.	

4

Table of Contents

•	 	Highly attractive franchise system built for growth .    Our easy-to-operate model, strong store-level economics and brand strength have enabled us to attract a team of professional, successful franchisees from a variety of industries. We believe that our franchise model enables us to scale more rapidly than a company-owned model. Our streamlined model features relatively fixed labor costs, minimal inventory, automatic billing and limited cash transactions. Our franchisees enjoy recurring monthly member dues, regardless of member use, weather or other factors. Based on survey data and management estimates, we believe our franchisees can earn, in their second year of operations, on average, a cash-on-cash return on initial investment greater than 25% after royalties and advertising, which is in line with our corporate-owned stores. The attractiveness of our franchise model is further evidenced by the fact that our franchisees re-invest their capital with us, with over 90% of our new stores in 2015 opened by our existing franchisee base. We view our franchisees as strategic partners in expanding the Planet Fitness store base and brand.	
 
•	 	Predictable and recurring revenue streams with high cash flow conversion .    Our business model provides us with predictable and recurring revenue streams. In 2015, over 90% of both our corporate-owned store and franchise revenues consisted of recurring revenue streams, which include royalties, vendor commissions, monthly dues and annual fees. In addition, our franchisees are obligated to purchase fitness equipment from us or our vendors for their new stores and to replace this equipment every four to seven years. As a result, these “equip” and “re-equip” requirements create a predictable and growing revenue stream as our franchisees open new stores under their ADAs. By re-investing in stores, we and our franchisees maintain and enhance our member experience. Our predictable and recurring revenue streams, combined with our attractive margins and minimal capital requirements, result in high cash flow conversion and increased capacity to invest in future growth initiatives.	
 
•	 	Proven, experienced management team driving a strong culture .    Our strategic vision and unique culture have been developed and fostered by our senior management team under the stewardship of Chief Executive Officer, Chris Rondeau. Mr. Rondeau has been with Planet Fitness for over 20 years and helped develop the Planet Fitness business model and brand elements that give us our distinct personality and spirited culture. Dorvin Lively, our Chief Financial Officer, brings valuable expertise from his 30 years of corporate finance experience with companies such as RadioShack and Ace Hardware, and from the initial public offering of Maidenform Brands. We have assembled a management team that shares our passion for “fitness for everyone” and has extensive experience across a broad range of disciplines, including retail, franchising, finance, consumer marketing, brand development and information technology. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and has positioned us well to execute our long-term growth strategy.	
Our growth strategies
We believe there are significant opportunities to grow our brand awareness, increase our revenues and profitability and deliver shareholder value by executing on the following strategies:
 
•	 	Continue to grow our store base across a broad range of markets.     We have grown our store count over the last five years, expanding from 389 stores as of December 31, 2010 to 1,171 stores as of March 31, 2016. As of March 31, 2016, our franchisees have signed ADAs to open more than 1,000 additional stores over the next five years, including approximately 500 over the next three years. Because our stores are successful across a wide range of geographies and demographics with varying population densities, we believe that our high level of brand awareness and low per capita penetration outside of our original Northeast market create a significant opportunity to open new Planet Fitness stores. Based on our internal and third-party analysis, we believe we have the potential to grow our store base to over 4,000 stores in the United States alone.	

5

Table of Contents

•	 	Drive revenue growth and system-wide same store sales .    Because we provide a high-quality, affordable, non-intimidating fitness experience that is designed for first-time and occasional gym users, we have achieved positive system-wide same store sales growth in each of the past 37 quarters. We expect to continue to grow system-wide same store sales primarily by:	
 
 	•	 	Attracting new members to existing Planet Fitness stores.     As the U.S. and Canadian populations continue to focus on health and wellness, we believe we are well-positioned to capture a disproportionate share of the population given our appeal to first-time and occasional gym users. In addition, because our stores offer a large, focused selection of equipment geared toward first-time and occasional gym users, we are able to service higher member volumes without sacrificing the member experience. We also have continued to evolve our offerings to appeal to our target member base, such as the introduction of 12-minute abdominal circuits and 30-minute express workout areas.	
 
 	•	 	Increasing mix of PF Black Card memberships by enhancing value and member experience .    We expect to drive sales by converting our existing members with standard membership dues at $10 per month to our premium PF Black Card membership with dues at $19.99 per month as well as attracting new members to join at the PF Black Card level. We encourage this upgrade by continuing to enhance the value of our PF Black Card benefits through additional in-store amenities and affinity partnerships with well-known retail brands for discounts and promotions. Since 2011, our PF Black Card members as a percentage of total membership has increased from 42% in 2011 to 57% in 2015, and our average monthly dues per member have increased from $14.24 to $15.64 over the same period.	
We may also explore other future revenue opportunities, such as optimizing member pricing and fees, offering new merchandise and services inside and outside our stores, and securing affinity and other corporate partnerships.
 
•	 	Increase brand awareness to drive growth.     We plan to continue to increase our strong brand awareness by leveraging significant marketing expenditures by our franchisees and us, which we believe will result in increasing membership in new and existing stores and continue to attract high-quality franchisee partners. Under our current U.S. and Canadian franchise agreements, franchisees are required to contribute 2% of their monthly membership dues to our National Advertising Fund (“NAF”), from which we spent over $26 million in 2015 alone to support our national marketing campaigns, our social media platforms and the development of local advertising materials. Under our current U.S. and Canadian franchise agreements, franchisees are also required to spend 7% of their monthly membership dues on local advertising. We expect both our NAF and local advertising spending to grow as our membership grows.	
 
•	 	Continue to expand royalties from increases in average royalty rate and new franchisees.     While our current franchise agreement stipulates monthly royalty rates of 5% of monthly dues and annual membership fees, only 37% of our stores are paying royalties at the current franchise agreement rate, primarily due to lower rates in historical agreements. As new franchisees enter our system and, generally, as current franchisees open new stores or renew their existing franchise agreements at the current royalty rate, our average system-wide royalty rate will increase. Also, when existing stores with royalty rates below our current rate are transferred, whether to new or existing franchisees, our average system-wide royalty rate will increase. In 2015, our average monthly royalty rate was 3.27% compared to 1.67% in 2011. In addition to rising average royalty rates, total royalty revenue will continue to grow as we expand our franchise store base and increase franchise same store sales.	
 
•	 	Grow sales from fitness equipment and related services.     Our franchisees are contractually obligated to purchase fitness equipment from us and, in international markets, from our required vendors. Due to our	

6

Table of Contents

 	scale and negotiating power, we believe we offer competitive pricing for high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded fitness equipment. We expect our equipment sales to grow as our U.S. franchisees open new stores. In international markets, we earn a commission on the sale of equipment by our required vendors to franchisee-owned stores. Additionally, all franchisees are required to replace their existing equipment with new equipment every four to seven years. As the number of franchise stores continues to increase and existing franchise stores continue to mature, we anticipate incremental growth in revenue related to the sale of equipment to U.S. franchisees and commissions on the sale of equipment to international franchisees. In addition, we believe that regularly refreshing equipment helps our franchise stores maintain a consistent, high-quality fitness experience and drives new member growth.	
Summary risk factors
An investment in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. Any of the factors set forth under “Risk factors” may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus, and, in particular, you should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk factors” in deciding whether to invest in our Class A common stock. Among these important risks are the following:
 
•	 	our dependence on the operational and financial results of, and our relationships with, our franchisees and the success of their new and existing stores;	
 
•	 	risks relating to damage to our brand and reputation;	
 
•	 	our ability to successfully implement our growth strategy;	
 
•	 	technical, operational and regulatory risks related to our third-party providers’ systems and our own information systems;	
 
•	 	our and our franchisees’ ability to attract and retain members;	
 
•	 	the high level of competition in the health club industry generally;	
 
•	 	our reliance on a limited number of vendors, suppliers and other third-party service providers; and	
 
•	 	the substantial indebtedness of our subsidiary, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC, which totaled $491.0 million as of March 31, 2016.	
Implications of being an emerging growth company
As a company with less than $1.0 billion in revenues during our most recently completed fiscal year, we qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”). As an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of specified reduced disclosure and other requirements that are otherwise applicable generally to public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These provisions include:
 
•	 	reduced disclosure about our executive compensation arrangements;	
 
•	 	no non-binding shareholder advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements; and	
 
•	 	exemption from the auditor attestation requirement of our internal control over financial reporting.	

7

Table of Contents
We may take advantage of these exemptions for up to five years after our initial public offering or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.0 billion in annual revenues as of the end of our fiscal year, we have more than $700.0 million in market value of our stock held by non-affiliates as of the end of our second fiscal quarter or we issue more than $1.0 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some or all of these reduced disclosure obligations.
Our initial public offering and organizational structure
On August 11, 2015, we closed an initial public offering (“IPO”) of 15,525,000 shares of our Class A common stock at a public offering price of $16.00 per share, including 2,025,000 shares issued pursuant to the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares. We received $156.9 million in proceeds, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions, which we used to purchase issued and outstanding membership interests (the “Holdings Units”) from existing equity owners of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC (the “Continuing LLC Owners”) at a purchase price per unit equal to the initial public offering price per share of our Class A common stock. Our Continuing LLC Owners consist of investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC, which we refer to, together with its affiliates, as “TSG” or our “Sponsor,” and certain employees and current and former directors.
Planet Fitness, Inc. is a holding company, and its principal material asset is an equity interest in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. As the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, Planet Fitness, Inc. operates and controls all of the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC and, through Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries, conducts our business. Although we have a minority economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, we have the sole voting interest in, and control the management of, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. As a result, Planet Fitness, Inc. consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC in its consolidated financial statements and reports a non-controlling interest related to the Holdings Units held by the Continuing LLC Owners in our consolidated financial statements.
In connection with the IPO, we completed a series of recapitalization transactions including the following:
 
•	 	We amended and restated the limited liability company agreement of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC (as amended and restated, the “New LLC Agreement”) to, among other things, (i) provide for a new single class of limited liability company units, the Holdings Units, (ii) exchange all membership interests of the then-existing holders of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC membership interests for Holdings Units and (iii) appoint the Company as the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC.	
 
•	 	We issued 72,602,810 shares of Class B common stock to the Continuing LLC Owners on a one-to-one basis for each Holdings Unit owned. The shares of Class B common stock have no economic rights to dividends or distributions, whether in cash or stock, but entitle the holder to one vote per share on matters presented to stockholders of Planet Fitness, Inc.	
 
•	 	We merged with Planet Fitness Holdings L.P., our predecessor entity that held indirect interests in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, for which we issued 26,106,930 shares of Class A common stock to the holders of interests in Planet Fitness Holdings L.P., which consisted of additional investment funds affiliated with TSG (the “Direct TSG Investors”).	
 
•	 	We and the Continuing LLC Owners entered into an exchange agreement under which they have the right, from time to time and subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, to exchange their Holdings Units, together with the corresponding shares of Class B common stock, for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions.	

8

Table of Contents
The diagram below depicts our organizational structure immediately following this offering, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock.

Our sponsor
TSG Consumer Partners is a leading private equity firm focused exclusively on the branded consumer sector. TSG manages $5 billion of institutional equity capital and has invested in over 70 consumer brands since its founding in 1987. TSG utilizes its extensive industry expertise across verticals, such as food, beverage, beauty, apparel, accessories, restaurants, retail and franchisors, and works closely with its partner companies to implement fundamental improvements in sales, marketing, operations and financial controls.

9

Table of Contents
Following the completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with TSG will own approximately 41.3% of our Class A common stock, or 39.3% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock, and 67.9% of our outstanding Class B common stock, or 67.3% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock, which, combined with their holdings of our Class A common stock, aggregates to 56.2% of our voting power, or 54.6% of our voting power if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock, and 38.0% of the outstanding Holdings Units, or 36.9% of the outstanding Holdings Units if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of our Class A common stock. As a result, we will continue to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE, and TSG will continue to have significant influence over us and decisions made by stockholders and may have interests that differ from yours. See “Risk factors—Risks related to our Class A common stock and this offering—TSG has significant influence over us, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.”
In connection with the IPO, we entered into a stockholders agreement with investment funds affiliated with TSG. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, we are required to take all necessary action to cause the board of directors and its committees to include individuals designated by TSG and to include such individuals in the slate of nominees recommended by the board of directors for election by our stockholders. These nomination rights are described in this prospectus in the sections titled “Management—Board composition and director independence” and “Management—Board committees.” In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of TSG and of its officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries, and each such party will have no obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to one of our directors or officers in his or her capacity as a director or officer. Our TSG-affiliated directors have fiduciary duties to us and, in addition, have duties to TSG. As a result, these directors may face real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to matters affecting both us and TSG, whose interests may be adverse to ours in some circumstances.
Corporate information
Planet Fitness, Inc. was incorporated in Delaware in March 2015. Our principal executive offices are located at 26 Fox Run Road, Newington, New Hampshire 03801, and our telephone number is (603) 750-0001. Our Internet website is www.planetfitness.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, this website and the other Internet websites that we present in this prospectus is not part of this prospectus, and you should not rely on any such information in making the decision whether to purchase shares of our Class A common stock.

10

Table of Contents
The offering
 
Issuer in this offering	Planet Fitness, Inc.	
 
Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders	

10,000,000 shares, including 6,877,531 shares offered by certain Continuing LLC Owners following the exchange of certain of their Holdings Units (together with 6,877,531 corresponding shares of Class B common stock) for shares of Class A common stock	
 
Underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders	

1,500,000 shares	
 
Class A common stock to be outstanding after this offering	

43,475,516 shares (or 44,489,145 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock)	
 
Class B common stock to be outstanding after this offering	

55,093,433 shares (or 54,079,804 shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock), all of which will be owned by the Continuing LLC Owners.	
 
Voting rights	Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all matters presented to stockholders for their vote or approval, except as otherwise required by law or as otherwise provided by our certificate of incorporation. Each share of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will entitle its holder to one vote per share on all such matters. See “Description of capital stock.”	
 
Ratio of shares of Class A common stock to Holdings Units	

The amended and restated limited liability company agreement of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC (the “New LLC Agreement”) requires that we at all times maintain (x) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class A common stock issued by us and the number of Holdings Units owned by us and (y) a one-to-one ratio between the number of shares of Class B common stock owned by the Continuing LLC Owners and the number of Holdings Units owned by the Continuing LLC Owners. This construct is intended to result in the Continuing LLC Owners having a voting interest in Planet Fitness, Inc. that is identical to the Continuing LLC Owners’ percentage economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. The Continuing LLC Owners own all of our outstanding Class B common stock.	
 
Use of proceeds	The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds from this offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A	

11

Table of Contents

 	common stock offered by the selling stockholders. We will, however, bear the costs associated with the sale of shares by the selling stockholders, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. See “Use of proceeds.”	
 
Controlled company	Following this offering, we will continue to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the NYSE. See “Management—Board composition and director independence.”	
 
Dividend policy	We do not currently intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. Holders of our Class B common stock are not entitled to participate in any dividends declared by our board of directors. Any future determination to pay dividends to holders of Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors and will depend upon many factors, including general economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, the implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us and any other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Dividend policy.”	
 
Risk factors	You should read the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors to consider carefully before deciding to invest in shares of our Class A common stock.	
 
NYSE symbol	“PLNT”	
The number of shares of Class A common stock to be outstanding immediately after this offering is based on 36,597,985 shares of Class A common stock outstanding as of June 17, 2016 and excludes:
 
•	 	55,093,433 shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exchange or redemption of Holdings Units outstanding following this offering, together with corresponding shares of Class B common stock; and	
 
•	 	7,586,550 shares of Class A common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans.	
Unless otherwise indicated, this prospectus reflects and assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to 1,500,000 additional shares of our Class A common stock in this offering.

12

Table of Contents
Summary consolidated financial and other data
The following tables set forth the summary consolidated financial and other data of Planet Fitness, Inc. and its subsidiaries for the periods presented and at the dates indicated below. The following information should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC is considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements are our historical financial statements.
The summary consolidated financial data as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2016 and for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 are derived from our unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods have been reflected. The summary consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2015 and December 31, 2013 are derived from our unaudited and audited balance sheets, respectively not included in this prospectus.

   	 	Year ended December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
(in thousands, except per share data)	 	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2016	 	 	2015	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	
						
Consolidated statement of operations data:	 				 				 				 				 				
						
Revenue:	 				 				 				 				 				
Franchise revenue	 	$	71,762	  	 	$	58,001	  	 	$	33,684	  	 	$	21,491	  	 	$	16,967	  	
Commission income	 	 	16,323	  	 	 	13,805	  	 	 	10,473	  	 	 	6,186	  	 	 	4,790	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Franchise segment	 	 	88,085	  	 	 	71,806	  	 	 	44,157	  	 	 	27,677	  	 	 	21,757	  	
Corporate-owned stores segment	 	 	98,390	  	 	 	85,041	  	 	 	67,364	  	 	 	25,697	  	 	 	23,546	  	
Equipment segment	 	 	144,062	  	 	 	122,930	  	 	 	99,488	  	 	 	29,969	  	 	 	31,619	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	 	 	330,537	  	 	 	279,777	  	 	 	211,009	  	 	 	83,343	  	 	 	76,922	  	

Operating costs and expenses:	 				 				 				 				 				
Cost of revenue	 	 	113,492	  	 	 	100,306	  	 	 	81,353	  	 	 	23,639	  	 	 	25,946	  	
Store operations	 	 	57,485	  	 	 	49,476	  	 	 	41,692	  	 	 	14,732	  	 	 	14,341	  	
Selling, general and administrative	 	 	55,573	  	 	 	35,121	  	 	 	23,118	  	 	 	11,845	  	 	 	14,138	  	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	32,158	  	 	 	32,341	  	 	 	28,808	  	 	 	7,703	  	 	 	8,201	  	
Other (gain) loss	 	 	(273	) 	 	 	994	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(186	) 	 	 	(6	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs and expenses	 	 	258,435	  	 	 	218,238	  	 	 	174,971	  	 	 	57,733	  	 	 	62,620	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	 	 	72,102	  	 	 	61,539	  	 	 	36,038	  	 	 	25,610	  	 	 	14,302	  	

Other income (expense), net:	 				 				 				 				 				
Interest expense, net (1)	 	 	(24,549	) 	 	 	(21,800	) 	 	 	(8,912	) 	 	 	(6,367	) 	 	 	(4,756	) 	
Other income (expense)	 	 	(275	) 	 	 	(1,261	) 	 	 	(694	) 	 	 	393	  	 	 	(736	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other expense, net	 	 	(24,824	) 	 	 	(23,061	) 	 	 	(9,606	) 	 	 	(5,974	) 	 	 	(5,492	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	 	 	47,278	  	 	 	38,478	  	 	 	26,432	  	 	 	19,636	  	 	 	8,810	  	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	9,148	  	 	 	1,183	  	 	 	633	  	 	 	3,291	  	 	 	272	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	38,130	  	 	 	37,295	  	 	 	25,799	  	 	 	16,345	  	 	 	8,538	  	
Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests	 	 	19,612	  	 	 	487	  	 	 	361	  	 	 	12,977	  	 	 	113	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	 	$	18,518	  	 	$	36,808	  	 	$	25,438	  	 	$	3,368	  	 	$	8,425	  	

 
13

Table of Contents

   	 	Year ended December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
(in thousands, except per share data)	 	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2016	 	 	2015	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	          (unaudited)	 	
						
Net income per share of Class A common stock:	 				 				 				 				 				
Basic and diluted	 	$	0.11	  	 				 				 	$	0.09	  	 				
						
Pro forma net income per share data (unaudited) (2)	 				 				 				 				 				
Pro forma net income per share:	 				 				 				 				 				
Basic and diluted	 	$	0.29	  	 				 				 	$	0.10	  	 				
Pro forma weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding:	 				 				 				 				 				
Basic and diluted	 	 	43,476	  	 				 				 	 	43,476	  	 				
						
Consolidated statement of cash flows data:	 				 				 				 				 				
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	$	81,663	  	 	$	79,405	  	 	$	66,943	  	 	$	15,262	  	 	$	12,039	  	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(19,161	) 	 	 	(54,362	) 	 	 	(7,137	) 	 	 	(845	) 	 	 	(5,320	) 	
Net cash used in financing activities	 	 	(74,240	) 	 	 	(12,952	) 	 	 	(37,994	) 	 	 	(7,698	) 	 	 	(22,501	) 	
						
Consolidated balance sheet data:	 				 				 				 				 				
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	31,430	  	 	$	43,291	  	 	$	31,267	  	 	$	38,268	  	 	$	27,532	  	
Property and equipment, net	 	 	56,139	  	 	 	49,579	  	 	 	33,766	  	 	 	54,302	  	 	 	51,587	  	
Total assets	 	 	699,177	  	 	 	601,982	  	 	 	556,573	  	 	 	685,666	  	 	 	570,880	  	
Total debt and capital lease obligations, excluding deferred financing costs	 	 	492,320	  	 	 	387,496	  	 	 	184,460	  	 	 	491,034	  	 	 	506,349	  	
Total equity (deficit)	 	 	(1,080	) 	 	 	151,749	  	 	 	321,915	  	 	 	7,261	  	 	 	12,425	  	

(1)	 	Interest expense in 2014 includes $4.7 million for the loss on extinguishment of debt.	
(2)	 	Pro forma net income per share is computed by dividing the net income available to Class A common stockholders by the weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the period. For more information regarding the pro forma presentation of these measures, see “Unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.”	

   	 	Year ended December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
   	 	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2016	 	 	2015	 	
						
Other operating data: (unaudited)	 				 				 				 				 				
						
Number of stores at end of period: (1)	 				 				 				 				 				
Franchisee-owned	 	 	1,066	  	 	 	863	  	 	 	704	  	 	 	1,113	  	 	 	919	  	
Corporate-owned	 	 	58	  	 	 	55	  	 	 	45	  	 	 	58	  	 	 	57	  	
System-wide	 	 	1,124	  	 	 	918	  	 	 	749	  	 	 	1,171	  	 	 	976	  	
						
Same store sales growth: (2)	 				 				 				 				 				
Franchisee-owned	 	 	8.3%	  	 	 	11.5%	  	 	 	9.1%	  	 	 	7.0%	  	 	 	11.7%	  	
Corporate-owned	 	 	1.9%	  	 	 	5.4%	  	 	 	6.1%	  	 	 	4.9%	  	 	 	4.6%	  	
System-wide	 	 	7.7%	  	 	 	10.8%	  	 	 	8.4%	  	 	 	6.8%	  	 	 	10.9%	  	
						
Number of members at end of period (in millions) (3)	 	 	7.3	  	 	 	6.1	  	 	 	4.8	  	 	 	8.3	  	 	 	7.1	  	
System-wide sales (in millions) (4)	 	$	1,507	  	 	$	1,190	  	 	$	891	  	 	$	415	  	 	$	328	  	
						
(in thousands, except per share data)	 				 				 				 				 				
EBITDA (5)	 	$	103,985	  	 	$	92,619	  	 	$	64,152	  	 	$	33,706	  	 	$	21,767	  	
Adjusted EBITDA (5)	 	$	123,486	  	 	$	100,549	  	 	$	71,198	  	 	$	34,268	  	 	$	28,471	  	
Adjusted net income (6)	 	$	53,235	  	 	$	42,183	  	 	$	34,006	  	 	$	15,175	  	 	$	12,595	  	
Adjusted net income per share, diluted (6)	 	$	0.54	  	 				 				 	$	0.15	  	 				
Adjusted shares outstanding (7)	 	 	98,710	  	 				 				 	 	98,707	  	 				

 
14

Table of Contents

(1)	 	We classify a store as open on the date the store receives its occupancy certificate, which is typically the date the store is first available for use by its members.	
 
(2)	 	Same store sales refers to year-over-year sales comparisons for the same store sales base. We define the same store sales base to include those stores that have been open and for which membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months. We measure same store sales based solely on monthly dues billed to members of our corporate-owned stores and franchisee-owned stores.	
 
(3)	 	We define members as all active members, which includes monthly billing members, prepay members and all pre-sale members. Pre-sale members include those that have joined a store prior to the store opening. This data is system-wide, which includes members of both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores.	
 
(4)	 	We define system-wide sales as the monthly dues and annual fees from members of both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores.	
 
(5)	 	We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA, which eliminates the impact of certain expenses that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance, provides useful information to investors to assess the performance of our segments as well as the business as a whole. Our Board of Directors also uses EBITDA as a key metric to assess the performance of management. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain additional non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance of the Company’s core operations. These items include certain purchase accounting adjustments, management fees, certain IT system upgrade costs, acquisition transaction fees, IPO-related costs, IPO-related compensation expense, pre-opening costs and certain other charges and gains. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure of operating performance in addition to EBITDA because it eliminates the impact of other items that we believe reduce the comparability of our underlying core business performance from period to period and is therefore useful to our investors in comparing the core performance of our business from period to period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP financial measures.”	
 
(6)	 	Our presentation of Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share, diluted, gives effect to the consolidation of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC with Planet Fitness, Inc. resulting from the recapitalization transactions and the amended and restated Pla-Fit Holdings LLC Agreement as of January 1, 2013. In addition, Adjusted net income assumes net income is all attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc., which assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc., adjusted for certain non-recurring items that we do not believe directly reflect our core operations. Adjusted net income per share, diluted, is calculated by dividing Adjusted net income by the total shares of Class A common stock outstanding as though the IPO had occurred and those shares were outstanding for each period presented and assuming the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding Class B common shares as of the beginning of each period presented. Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share, diluted, are supplemental measures of operating performance that do not represent and should not be considered alternatives to net income and earnings per share, as determined in accordance with GAAP. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP financial measures.”	
 
(7)	 	Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding Class B common shares for shares of Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc.	

15

Table of Contents
 Risk factors
This offering and investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing at the end of this prospectus, before deciding to invest in our Class A common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of our Class A common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment.
Risks related to our business and industry
Our financial results are affected by the operating and financial results of and our relationships with our franchisees.
A substantial portion of our revenues come from royalties, which are generally based on a percentage of monthly membership dues and annual fees at our franchise stores, other fees and commissions generated from activities associated with our franchisees and equipment sales to our franchisees. As a result, our financial results are largely dependent upon the operational and financial results of our franchisees. As of March 31, 2016, we had approximately 200 franchisee groups operating 1,113 stores. Negative economic conditions, including inflation, increased unemployment levels and the effect of decreased consumer confidence or changes in consumer behavior, could materially harm our franchisees’ financial condition, which would cause our royalty and other revenues to decline and materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition as a result. In addition, if our franchisees fail to renew their franchise agreements, these revenues may decrease, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Our franchisees could take actions that harm our business.
Our franchisees are contractually obligated to operate their stores in accordance, with the operational, safety and health standards set forth in our agreements with them. However, franchisees are independent third parties and their actions are outside of our control. In addition, we cannot be certain that our franchisees will have the business acumen or financial resources necessary to operate successful franchises in their approved locations, and certain state franchise laws may limit our ability to terminate or modify these franchise agreements. The franchisees own, operate and oversee the daily operations of their stores. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any franchise store rests with the franchisee. If franchisees do not successfully operate stores in a manner consistent with required standards and comply with local laws and regulations, franchise fees and royalties paid to us may be adversely affected, and our brand image and reputation could be harmed, which in turn could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Moreover, although we believe we generally maintain positive working relationships with our franchisees, disputes with franchisees could damage our brand image and reputation and our relationships with our franchisees, generally.
Our success depends substantially on the value of our brand.
Our success is dependent in large part upon our ability to maintain and enhance the value of our brand, our store members’ connection to our brand and a positive relationship with our franchisees. Brand value can be severely damaged even by isolated incidents, particularly if the incidents receive considerable negative publicity or result in litigation. Some of these incidents may relate to our policies, the way we manage our
 
16

Table of Contents
relationships with our franchisees, our growth strategies, our development efforts or the ordinary course of our, or our franchisees’, businesses. Other incidents that could be damaging to our brand may arise from events that are or may be beyond our ability to control, such as:
 
•	 	actions taken (or not taken) by one or more franchisees or their employees relating to health, safety, welfare or otherwise;	
 
•	 	data security breaches or fraudulent activities associated with our and our franchisees’ electronic payment systems and other information systems;	
 
•	 	litigation and legal claims;	
 
•	 	third-party misappropriation, dilution or infringement of our intellectual property;	
 
•	 	regulatory, investigative or other actions relating to our and our franchisees’ provision of indoor tanning services; and	
 
•	 	illegal activity targeted at us or others.	
Consumer demand for our stores and our brand’s value could diminish significantly if any such incidents or other matters erode consumer confidence in us or our stores, which would likely result in fewer memberships sold or renewed and, ultimately, lower royalty revenue, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, which includes new store development by existing and new franchisees, our ability to increase our revenues and operating profits could be adversely affected.
Our growth strategy relies in large part upon new store development by existing and new franchisees. Our franchisees face many challenges in opening new stores, including:
 
•	 	availability and cost of financing;	
 
•	 	selection and availability of suitable store locations;	
 
•	 	competition for store sites;	
 
•	 	negotiation of acceptable lease and financing terms;	
 
•	 	securing required domestic or foreign governmental permits and approvals;	
 
•	 	health and fitness trends in new geographic regions and acceptance of our offerings;	
 
•	 	employment, training and retention of qualified personnel;	
 
•	 	ability to open new stores during the timeframes we and our franchisees expect; and	
 
•	 	general economic and business conditions.	
In particular, because the majority of our new store development is funded by franchisee investment, our growth strategy is dependent on our franchisees’ (or prospective franchisees’) ability to access funds to finance such development. If our franchisees (or prospective franchisees) are not able to obtain financing at commercially reasonable rates, or at all, they may be unwilling or unable to invest in the development of new stores, and our future growth could be adversely affected.
Our growth strategy also relies on our ability to identify, recruit and enter into agreements with a sufficient number of franchisees. In addition, our ability and the ability of our franchisees to successfully open and
 
17

Table of Contents
operate new stores in new markets may be adversely affected by a lack of awareness or acceptance of our brand as well as a lack of existing marketing efforts and operational execution in these new markets. To the extent that we are unable to implement effective marketing and promotional programs and foster recognition and affinity for our brand in new markets, our and our franchisees’ new stores may not perform as expected and our growth may be significantly delayed or impaired. In addition, franchisees of new stores may have difficulty securing adequate financing, particularly in new markets, where there may be a lack of adequate history and brand familiarity. New stores may not be successful or our average store membership sales may not increase at historical rates, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
To the extent our franchisees are unable to open new stores as we anticipate, we will not realize the revenue growth that we hope or expect. Our failure to add a significant number of new stores would adversely affect our ability to increase our revenues and operating income and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our planned growth could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls, which may adversely impact our business.
Over the past several years, we have experienced growth in our business activities and operations, including a significant increase in the number of system-wide stores. Our past expansion has placed, and our planned future expansion may place, significant demands on our administrative, operational, financial and other resources. Any failure to manage growth effectively could seriously harm our business. To be successful, we will need to continue to implement management information systems and improve our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls. We will also need to train new employees and maintain close coordination among our executive, accounting, finance, legal, human resources, risk management, marketing, technology, sales and operations functions. These processes are time-consuming and expensive, increase management responsibilities and divert management attention, and we may not realize a return on our investment in these processes. In addition, we believe the culture we foster at our and our franchisees’ stores is an important contributor to our success. However, as we expand we may have difficulty maintaining our culture or adapting it sufficiently to meet the needs of our operations. These risks may be heightened as our growth accelerates. In 2015, our franchisees opened 206 stores, compared to 169 stores in 2014, 148 stores in 2013 and 118 stores in 2012. Our failure to successfully execute on our planned expansion of stores could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Changes in the industry could place strains on our management, employees, information systems and internal controls, which may adversely impact our business.
Changes in the industry affecting gym memberships and payment for gym memberships may place significant demands on our administrative, operational, financial and other resources or require us to obtain different or additional resources. Any failure to manage such changes effectively could seriously harm our business. To be successful, we will need to continue to implement management information systems and improve our operating, administrative, financial and accounting systems and controls in order to adapt quickly to such changes. These changes may be time-consuming and expensive, increase management responsibilities and divert management attention, and we may not realize a return on our investment in these changes.
We and our franchisees rely heavily on information systems, and any material failure, interruption or weakness may prevent us from effectively operating our business and damage our reputation.
We and our franchisees increasingly rely on information systems, including point-of-sale processing systems in our stores and other information systems managed by third parties, to interact with our franchisees and
 
18

Table of Contents
members and collect, maintain and store member information, billing information and other personally identifiable information, including for the operation of stores, collection of cash, legal and regulatory compliance, management of our supply chain, accounting, staffing, payment of obligations, Automated Clearing House (“ACH”) transactions, credit and debit card transactions and other processes and procedures. Furthermore, in 2015, we migrated our point-of-sale system from a proprietary, third-party hosted system to a commercially available, third-party hosted system. Although the migration is complete, in the future there may be unforeseen issues, bugs, data inconsistencies, outages, changes in business processes, and other interruptions that could impact our business. If we would need to move to a different third-party system, our operations, including EFT drafting, could be interrupted. Our ability to efficiently and effectively manage our franchisee and corporate-owned stores depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these systems, and any potential failure of these third parties to provide quality uninterrupted service is beyond our control.
Our and our franchisees’ operations depend upon our ability, and the ability of our franchisees and third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), to protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, viruses, denial-of-service attacks and other disruptions. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, stemming from maintenance problems, upgrading or transitioning to new platforms, expanding our systems as we grow, a breach in security or other unanticipated problems, could result in interruptions to or delays in our business and member service and reduce efficiency in our operations. If our information systems, or those of our franchisees and third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), fail and our or our partners’ third-party back-up or disaster recovery plans are not adequate to address such failures, our revenues and profits could be reduced and the reputation of our brand and our business could be materially adversely affected.
If we fail to properly maintain the confidentiality and integrity of our data, including member credit, debit card and bank account information, our reputation and business could be materially and adversely affected.
In the ordinary course of business, we and our franchisees collect, transmit and store member and employee data, including credit and debit card numbers, bank account information, driver’s license numbers, dates of birth and other highly sensitive personally identifiable information, in information systems that we maintain and in those maintained by franchisees and third parties with whom we contract to provide services. Some of this data is sensitive and could be an attractive target of a criminal attack by malicious third parties with a wide range of motives and expertise, including lone wolves, organized criminal groups, “hacktivists,” disgruntled current or former employees, and others. The integrity and protection of member and employee data is critical to us.
Despite the security measures we have in place to comply with applicable laws and rules, our facilities and systems, and those of our franchisees and third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of cyber terrorism or sabotage, vandalism or theft, computer viruses, loss or corruption of data or programming or human errors or other similar events. Furthermore, the size and complexity of our information systems, and those of our franchisees and our third-party vendors (as well as their third-party service providers), make such systems potentially vulnerable to security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees, franchisees or vendors, or from attacks by malicious third parties. Because such attacks are increasing in sophistication and change frequently in nature, we, our franchisees and our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate these attacks or implement adequate preventative measures, and any compromise of our systems, or those of our franchisees and third-party vendors (as well as their third-party service providers), may not be discovered and remediated promptly. Changes in consumer behavior following a security breach, act of cyber terrorism or sabotage, vandalism or theft, computer viruses, loss or corruption of data or programming or human error or other similar event affecting a competitor, large retailer or financial institution may materially and adversely affect our business.
 
19

Table of Contents
Additionally, the collection, maintenance, use, disclosure and disposal of personally identifiable information by our, or our franchisees’, businesses is regulated at the federal, state and provincial levels as well as by certain industry groups, such as the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council, National Automated Clearing House Association (“NACHA”), Canadian Payments Association and individual credit card issuers. Federal, state, provincial and industry groups may also consider and implement from time to time new privacy and security requirements that apply to our businesses. Compliance with evolving privacy and security laws, requirements and regulations may result in cost increases due to necessary systems changes, new limitations or constraints on our business models and the development of new administrative processes. They also may impose further restrictions on our collection, disclosure and use of personally identifiable information that are housed in one or more of our franchisees’ databases or those of our third-party service providers. Noncompliance with privacy laws, industry group requirements or a security breach involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of personal, sensitive or confidential information, whether by us or by one of our franchisees or vendors, could have material adverse effects on our and our franchisees’ business, operations, brand, reputation and financial condition, including decreased revenue, material fines and penalties, litigation, increased financial processing fees, compensatory, statutory, punitive or other damages, adverse actions against our licenses to do business and injunctive relief by court or consent order. We maintain and we require our franchisees to maintain cyber risk insurance, but in the event of a significant data security breach, this insurance may not cover all of the losses that we would be likely to suffer.
Changes in legislation or requirements related to electronic fund transfer, or our failure to comply with existing or future regulations, may adversely impact our business.
We primarily accept payments for our memberships through electronic fund transfers from members’ bank accounts and, therefore, we are subject to federal, state and provincial legislation and certification requirements governing EFT, including the Electronic Funds Transfer Act. Some states, such as New York, Massachusetts and Tennessee, have passed or have considered legislation requiring gyms and health clubs to offer a prepaid membership option at all times and/or limit the duration for which gym memberships can auto-renew through EFT payments, if at all. Our business relies heavily on the fact that our memberships continue on a month-to-month basis after the completion of any initial term requirements, and compliance with these laws and regulations and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive. In addition, variances and inconsistencies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction may further increase the cost of compliance and doing business. States that have such health club statutes provide harsh penalties for violations, including membership contracts being void or voidable. Our failure to comply fully with these rules or requirements may subject us to fines, higher transaction fees, penalties, damages and civil liability and may result in the loss of our ability to accept EFT payments, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any such costs, which may arise in the future as a result of changes to the legislation and regulations or in their interpretation, could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practice, which may make our business model less attractive to our franchisees and our and their members.
We are subject to a number of risks related to ACH, credit card and debit card payments we accept.
We accept payments through ACH, credit card and debit card transactions. For ACH, credit card and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees would require us to either increase the prices we charge for our memberships, which could cause us to lose members or suffer an increase in our operating expenses, either of which could harm our operating results.
If we or any of our processing vendors have problems with our billing software, or the billing software malfunctions, it could have an adverse effect on our member satisfaction and could cause one or more of the
 
20

Table of Contents
major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if our billing software fails to work properly and, as a result, we do not automatically charge our members’ credit cards, debit cards or bank accounts on a timely basis or at all, we could lose membership revenue, which would harm our operating results.
If we fail to adequately control fraudulent ACH, credit card and debit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security measures and significantly higher ACH, credit card and debit card related costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The termination of our ability to process payments through ACH transactions or on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our ability to operate our business.
Our and our franchisees’ stores may be unable to attract and retain members, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our target market is average people seeking regular exercise and people who are new to fitness. The success of our business depends on our and our franchisees’ ability to attract and retain members. Our and our franchisees’ marketing efforts may not be successful in attracting members to stores, and membership levels may materially decline over time, especially at stores in operation for an extended period of time. Members may cancel their memberships at any time after giving proper advance written notice, subject to an initial minimum term applicable to certain memberships. We may also cancel or suspend memberships if a member fails to provide payment for an extended period of time. In addition, we experience attrition and must continually engage existing members and attract new members in order to maintain membership levels. A portion of our member base does not regularly use our stores and may be more likely to cancel their membership. Some of the factors that could lead to a decline in membership levels include changing desires and behaviors of consumers or their perception of our brand, changes in discretionary spending trends and general economic conditions, market maturity or saturation, a decline in our ability to deliver quality service at a competitive price, an increase in monthly membership dues due to inflation, direct and indirect competition in our industry, and a decline in the public’s interest in health and fitness, among other factors. In order to increase membership levels, we may from time to time offer promotions or lower monthly dues or annual fees. If we and our franchisees are not successful in optimizing price or in adding new memberships in new and existing stores, growth in monthly membership dues or annual fees may suffer. Any decrease in our average dues or fees or higher membership costs may adversely impact our results of operation and financial condition.
If we and our franchisees are unable to identify and secure suitable sites for new franchise stores, our revenue growth rate and profits may be negatively impacted.
To successfully expand our business, we and our franchisees must identify and secure sites for new franchise stores and, to a lesser extent, new corporate-owned stores that meet our established criteria. In addition to finding sites with the right demographic and other measures we employ in our selection process, we also need to evaluate the penetration of our competitors in the market. We face significant competition for sites that meet our criteria, and as a result we may lose those sites, our competitors could copy our format or we could be forced to pay significantly higher prices for those sites. If we and our franchisees are unable to identify and secure sites for new stores, our revenue growth rate and profits may be negatively impacted. Additionally, if our or our franchisees’ analysis of the suitability of a store site is incorrect, we or our franchisees may not be able to recover the capital investment in developing and building the new store.
As we increase our number of stores, we and our franchisees may also open stores in higher-cost geographies, which could entail greater lease payments and construction costs, among others. The higher level of invested capital at these stores may require higher operating margins and higher net income per store to produce the
 
21

Table of Contents
level of return we or our franchisees and potential franchisees expect. Failure to provide this level of return could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Opening new stores in close proximity may negatively impact our existing stores’ revenues and profitability.
We and our franchisees currently operate stores in 47 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada and the Dominican Republic, and we and our franchisees plan to open many new stores in the future, some of which will be in existing markets. We intend to continue opening new franchise stores in our existing markets as part of our growth strategy, some of which may be located in close proximity to stores already in those markets. Opening new stores in close proximity to existing stores may attract some memberships away from those existing stores, which may lead to diminished revenues and profitability for us and our franchisees rather than increased market share. In addition, as a result of new stores opening in existing markets and because older stores will represent an increasing proportion of our store base over time, our same store sales increases may be lower in future periods than they have been historically.
We are subject to a variety of additional risks associated with our franchisees.
Our franchise business model subjects us to a number of risks, any one of which may impact our royalty revenues collected from our franchisees, may harm the goodwill associated with our brand, and may materially and adversely impact our business and results of operations.
Bankruptcy of franchisees.     A franchisee bankruptcy could have a substantial negative impact on our ability to collect payments due under such franchisee’s franchise agreement(s). In a franchisee bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee may reject its franchise agreement(s), ADA(s) and/or franchisee lease/sublease pursuant to Section 365 under the U.S. bankruptcy code, in which case there would be no further royalty payments from such franchisee, and we may not ultimately recover those payments in a bankruptcy proceeding of such franchisee in connection with a damage claim resulting from such rejection.
Franchisee changes in control.     Our franchises are operated by independent business owners. Although we have the right to approve franchise owners, and any transferee owners, it can be difficult to predict in advance whether a particular franchise owner will be successful. If an individual franchise owner is unable to successfully establish, manage and operate the store, the performance and quality of service of the store could be adversely affected, which could reduce memberships and negatively affect our royalty revenues and brand image. Although our agreements prohibit “changes in control” of a franchisee without our prior consent as the franchisor, a franchise owner may desire to transfer a store to a transferee franchisee. In addition, in the event of the death or disability of a franchisee (if a natural person) or a principal of a franchisee entity, the executors and representatives of the franchisee are required to transfer the relevant franchise agreements to a successor franchisee approved by the franchisor. In any transfer situation, the transferee may not be able to perform the former franchisee’s obligations under such franchise agreements and successfully operate the store. In such a case the performance and quality of service of the store could be adversely affected, which could also reduce memberships and negatively affect our royalty revenues and brand image.
Franchisee insurance.     Our franchise agreements require each franchisee to maintain certain insurance types and levels. Losses arising from certain extraordinary hazards, however, may not be covered, and insurance may not be available (or may be available only at prohibitively expensive rates) with respect to many other risks. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits and policy payments made to franchisees may not be made on a timely basis. Any such loss or delay in payment could have a material adverse effect on a franchisee’s ability to satisfy its obligations under its franchise agreement or other contractual obligations, which could cause a franchisee to terminate its franchise agreement and, in turn, negatively affect our operating and financial results.
 
22

Table of Contents
Some of our franchisees are operating entities.     Franchisees may be natural persons or legal entities. Our franchisees that are operating companies (as opposed to limited purpose entities) are subject to business, credit, financial and other risks, which may be unrelated to the operation of their stores. These unrelated risks could materially and adversely affect a franchisee that is an operating company and its ability to service its members and maintain store operations while making royalty payments, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.
Franchise agreement termination; nonrenewal.     Each franchise agreement is subject to termination by us as the franchisor in the event of a default, generally after expiration of applicable cure periods, although under certain circumstances a franchise agreement may be terminated by us upon notice without an opportunity to cure. The default provisions under the franchise agreements are drafted broadly and include, among other things, any failure to meet operating standards and actions that may threaten the licensed intellectual property. Moreover, a franchisee may have a right to terminate its franchise agreement in certain circumstances.
In addition, each franchise agreement has an expiration date. Upon the expiration of a franchise agreement, we or the franchisee may, or may not, elect to renew the franchise agreement. If the franchise agreement is renewed, the franchisee will receive a “successor” franchise agreement for an additional term. Such option, however, is contingent on the franchisee’s execution of the then-current form of franchise agreement (which may include increased royalty revenues, advertising fees and other fees and costs), the satisfaction of certain conditions (including re-equipment and remodeling of the store and other requirements) and the payment of a renewal fee. If a franchisee is unable or unwilling to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions, the expiring franchise agreement will terminate upon expiration of its term.
Franchisee litigation; effects of regulatory efforts.     We and our franchisees are subject to a variety of litigation risks, including, but not limited to, member claims, personal injury claims, vicarious liability claims, litigation with or involving our relationship with franchisees, litigation alleging that the franchisees are our employees or that we are the co-employer of our franchisees’ employees, employee allegations against the franchisee or us of improper termination and discrimination, landlord/tenant disputes and intellectual property claims, among others. Each of these claims may increase costs, reduce the execution of new franchise agreements and affect the scope and terms of insurance or indemnifications we and our franchisees may have. In addition, we and our franchisees are subject to various regulatory efforts to enforce employment laws, such as efforts to categorize franchisors as the co-employers of their franchisees’ employees; legislation to categorize individual franchised businesses as large employers for the purposes of various employment benefits; and other legislation or regulations that may have a disproportionate impact on franchisors and/or franchised businesses. These changes may impose greater costs and regulatory burdens on franchising and negatively affect our ability to sell new franchises.
Franchise agreements and franchisee relationships.     Our franchisees develop and operate their stores under terms set forth in our ADAs and franchise agreements, respectively. These agreements give rise to long-term relationships that involve a complex set of mutual obligations and mutual cooperation. We have a standard set of agreements that we typically use with our franchisees, but various franchisees have negotiated specific terms in these agreements. Furthermore, we may from time to time negotiate terms of our franchise agreements with individual franchisees or groups of franchisees (e.g., a franchisee association). We seek to have positive relationships with our franchisees, based in part on our common understanding of our mutual rights and obligations under our agreements, to enable both the franchisees’ business and our business to be successful. However, we and our franchisees may not always maintain a positive relationship or always interpret our agreements in the same way. Our failure to have positive relationships with our franchisees could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practices, which may make our business model less attractive to our franchisees or our members.
 
23

Table of Contents
While our franchisee revenues are not concentrated among one or a small number of parties, the success of our business does depend in large part on our ability to maintain contractual relationships with franchisees in profitable stores. A typical franchise agreement has a ten-year term. While our largest franchisee group accounts for less than 5% of our total stores, certain of our franchisee groups account for 4%, or close to 4%, of our total stores. If we fail to maintain or renew our contractual relationships on acceptable terms, or if one or more of these significant franchisees were to become insolvent or otherwise were unwilling to pay amounts due to us, our business, reputation, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.
The high level of competition in the health and fitness industry could materially and adversely affect our business.
We compete with the following industry participants: other health and fitness clubs; physical fitness and recreational facilities established by non-profit organizations and businesses for their employees; private studios and other boutique fitness offerings; racquet, tennis and other athletic clubs; amenity and condominium/apartment clubs; country clubs; online personal training and fitness coaching; the home-use fitness equipment industry; local tanning salons; businesses offering similar services; and other businesses that rely on consumer discretionary spending. We may not be able to compete effectively in the markets in which we operate in the future. Competitors may attempt to copy our business model, or portions thereof, which could erode our market share and brand recognition and impair our growth rate and profitability. Competitors, including companies that are larger and have greater resources than us, may compete with us to attract members in our markets. Non-profit organizations in our markets may be able to obtain land and construct stores at a lower cost and collect membership dues and fees without paying taxes, thereby allowing them to charge lower prices. Luxury fitness companies may attempt to enter our market by lowering prices or creating lower price brand alternatives. Furthermore, due to the increased number of low-cost health and fitness club alternatives, we may face increased competition if we increase our price or if discretionary spending declines. This competition may limit our ability to attract and retain existing members and our ability to attract new members, which in each case could materially and adversely affect our results of operation and financial condition.
Our dependence on a limited number of suppliers for equipment and certain products and services could result in disruptions to our business and could adversely affect our revenues and gross profit.
Equipment and certain products and services used in our stores, including our exercise equipment and point-of-sale software and hardware, are sourced from third-party suppliers. In addition, we rely on third-party suppliers to manage and maintain our websites and online join processes, and in 2015 over 20% of our new members joined online through our websites. Although we believe that adequate substitutes are currently available, we depend on these third-party suppliers to operate our business efficiently and consistently meet our business requirements. The ability of these third-party suppliers to successfully provide reliable and high-quality services is subject to technical and operational uncertainties that are beyond our control, including, for our overseas suppliers, vessel availability and port delays or congestion. Any disruption to our suppliers’ operations could impact our supply chain and our ability to service our existing stores and open new stores on time or at all and thereby generate revenue. If we lose such suppliers or our suppliers encounter financial hardships unrelated to the demand for our equipment or other products or services, we may not be able to identify or enter into agreements with alternative suppliers on a timely basis on acceptable terms, if at all. Transitioning to new suppliers would be time consuming and expensive and may result in interruptions in our operations. If we should encounter delays or difficulties in securing the quantity of equipment we or our franchisees require to open new and refurbish existing stores, our suppliers encounter difficulties meeting our
 
24

Table of Contents
and our franchisees’ demands for products or services, our websites experience delays or become impaired due to errors in the third-party technology or there is a deficiency, lack or poor quality of products or services provided, our ability to serve our members and grow our brand would be interrupted. If any of these events occur, it could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.
Our franchisees may incur rising costs related to construction of new stores and maintenance of existing stores, which could adversely affect the attractiveness of our franchise model, and in turn our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our stores require significant upfront and ongoing investment, including periodic remodeling and equipment replacement. If our franchisees’ costs are greater than expected, franchisees may need to outperform their operational plan to achieve their targeted return. In addition, increased costs may result in lower profits to the franchisees, which may cause them to terminate their franchise agreement or make it harder for us to attract new franchisees, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
In addition, if a franchisee is unwilling or unable to acquire the necessary financing to invest in the maintenance and upkeep of its stores, including periodic remodeling and replacement of equipment, the quality of its stores could deteriorate, which may have a negative impact on our brand image and our ability to attract and maintain members, which in turn may have a negative impact on our revenues.
We and our franchisees could be subject to claims related to health and safety risks to members that arise while at both our corporate-owned and franchise stores.
Use of our and our franchisees’ stores poses some potential health and safety risks to members or guests through physical exertion and use of our services and facilities, including exercise and tanning equipment. Claims might be asserted against us and our franchisees for injuries suffered by or death of members or guests while exercising and using the facilities at a store. We may not be able to successfully defend such claims. We also may not be able to maintain our general liability insurance on acceptable terms in the future or maintain a level of insurance that would provide adequate coverage against potential claims. Depending upon the outcome, these matters may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.
If we cannot retain our key employees and hire additional highly qualified employees, we may not be able to successfully manage our businesses and pursue our strategic objectives.
We are highly dependent on the services of our senior management team and other key employees at our corporate headquarters and our corporate-owned stores, and on our and our franchisees’ ability to recruit, retain and motivate key employees. Competition for such employees can be intense, and the inability to attract and retain the additional qualified employees required to expand our activities, or the loss of current key employees, could adversely affect our and our franchisees’ operating efficiency and financial condition.
Our intellectual property rights, including trademarks and trade names, may be infringed, misappropriated or challenged by others.
We believe our brand and related intellectual property are important to our continued success. We seek to protect our trademarks, trade names, copyrights and other intellectual property by exercising our rights under applicable state, provincial, federal and international laws. Policing unauthorized use and other violations of our intellectual property rights is difficult and the steps we take may not prevent misappropriation,
 
25

Table of Contents
infringement or other violations of our intellectual property. If we were to fail to successfully protect our intellectual property rights for any reason, or if any third party misappropriates, dilutes or infringes our intellectual property, the value of our brands may be harmed, which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Any damage to our reputation could cause membership levels to decline or make it more difficult to attract new members.
We may also from time to time be required to initiate litigation to enforce our trademarks, service marks and other intellectual property. Third parties may also assert that we have infringed, misappropriated or otherwise violated their intellectual property rights, which could lead to litigation against us. Litigation is inherently uncertain and could divert the attention of management, result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could negatively affect our membership sales and profitability regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce or defend our rights.
Use of email marketing and social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.
There has been a substantial increase in the use of email and social media platforms, including blogs, social media websites and other forms of internet-based communication, which allow access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. Negative commentary about us may be posted on social media platforms or similar devices at any time and may harm our reputation or business. Consumers value readily available information about health clubs and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. In addition, social media platforms provide users with access to such a broad audience that collective action against our stores, such as boycotts, can be more easily organized. If such actions were organized, we could suffer reputational damage as well as physical damage to our stores.
We also use email and social medial platforms as marketing tools. For example, we maintain Facebook and Twitter accounts and may occasionally email members to inform them of certain offers or promotions. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees, our franchisees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms and devices could adversely impact our and our franchisees’ business, financial condition and results of operations or subject us to fines or other penalties.
If we fail to obtain and retain high-profile strategic partnership arrangements, or if the reputation of any of our partners is impaired, our business may suffer.
A principal component of our marketing program has been to partner with high-profile marketing partners, such as NBC’s “The Biggest Loser” and the opportunity to be featured on ABC’s “Dick Clark’s New Year’s Rockin’ Eve with Ryan Seacrest,” as the presenting sponsor in Times Square, to help us extend the reach of our brand. Although we have partnered with several well-known partners in this manner, we may not be able to attract and partner with new marketing partners in the future. In addition, if the actions of our partners were to damage their reputation, our partnerships may be less attractive to our current or prospective members. Any of these failures by us or our partners could adversely affect our business and revenues.
We are subject to risks associated with leasing property subject to long-term non-cancelable leases.
We do not own any real property, and all of our corporate-owned stores are located on leased premises. The leases for our stores generally have initial terms of 10 years and typically provide for two renewal options in five-year increments as well as for rent escalations.
 
26

Table of Contents
Generally, our leases are net leases that require us to pay our share of the costs of real estate taxes, utilities, building operating expenses, insurance and other charges in addition to rent. We generally cannot terminate these leases before the end of the initial lease term. Additional sites that we lease are likely to be subject to similar long-term, non-terminable leases. If we close a store, we nonetheless may be obligated to perform our monetary obligations under the applicable lease, including, among other things, payment of the base rent for the balance of the lease term. In addition, if we fail to negotiate renewals, either on commercially acceptable terms or at all, as each of our leases expire we could be forced to close stores in desirable locations. We depend on cash flows from operations to pay our lease expenses and to fulfill our other cash needs. If our business does not generate sufficient cash flow from operating activities, and sufficient funds are not otherwise available to us from borrowings under our senior secured credit facility or other sources, we may not be able to service our lease expenses or fund our other liquidity and capital needs, which would materially affect our business.
Our business is subject to various laws and regulations and changes in such laws and regulations, or failure to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, could adversely affect our business.
We are subject to the FTC Franchise Rule, which is a trade regulation imposed on franchising promulgated by the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) that regulates the offer and sale of franchises in the United States and that requires us to provide to all prospective franchisees certain mandatory disclosure in FDD. In addition, we are subject to state franchise sales laws in approximately 14 states that regulate the offer and sale of franchises by requiring us to make a franchise filing or obtain franchise registration prior to our making any offer or sale of a franchise in those states and to provide a FDD to prospective franchisees in accordance with such laws. We are subject to franchise sales laws in five provinces in Canada that regulate the offer and sale of franchises by requiring us to provide a FDD in a prescribed format to prospective franchisees in accordance with such laws, and that regulate certain aspects of the franchise relationship. Failure to comply with such laws may result in a franchisee’s right to rescind its franchise agreement and damages, and may result in investigations or actions from federal or state franchise authorities, civil fines or penalties, and stop orders, among other remedies. We are also subject to franchise relationship laws in over 20 states that regulate many aspects of the franchisor-franchisee relationship, including renewals and terminations of franchise agreements, franchise transfers, the applicable law and venue in which franchise disputes must be resolved, discrimination and franchisees’ right to associate, among others. Our failure to comply with such franchise relationship laws could result in fines, damages and our inability to enforce franchise agreements where we have violated such laws. Although we believe that our FDDs, franchise sales practices and franchise activities comply with such franchise sales laws and franchise relationship laws, our non-compliance could result in liability to franchisees and regulatory authorities (as described above), inability to enforce our franchise agreements and a reduction in our anticipated royalty revenue, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and results of operating.
We and our franchisees are also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and various other laws in the United States, Canada and the Dominican Republic governing such matters as minimum-wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions. A significant number of our and our franchisees’ employees are paid at rates related to the U.S. federal or state minimum wage, and past increases in the U.S. federal and/or state minimum wage have increased labor costs, as would future increases. Any increases in labor costs might result in our and our franchisees inadequately staffing stores. Such increases in labor costs and other changes in labor laws could affect store performance and quality of service, decrease royalty revenues and adversely affect our brand.
Our and our franchisees’ operations and properties are subject to extensive U.S., Canadian and Dominican federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental, building and zoning requirements. Our and our franchisees’ development of properties depends to a significant extent on the
 
27

Table of Contents
selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations and requirements. Failure to comply with these legal requirements could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal liability, which could adversely affect our business.
We and our franchisees are responsible at stores we each operate for compliance with state and provincial laws that regulate the relationship between stores and their members. Many states and provinces have consumer protection regulations that may limit the collection of membership dues or fees prior to opening, require certain disclosures of pricing information, mandate the maximum length of contracts and “cooling off” periods for members (after the purchase of a membership), set escrow and bond requirements for stores, govern member rights in the event of a member relocation or disability, provide for specific member rights when a store closes or relocates, or preclude automatic membership renewals. Our or our franchisees’ failure to comply fully with these rules or requirements may subject us or our franchisees to fines, penalties, damages, and civil liability, or result in membership contracts being void or voidable. In addition, states may update these laws and regulations. Any additional costs which may arise in the future as a result of changes to the legislation and regulations or in their interpretation could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practices, which may make our business model less attractive to our franchisees or our members.
Regulatory restrictions placed on indoor tanning services and negative opinions about the health effects of indoor tanning services could harm our reputation and our business.
Although our business model does not place an emphasis on indoor tanning, the vast majority of our corporate-owned and franchise stores offer indoor tanning services. We offer tanning services as one of many amenities available to our PF Black Card members. Many states and provinces where we and our franchisees operate have health and safety regulations that apply to health clubs and other facilities that offer indoor tanning services. In addition to regulations imposed on the indoor tanning industry, medical opinions and opinions of commentators in the general public regarding negative health effects of indoor tanning services could adversely impact the value of our PF Black Card memberships and our future revenues and profitability. Although the tanning industry is regulated by U.S., Canadian and Dominican federal, state and provincial government agencies, negative publicity regarding the potentially harmful health effects of the tanning services we offer at our stores could lead to additional legislation or further regulation of the industry. The potential increase in cost of complying with these regulations could have a negative impact on our profit margins.
The continuation of our tanning services is dependent upon the public’s sustained belief that the benefits of utilizing tanning services outweigh the risks of exposure to ultraviolet light. Any significant change in public perception of tanning equipment or any investigative or regulatory action by a government agency or other regulatory authority could impact the appeal of indoor tanning services to our PF Black Card members, and could in turn have an adverse effect on our and our franchisees’ reputation, business, results of operations and financial condition as well as our ability to profit from sales of tanning equipment to our franchisees.
In addition, from time to time, government agencies and other regulatory authorities have shown an interest in taking investigative or regulatory action with respect to tanning services. For example, we reached a settlement with the New York Office of the Attorney General (“OAG”) last year in connection with allegations that in the spring of 2013, seven of the approximately 80 independently owned and operated Planet Fitness franchise locations in New York at the time had violated certain state laws related to tanning advertising, signage, paperwork, and eyewear. Upon being alerted to these alleged violations, we re-emphasized to all franchisees that they are contractually required to operate their businesses in compliance with all applicable laws and regulations. Although we understand that the OAG’s investigation was part of a larger initiative with respect to tanning salons and other providers of tanning services and do not believe that the settlement will have a
 
28

Table of Contents
material adverse effect on us, publicity regarding the OAG’s initiative could influence public perception of the tanning services we offer and of the benefits of our PF Black Card membership.
Risks related to our indebtedness
As of March 31, 2016, we had total indebtedness of $491.0 million, and our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy.
We have a substantial amount of debt, which requires significant interest payments. As of March 31, 2016, we had total indebtedness of $491.0 million, gross of deferred financing costs. Subject to the restrictions contained in our senior secured credit facility applicable to our subsidiary Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC, as borrower, and its restricted subsidiaries and its parent Planet Intermediate, LLC, as guarantors, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. These restrictions will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness, may be waived by certain votes of debt holders and, if we refinance our existing indebtedness, such refinancing indebtedness may contain fewer restrictions on our activities. To the extent new indebtedness or other financial obligations are added to our and our subsidiaries’ currently anticipated indebtedness levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries face could intensify.
Our substantial level of indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition and increase the possibility that we may be unable to generate cash sufficient to pay, when due, the principal of, interest on or other amounts due in respect of our indebtedness. Our substantial indebtedness, combined with our other existing and any future financial obligations and contractual commitments, could have important consequences. For example, it could:
 
•	 	make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations with respect to our indebtedness, and any failure to comply with the obligations under our senior secured credit facility, including restrictive covenants, could result in an event of default under such facility;	
 
•	 	require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, thereby reducing funds available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling and marketing efforts, research and development and other purposes;	
 
•	 	increase our vulnerability to adverse economic and industry conditions, which could place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have proportionately less indebtedness;	
 
•	 	increase our cost of borrowing and cause us to incur substantial fees from time to time in connection with debt amendments or refinancings;	
 
•	 	increase our exposure to rising interest rates because a portion of our borrowings is at variable interest rates;	
 
•	 	limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate; and	
 
•	 	limit our ability to borrow additional funds, or to dispose of assets to raise funds, if needed, for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, selling and marketing efforts, research and development and other corporate purposes.	
By the nature of their relationship to our enterprise, debt holders may have different points of view on the use of company resources as compared to our management. The financial and contractual obligations related to our debt also represent a natural constraint on any intended use of company resources.
 
29

Table of Contents
Restrictions imposed by our outstanding indebtedness and any future indebtedness may limit our ability to operate our business and to finance our future operations or capital needs or to engage in other business activities.
The terms of our outstanding indebtedness restrict us from engaging in specified types of transactions. These covenants restrict our ability, among other things, to:
 
•	 	incur indebtedness or guarantees or engage in sale-leaseback transactions;	
 
•	 	incur liens;	
 
•	 	engage in mergers, acquisitions and asset sales;	
 
•	 	alter the business conducted by Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC and its restricted subsidiaries;	
 
•	 	make investments and loans;	
 
•	 	declare dividends or other distributions;	
 
•	 	enter into agreements limiting restricted subsidiary distributions; and	
 
•	 	engage in certain transactions with affiliates.	
In addition, the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility requires us to comply with a financial maintenance covenant, which covenant is solely for the benefit of the revolving credit facility. Our ability to comply with this financial covenant can be affected by events beyond our control, and we may not be able to satisfy it. See “Description of certain indebtedness.”
A breach of any of the restrictive covenants in the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility could result in an event of default, which could trigger acceleration of our indebtedness and may result in the acceleration of or default under any other debt we may incur in the future to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In the event of any default under our credit facilities, the applicable lenders could elect to terminate borrowing commitments and declare all borrowings and loans outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest and any fees and other obligations, to be due and payable. In addition, or in the alternative, the applicable lenders could exercise their rights under the security documents entered into in connection with our credit facilities. We have pledged a significant portion of our assets as collateral under our senior secured credit facility.
If we were unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings and loans when due, the applicable lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event the applicable lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness. Any acceleration of amounts due under the agreements governing our credit facilities or the exercise by the applicable lenders of their rights under the security documents would likely have a material adverse effect on our business. As a result of these restrictions, we may be:
 
•	 	limited in how we conduct our business;	
 
•	 	unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to operate during general economic or business downturns; or	
 
•	 	unable to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.	
These restrictions may affect our ability to grow in accordance with our strategy.
 
30

Table of Contents
We will require a significant amount of cash to service our indebtedness. The ability to generate cash or refinance our indebtedness as it becomes due depends on many factors, some of which are beyond our control.
We are a holding company, and as such have no independent operations or material assets other than our ownership of equity interests in our subsidiaries and our subsidiaries’ contractual arrangements with customers, and we will depend on our subsidiaries to distribute funds to us so that we may pay our obligations and expenses. Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our respective obligations under, our indebtedness and to fund planned capital expenditures and other corporate expenses will depend on the ability of our subsidiaries to make distributions, dividends or advances to us, which in turn will depend on our subsidiaries’ future operating performance and on economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors and any legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of distributions and dividends to which they may be subject. Many of these factors are beyond our control. We can provide no assurance that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations, that currently anticipated cost savings and operating improvements will be realized or that future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to satisfy our respective obligations under our indebtedness or to fund our other needs. In order for us to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness and fund planned capital expenditures, we must continue to execute our business strategy. If we are unable to do so, we may need to reduce or delay our planned capital expenditures or refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. Significant delays in our planned capital expenditures may materially and adversely affect our future revenue prospects. In addition, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to refinance any of our indebtedness on commercially reasonable terms or at all.
Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our indebtedness service obligations to increase significantly.
Borrowings under our senior secured credit facility are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk. If interest rates increase, our debt service obligations on variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease.
Our senior secured credit facility includes a London Inter-Bank Offered Rates (“LIBOR”) floor of 1.00%, which at March 31, 2016 was in excess of LIBOR. If the three-month LIBOR spot rate were to increase or decrease by 0.125% from current rates, interest expense would not change due to application of the 1.00% floor previously mentioned. If the specified LIBOR rate were to increase above 1.00%, our debt service obligations on the variable rate indebtedness would increase even though the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows, including cash available for servicing our indebtedness, would correspondingly decrease. An increase of 0.125% over the 1.00% floor previously mentioned would result in an approximate increase of $0.6 million in our annual interest expense associated with our senior secured credit facilities.
We have entered into and may continue to enter into interest rate swaps, caps or other derivative financial instruments that involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments in order to reduce interest rate volatility. However, we may not maintain derivative financial instruments with respect to all of our variable rate indebtedness, and any swaps we enter into may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.
Risks related to our organizational structure
We will be required to pay certain of our existing owners for certain tax benefits we may claim, and we expect that the payments we will be required to make will be substantial.
Future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock (or cash) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax attributes for us. We are a party to two tax receivable
 
31

Table of Contents
agreements. Under the first of those agreements, we are generally required to pay to the Continuing LLC Owners 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that we are deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to us (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, we are generally required to pay to the Direct TSG Investors 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, that we are deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units that we hold in respect of the Direct TSG Investors’ interest in us, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in the 2012 acquisition (the “2012 Acquisition”), by investment funds affiliated with TSG and certain other tax benefits. Under both agreements, we generally retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings.
The payment obligations under the tax receivable agreements are obligations of Planet Fitness, Inc., and we expect that the payments we will be required to make under the tax receivable agreements will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreements, we expect that the reduction in tax payments for us associated with sales of the corresponding Holdings Units as described above would aggregate to approximately $88.3 million over the applicable period under the tax receivable agreements based on a price of $19.02 per share of our Class A common stock (the last closing price of our Class A common stock on June 17, 2016), and assuming all future sales had occurred on March 31, 2016. Under such scenario, we would be required to pay the other parties to the tax receivable agreements 85% of such amount, or $75.0 million, over the applicable period under the tax receivable agreements. The actual amounts may materially differ from these hypothetical amounts, as potential future reductions in tax payments for us, and tax receivable agreement payments by us, will be calculated using the market value of our Class A common stock at the time of the sale and the prevailing tax rates applicable to us over the life of the tax receivable agreements and will be dependent on us generating sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Tax receivable agreements.” Payments under the tax receivable agreements are not conditioned on the Continuing LLC Owners’ ownership of our shares.
The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under these agreements, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of sales by the Continuing LLC Owners, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the sales, whether such sales are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future, the tax rate then applicable and the portion of our payments under the tax receivable agreements constituting imputed interest. Payments under the tax receivable agreements are expected to give rise to certain additional tax benefits attributable to either further increases in basis or in the form of deductions for imputed interest (generally calculated using one-year LIBOR), depending on the tax receivable agreements and the circumstances. Any such benefits are covered by the tax receivable agreements and will increase the amounts due thereunder. The tax receivable agreements provide for interest, at a rate equal to one-year LIBOR, accrued from the due date (without extensions) of the corresponding tax return to the date of payment specified by the tax receivable agreements. In addition, under certain circumstances where we are unable to make timely payments under the tax receivable agreements, the tax receivable agreements provide for interest to accrue on unpaid payments, at a rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 500 basis points.
Payments under the tax receivable agreements will be based on the tax reporting positions that we determine. Although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge a tax basis increase or other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements, we will not be reimbursed for any payments previously made under the tax receivable agreements if such basis increases or other benefits are subsequently disallowed. As a result, in certain circumstances, payments could be made under the tax receivable agreements in excess of the benefits that we are deemed to realize in respect of the attributes to which the tax receivable agreements relate.
 
32

Table of Contents
Our ability to pay taxes and expenses, including payments under the tax receivable agreements, may be limited by our structure.
We have no material assets other than our ownership of Holdings Units in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. As such, we have no independent means of generating revenue. Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes and, as such, is not subject to U.S. federal income tax. Instead, taxable income is allocated to holders of its Holdings Units, including us. Accordingly, we incur income taxes on our allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and also incur expenses related to our operations. Pursuant to the New LLC Agreement, Pla-Fit Holdings makes cash distributions to the owners of Holdings Units for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC that is allocated to them, to the extent other distributions from Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC have been insufficient. In addition to tax expenses, we also incur expenses related to our operations, including payment obligations under the tax receivable agreements, which are significant. We have caused Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC to make distributions in an amount sufficient to allow us to pay our taxes and operating expenses, including ordinary course payments due under the tax receivable agreements. However, its ability to make such distributions in the future will be subject to various limitations and restrictions, including contractual restrictions under our senior secured credit facility. If, as a consequence of these various limitations and restrictions, we do not have sufficient funds to pay tax or other liabilities or to fund our operations (including as a result of an acceleration of our obligations under the tax receivable agreements), we may have to borrow funds and thus our liquidity and financial condition could be materially adversely affected. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreements for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest at a rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 500 basis points until paid.
In certain cases, payments under the tax receivable agreements to our existing owners may be accelerated and/or significantly exceed the actual benefits we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements.
The tax receivable agreements provide that (i) in the event that we materially breach such tax receivable agreements, (ii) if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreements, or (iii) upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, our (or our successor’s) obligations under the tax receivable agreements (with respect to all Holdings Units, whether or not they have been sold before or after such transaction) would accelerate and become payable in a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits calculated based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the tax deductions, tax basis and other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements.
As a result of the foregoing, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreements that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual tax savings we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the agreements and (ii) we may be required to make an immediate lump sum payment equal to the present value of the anticipated tax savings, which payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits, if any such benefits are ever realized. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreements could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreements in a manner that does not adversely affect our working capital and growth requirements. For example, if we had elected to terminate the tax receivable agreements as of March 31, 2016, based on a share price of $19.02 per share of our Class A common stock (the last sale price of our Class A common stock on June 17, 2016) and a discount rate equal to 2.2%, we estimate that we would have been required to pay $652.7 million in the aggregate under the tax receivable agreements. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Tax receivable agreements.”
 
33

Table of Contents
In certain circumstances, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will be required to make distributions to us and the Continuing LLC Owners, and the distributions that Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will be required to make may be substantial.
Funds used by Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC to satisfy its tax distribution obligations will not be available for reinvestment in our business. Moreover, the tax distributions that Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will be required to make may be substantial and will likely exceed (as a percentage of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC’s net income) the overall effective tax rate applicable to a similarly situated corporate taxpayer.
As a result of potential differences in the amount of net taxable income allocable to us and to the Continuing LLC Owners, as well as the use of an assumed tax rate in calculating Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC’s distribution obligations, we may receive distributions significantly in excess of our tax liabilities and obligations to make payments under the tax receivable agreements. To the extent, as currently expected, we do not distribute such cash balances as dividends on our Class A common stock and instead, for example, hold such cash balances or lend them to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, the Continuing LLC Owners would benefit from any value attributable to such accumulated cash balances as a result of their ownership of Class A common stock following an exchange of their Holdings Units.
We will not be reimbursed for any payments made to the Continuing LLC Owners or the Direct TSG Investors under the tax receivable agreements in the event that any tax benefits are disallowed.
If the IRS or a state or local taxing authority challenges the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions that give rise to payments under the tax receivable agreements and the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions are subsequently disallowed, the recipients of payments under the agreements will not reimburse us for any payments we previously made to them. Any such disallowance would be taken into account in determining future payments under the tax receivable agreements and would, therefore, reduce the amount of any such future payments. Nevertheless, if the claimed tax benefits from the tax basis adjustments and/or deductions are disallowed, our payments under the tax receivable agreements could exceed our actual tax savings, and we may not be able to recoup payments under the tax receivable agreements that were calculated on the assumption that the disallowed tax savings were available.
Unanticipated changes in effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
We are subject to income taxes in the United States and Canada, and our domestic and foreign tax liabilities will be subject to the allocation of expenses in differing jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
 
•	 	changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities;	
 
•	 	expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances;	
 
•	 	tax effects of stock-based compensation;	
 
•	 	costs related to intercompany restructurings;	
 
•	 	changes in tax laws, regulations or interpretations thereof; or	
 
•	 	lower than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have lower statutory tax rates and higher than anticipated future earnings in jurisdictions where we have higher statutory tax rates.	
In addition, we may be subject to audits of our income, sales and other transaction taxes by U.S. federal and state and foreign authorities. Outcomes from these audits could have an adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
 
34

Table of Contents
Risks related to our Class A common stock and this offering
We are eligible to be treated as an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain that the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will not make our ordinary shares less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in the JOBS Act. For as long as we continue to be an emerging growth company, we may take advantage of exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (1) not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), (2) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements and (3) exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We could be an emerging growth company for up to another four years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700.0 million as of the end of the second fiscal quarter in any fiscal year before that time or if we have total annual gross revenues of $1.0 billion or more during any fiscal year before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following fiscal year end, or if we issue more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during any three-year period before that time we would cease to be an emerging growth company immediately. If some investors find our Class A common stock less attractive as a result of our being an emerging growth company, there may be a less active trading market for our Class A common stock, and our share price may be more volatile.
TSG has significant influence over us, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.
We are currently controlled, and after this offering is completed will continue to be controlled, by investment funds affiliated with TSG. Upon completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with TSG will control 56.2% of the voting power of our common stock (or 54.6% if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares). As long as TSG owns or controls at least a majority of our outstanding voting power, it will have the ability to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how our other stockholders may vote, including the election and removal of directors and the size of our board of directors, any amendment of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws, or the approval of any merger or other significant corporate transaction, including a sale of substantially all of our assets. Even if its ownership falls below 50%, TSG will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions.
Additionally, TSG’s interests may not align with the interests of our other stockholders. TSG is in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. TSG may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.
Certain of our directors have relationships with TSG, which may cause conflicts of interest with respect to our business.
Four of our eight directors are affiliated with TSG. Our TSG-affiliated directors have fiduciary duties to us and, in addition, have duties to TSG. As a result, these directors may face real or apparent conflicts of interest with respect to matters affecting both us and TSG, whose interests may be adverse to ours in some circumstances.
 
35

Table of Contents
We are a “controlled company” under NYSE rules and, as a result, qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements; you do not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.
Because TSG controls a majority of the voting power of our outstanding Class A common stock, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our Class A common stock:
 
•	 	we have a board of directors that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under NYSE rules;	
 
•	 	we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and	
 
•	 	we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.	
We are currently utilizing all of these exemptions. Accordingly, for so long as we are a “controlled company,” you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the NYSE corporate governance requirements. Our status as a controlled company could make our Class A common stock less attractive to some investors or otherwise harm our stock price.
Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of our Company more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management, even if beneficial to our stockholders.
In addition to TSG’s beneficial ownership of a controlling percentage of our common stock, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law (the “DGCL”) contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include:
 
•	 	the division of our board of directors into three classes and the election of each class for three-year terms;	
 
•	 	advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations;	
 
•	 	the ability of the board of directors to fill a vacancy created by the expansion of the board of directors;	
 
•	 	the ability of our board of directors to issue new series of, and designate the terms of, preferred stock, without stockholder approval, which could be used to, among other things, institute a rights plan that would have the effect of significantly diluting the stock ownership of a potential hostile acquirer, likely preventing acquisitions that have not been approved by our board of directors;	
 
•	 	limitations on the ability of stockholders to call special meetings and to take action by written consent following the date that investment funds affiliated with TSG no longer beneficially own a majority of our common stock; and	
 
•	 	the required approval of holders of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock to adopt, amend or repeal certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws or remove directors for cause, in each case following the date that investment funds affiliated with TSG no longer beneficially own a majority of our common stock.	
 
36

Table of Contents
In addition, Section 203 of the DGCL may affect the ability of an “interested stockholder” to engage in certain business combinations, for a period of three years following the time that the stockholder becomes an “interested stockholder.” While we have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203 of the DGCL, except that they provide that investment funds affiliated with TSG will not be deemed to be an “interested stockholder,” and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.
Because our board of directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace current members of our management team. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these protective measures, and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the Company may be unsuccessful. See “Description of capital stock.”
Our organizational structure, including the tax receivable agreements, confers certain benefits upon the Continuing LLC Owners that do not benefit Class A common stockholders to the same extent as it will benefit the Continuing LLC Owners.
Our organizational structure, including the tax receivable agreements, confers certain benefits upon the Continuing LLC Owners that do not benefit the holders of our Class A common stock to the same extent as it benefits the Continuing LLC Owners. The tax receivable agreement with the Direct TSG Investors also confers benefits upon the Direct TSG Investors that are not shared with other holders of Class A common stock. Although we retain 15% of the amount of tax benefits conferred under the tax receivable agreements, this and other aspects of our organizational structure may adversely impact the future trading market for the Class A common stock.
We previously identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. While management has concluded that we have remediated this material weakness and no new material weaknesses have been identified to date, we cannot provide assurance that additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies will not occur in the future. If our internal control over financial reporting or our disclosure controls and procedures are not effective, we may not be able to accurately report our financial results, prevent fraud or file our periodic reports in a timely manner, which may cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information and may lead to a decline in our stock price. In addition, because of our status as an emerging growth company, you will not be able to depend on any attestation from our independent registered public accountants as to our internal control over financial reporting for the foreseeable future.
We are not currently required to comply with the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and are therefore not required to make a formal assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting for that purpose. We are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which requires management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports. However, although we are required to disclose significant changes made in our internal controls and procedures on a quarterly basis, we are not required to make our first annual assessment of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the year following the filing of our first annual report with the SEC. Further, as an emerging growth company, our independent registered public accounting firm will not be required to attest to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 until the later of our second annual report or the first annual report required to be filed with the SEC following the date we are no longer an emerging growth company. At such time, if our independent registered public accounting firm
 
37

Table of Contents
concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was not effective due to the existence of one or more material weaknesses in internal control, it would issue an adverse opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
As we approach the dates for compliance with the requirements of Section 404, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring internal audit or additional accounting staff. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters related to the operation of our business. In addition, when evaluating our internal control over financial reporting, we may identify material weaknesses that we may not be able to remediate in time to meet the applicable deadline imposed upon us for compliance with the requirements of Section 404.
In the first half of 2015, management identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our controls over the authorization of IT hardware purchases and the processing of related invoices. The internal controls in place during this time were not adequate to detect fraudulent purchases being made. Since identifying this material weakness, we have implemented processes and controls designed to remediate this material weakness by revising existing, and implementing new, procedures and systems regarding (i) authorizing purchases, (ii) receiving invoices, (iii) receiving IT hardware products and (iv) processing invoices. As a result of the successful implementation of the remediation actions noted, as well as subsequent successful testing of the design and operation of the enhanced control procedures, management has concluded that this material weakness has been remediated as of March 31, 2016.
If we identify additional material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 in a timely manner or assert that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an unqualified opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in future periods, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the market price of our Class A common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the NYSE, on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.
Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.
Pursuant to our certificate of incorporation and bylaws, our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of Class A common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.
Our stock price could be extremely volatile, and, as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.
Since our IPO, the price of our Class A common stock, as reported by the NYSE, has ranged from a low of $13.23 on February 11, 2016 to a high of $20.68 on August 10, 2015. In addition, in recent years the stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price and trading volume of our Class A common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our Class A common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our results of operations or
 
38

Table of Contents
prospects, and could lose part or all of their investment. The price of our Class A common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those described elsewhere in this report and others such as:
 
•	 	variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;	
 
•	 	actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;	
 
•	 	publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;	
 
•	 	the public’s reaction to our press releases, our other public announcements and our filings with the SEC;	
 
•	 	our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;	
 
•	 	additions and departures of key personnel;	
 
•	 	strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;	
 
•	 	the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;	
 
•	 	speculation in the press or investment community;	
 
•	 	changes in accounting principles;	
 
•	 	terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;	
 
•	 	natural disasters and other calamities; and	
 
•	 	changes in general market and economic conditions.	
In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.
Our future ability to repurchase shares is subject to the discretion of management and our board of directors and may be limited by our ability to generate sufficient earnings and cash flows.
In May 2016, the board of directors authorized the Company to purchase, from time to time, as market conditions warrant, $20 million of our Class A common stock. The share repurchase program does not obligate us to repurchase any particular amount of common stock, and it could be modified, suspended or discontinued at any time. The timing and amount of repurchases will be determined by management at its discretion based on a variety of factors such as the market price of its common stock, corporate and legal requirements, and general market and economic conditions. Actual repurchases of shares will also depend on our ability to generate sufficient earnings and cash flows. In addition, our ability to repurchase shares is subject to limitations under our senior secured credit facility. See “Description of certain indebtedness—Senior secured credit facility—Covenants and other matters.”
Because we do not currently anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operations, expansion and debt repayment and do not currently anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future.
 
39

Table of Contents
Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our senior credit facility. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our Class A common stock unless you sell our Class A common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.
A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of shares of our Class A common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock. In connection with this offering, our officers, directors and the selling stockholders will enter into 90-day lock-up agreements with the underwriters. These shares will, however, be able to be resold after the expiration of the lock-up agreement as described in the “Shares eligible for future sale” section of this prospectus. We have also filed a Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all shares of Class A common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans. In addition, TSG has certain demand registration rights that could require us in the future to file registration statements in connection with sales of our stock by TSG. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Registration rights agreement.” Such sales by TSG could be significant. Once we register these shares, they can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to the lock-up agreements described in the “Underwriting” section of this prospectus. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price and trading volume could decline.
The trading market for our shares will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. In the event one or more securities analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price could decline.
A credit ratings downgrade or other negative action by a credit ratings organization could adversely affect the trading price of the shares of our Class A common stock.
Credit rating agencies continually revise their ratings for companies they follow. The condition of the financial and credit markets and prevailing interest rates have fluctuated in the past and are likely to fluctuate in the future. In addition, developments in our business and operations could lead to a ratings downgrade for us or our subsidiaries. Any such fluctuation in the rating of us or our subsidiaries may impact our ability to access debt markets in the future or increase our cost of future debt which could have a material adverse effect on our operations and financial condition, which in return may adversely affect the trading price of shares of our Class A common stock.
 
40

Table of Contents
Our certificate of incorporation designates courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.
Our certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for:
 
•	 	any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf;	
 
•	 	any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders;	
 
•	 	any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL, our certificate of incorporation or our bylaws;	
 
•	 	any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our certificate of incorporation or bylaws; or	
 
•	 	any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine (each, a “Covered Proceeding”).	
In addition, our certificate of incorporation provides that if any action the subject matter of which is a Covered Proceeding is filed in a court other than the specified Delaware courts without the approval of our board of directors (each, a “Foreign Action”), the claiming party will be deemed to have consented to (i) the personal jurisdiction of the specified Delaware courts in connection with any action brought in any such courts to enforce the exclusive forum provision described above and (ii) having service of process made upon such claiming party in any such enforcement action by service upon such claiming party’s counsel in the Foreign Action as agent for such claiming party.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to these provisions. These provisions may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.
Financial forecasting may differ materially from actual results.
Due to the inherent difficulty of predicting future events and results, our forecasted financial and operational results may differ materially from actual results. Discrepancies between forecasted and actual results could cause a decline in the price of our stock.
 
41

Table of Contents
 Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are neither historical facts nor assurances of future performance. Instead, they are based on our current beliefs, expectations and assumptions regarding the future of our business, future plans and strategies and other future conditions. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” “contemplate” and other similar expressions, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words.
We may not actually achieve the plans, intentions or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements, and you should not place significant reliance on our forward-looking statements. Actual results or events could differ materially from the plans, intentions and expectations disclosed in the forward-looking statements we make. Important factors that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from those indicated in the forward-looking statements include, among others, the following:
 
•	 	our dependence on the operational and financial results of, and our relationships with, our franchisees and the success of their new and existing stores;	
 
•	 	our ability to protect our brand and reputation;	
 
•	 	our ability to execute our growth strategy, including through development of new stores by new and existing franchisees;	
 
•	 	our ability to manage our growth and associated strain on our resources;	
 
•	 	our ability to successfully identify and secure appropriate franchisees and sites, and timely develop and expand our operations;	
 
•	 	data security and the vulnerability of our information systems;	
 
•	 	our and our franchisees’ ability to attract and retain members;	
 
•	 	the high level of competition in the health and fitness industry;	
 
•	 	our dependence on a small number of equipment suppliers;	
 
•	 	our ability to maintain sufficient levels of cash flow, or access to capital, to meet growth expectations;	
 
•	 	our dependence on key executive management;	
 
•	 	our ability to identify qualified individuals for our workforce;	
 
•	 	our ability to adequately protect our intellectual property;	
 
•	 	risks related to franchisees generally;	
 
•	 	share repurchases and dividends;	
 
•	 	our business model being susceptible to litigation;	
 
•	 	the substantial indebtedness of our subsidiary, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC;	
 
•	 	TSG’s significant influence over us and our status as a “controlled company” under the rules of the NYSE;	
 
•	 	risks relating to our corporate structure and tax receivable agreements; and	
 
•	 	the other factors identified under the heading “Risk factors” elsewhere in this prospectus.	
The forward-looking statements in this prospectus represent our views as of the date of this prospectus. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise.
 
42

Table of Contents
 Use of proceeds
The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds from this offering. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders. We will, however, bear the costs associated with the sale of shares by the selling stockholders, other than underwriting discounts and commissions. For more information, see “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Registration rights agreement,” “Principal and selling stockholders” and “Underwriting.”
 
43

Table of Contents
 Dividend policy
Our board of directors does not currently intend to pay dividends on our Class A common stock. However, we expect to re-evaluate our dividend policy on a regular basis and may, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in our senior secured credit facility and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the future. Holders of our Class B common stock are not entitled to participate in any dividends declared by our board of directors. The declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of our Class A common stock will be at the sole discretion of our board of directors, which may take into account general economic conditions, our financial condition and results of operations, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, the implications of the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and any other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources” and “Description of certain indebtedness” included elsewhere in this prospectus regarding restrictions on our ability to pay dividends.
 
44

Table of Contents
 Price range of our Class A common stock
Shares of our Class A common stock have been listed and traded on the NYSE under the symbol “PLNT” since August 6, 2015. Prior to that date, there was no public market for our stock. The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low intra-day sale prices in dollars on the NYSE for our Class A common stock.

   	  	High	 	  	Low	 	
Third quarter of fiscal year 2015	  	$	20.68	  	  	$	13.65	  	
Fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015	  	$	17.34	  	  	$	14.50	  	
First quarter of fiscal year 2016	  	$	16.38	  	  	$	13.23	  	
Second quarter of fiscal year 2016 (through June 17, 2016)	  	$	19.20	  	  	$	14.86	  	
 	 	
There is no trading market for shares of our Class B common stock.
On June 17, 2016, the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock on the NYSE was $19.02 per share. As of June 17, 2016, there were four stockholders of record of our Class A common stock and 16 stockholders of record of our Class B common stock. These figures do not reflect the beneficial ownership or shares held in nominee name.
 
45

Table of Contents
 Capitalization
The following table sets forth our cash, cash equivalents and capitalization as of March 31, 2016 on a historical basis and on a pro forma basis giving effect to this offering and the other transactions described under “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information.”
You should read this information together with our audited and unaudited financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus and the information set forth under the headings “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial information,” “Selected consolidated financial and other data” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”

   	 	        As of March 31,  2016	 	
(in thousands)	 	Historical	 	 	Pro forma	 	
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	38,268	  	 	$	37,483	  	

Long-term debt, including current portion:	 				 				
Senior secured credit facility	 	 	491,000	  	 	 	491,000	  	
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization	 	 	(7,025	) 	 	 	(7,025	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt (1)	 	$	483,975	  	 	$	483,975	  	

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):	 				 				
Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 300,000 shares authorized and 36,598 shares issued and outstanding on a historical basis; 300,000 shares authorized and 43,476 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis	 	 	4	  	 	 	4	  	
Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; 100,000 shares authorized and 62,067 shares issued and outstanding on a historical basis; 100,000 shares authorized and 55,189 shares issued and outstanding on a pro forma basis	 	 	6	  	 	 	6	  	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	 	(2,387	) 	 	 	(2,387	) 	
Additional paid-in capital	 	 	577	  	 	 	10,001	  	
Accumulated deficit	 	 	(11,805	) 	 	 	(11,951	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ deficit attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	 	 	(13,605	) 	 	 	(4,327	) 	
Noncontrolling interests	 	 	20,866	  	 	 	20,227	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	 	 	7,261	  	 	 	15,900	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total capitalization	 	$	491,236	  	 	$	499,875	  	

 
(1)	 	Total debt consists of borrowings under our senior secured credit facility as described in “Description of certain indebtedness,” less deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization.	
 
46

Table of Contents
 Unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information
The following unaudited pro forma information reflects the impact of this offering, after giving effect to the recapitalization transactions and the IPO discussed under “Prospectus summary—Our initial public offering and organizational structure.” The unaudited pro forma consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015 and the quarter ended March 31, 2016 give effect to the recapitalization transactions, the IPO and this offering as if they had occurred on January 1, 2015. The unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2016 gives effect to this offering as if it had occurred on March 31, 2016.
We derived the unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information set forth below by applying the pro forma adjustments to the audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements of Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information reflects pro forma adjustments that are described in the accompanying notes and are based on available information and certain assumptions we believe are reasonable but are subject to change.
The pro forma adjustments related to the recapitalization and IPO transactions reflect the impacts of those transactions on our historical statements of operations and include the following:
 
•	 	the reversal of cash-based and equity-based compensation expense related to our 2013 Performance Incentive Plan and the Class M units of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, respectively, recorded in connection with the IPO, the reversal of costs and expenses incurred and recorded in connection with the recapitalization transactions and the IPO, and the reversal of management fee expense resulting from the termination of the management services agreement with TSG in connection with the IPO;	
 
•	 	a provision for income taxes reflecting Planet Fitness, Inc. as a taxable corporation; and	
 
•	 	the allocation of net income between non-controlling interests and Planet Fitness Inc. based on Planet Fitness, Inc.’s 37.1% ownership of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC following the recapitalization and IPO transactions.	
The pro forma adjustments related to this offering reflect the impact of this offering on our historical balance sheet and statements of operations and include the following:
 
•	 	the exchange by Continuing LLC Owners, prior to this offering, of 6,877,531 Holdings Units (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock) for a corresponding number of shares of Class A common stock. The shares of Class A common stock received in the exchange will be sold by the former Continuing LLC Owners in this offering, together with 3,122,469 shares of Class A common stock held by Direct TSG Investors;	
 
•	 	the effects of (1) the tax receivable agreement entered into with the Continuing LLC Owners, which provides for the payment by us to the Continuing LLC Owners of 85% of the amount of the cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that we are deemed to realize as a result of (i) certain tax attributes that are created as a result of their exchange of Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock, (ii) certain other tax attributes we acquire from the acquisitions of their Holdings Units and (iii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest), and (2) the exchange agreement, under which to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC incurring a current tax liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax, the Continuing LLC Owners have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received upon exchange). If and when we subsequently realize a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to the relevant Continuing LLC Owner in respect of its contribution;	
 
47

Table of Contents

•	 	adjustments to the provision for income taxes and deferred income taxes reflecting the increased ownership of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC by Planet Fitness, Inc.; and	
 
•	 	the allocation of net income between non-controlling interests and Planet Fitness Inc. based on Planet Fitness, Inc.’s 44.1% ownership of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC following this offering.	
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information presented assumes no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock from the selling stockholders. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares of Class A common stock by the selling stockholders in connection with this offering.
The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information is presented for informational purposes only and should not be considered indicative of the actual financial position or results of operations that would have been achieved had the recapitalization and IPO transactions or this offering been consummated on the dates indicated, and does not purport to be indicative of the financial condition or results of operations as of any future date or for any future period. You should read our unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information and the accompanying notes in conjunction with the historical consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus and the financial and other information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, including information contained in the sections entitled “Risk factors,” “Selected consolidated financial and operating data,” “Use of proceeds,” “Capitalization” and “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations.”
 
48

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc.
Unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet
as of March 31, 2016

(in thousands)	 	Historical	 	 	Offering
adjustments	 	 	Pro forma	 	
				
Assets	 				 				 				
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	38,268	  	 	$	(785	) (1)  	 	$	37,483	  	
Accounts receivable, net	 	 	10,446	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10,446	  	
Due from related parties	 	 	1,005	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,005	  	
Inventory	 	 	1,476	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,476	  	
Restricted assets—NAF	 	 	5,300	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	5,300	  	
Other current assets	 	 	12,318	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	12,318	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	 	 	68,813	  	 	 	(785	) 	 	 	68,028	  	
Property and equipment, net	 	 	54,302	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	54,302	  	
Intangible assets, net	 	 	268,679	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	268,679	  	
Goodwill	 	 	176,981	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	176,981	  	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	115,523	  	 	 	84,443	(2)  	 	 	199,966	  	
Other assets, net	 	 	1,368	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,368	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	685,666	  	 	$	83,658	  	 	$	769,324	  	

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)	 				 				 				
Current maturities of long-term debt	 	$	5,100	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	5,100	  	
Accounts payable	 	 	10,090	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10,090	  	
Accrued expenses	 	 	9,853	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	9,853	  	
Equipment deposits	 	 	5,253	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	5,253	  	
Deferred revenue, current	 	 	15,477	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	15,477	  	
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, current	 	 	5,870	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	5,870	  	
Other current liabilities	 	 	253	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	253	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	 	 	51,896	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	51,896	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt, net of current maturities	 	 	478,875	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	478,875	  	
Deferred rent, net of current portion	 	 	4,665	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4,665	  	
Deferred revenue, net of current portion	 	 	10,277	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10,277	  	
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, net of current portion	 	 	132,208	  	 	 	75,019	(2)  	 	 	207,227	  	
Other liabilities	 	 	484	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	484	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total noncurrent liabilities	 	 	626,509	  	 	 	75,019	  	 	 	701,528	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):	 				 				 				
Class A common stock	 	 	4	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4	  	
Class B common stock	 	 	6	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	6	  	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	 	 	(2,387	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2,387	) 	
Additional paid in capital	 	 	577	  	 	 	9,424	(2)  	 	 	10,001	  	
Accumulated deficit	 	 	(11,805	) 	 	 	(146	) (1)(3)  	 	 	(11,951	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stockholders’ equity (deficit) attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	 	 	(13,605	) 	 	 	9,278	  	 	 	(4,327	) 	
Non-controlling interests	 	 	20,866	  	 	 	(639	) (3)  	 	 	20,227	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	 	 	7,261	  	 	 	8,639	  	 	 	15,900	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)	 	$	685,666	  	 	$	83,658	  	 	$	769,324	  	

 
49

Table of Contents
Notes to unaudited pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2016
 
(1)	 	Represents expenses of $0.8 million related to this offering that will be paid by us subsequent to March 31, 2016. This adjustment is reflected as a decrease in cash and an increase in accumulated deficit. Since we will not retain any proceeds from the offering, these amounts are expensed as incurred prior to and at the time of the offering.	
 
(2)	 	Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes and files consolidated income tax returns for U.S. federal and certain state jurisdictions. These adjustments reflect the recognition of additional deferred taxes in connection with this offering related to temporary differences in the book basis as compared to the tax basis of our investment in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC.	
In addition, we are a party to two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, we generally are required to pay to our Continuing LLC Owners 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that we are deemed to realize in certain circumstances as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to us (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock, and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under this tax receivable agreement. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Tax receivable agreements.”
Also, pursuant to the exchange agreement, to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC incurring a current tax liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax, the Continuing LLC Owners have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received upon exchange). If and when we subsequently realize a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to the relevant Continuing LLC Owner in respect of its contribution. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Exchange agreement.”
The net deferred tax asset adjustment of $84.4 million, resulting from this offering, and the $75.0 million adjustment related to the tax receivable agreements and the exchange agreement liability are assuming: (1) only exchanges associated with this offering, (2) a share price equal to $19.02 per share (the last closing sale price of our Class A common stock on June 17, 2016), (3) an estimated effective tax rate, (4) no material changes in tax law, (5) the ability to utilize tax attributes and (6) future tax receivable agreement and exchange agreement payments.
The net impact of the adjustments to net deferred taxes and the liability for the tax receivable of $9.4 million have been recorded as an increase to additional paid in capital, as these adjustments arise from equity transactions of the Company.
We anticipate that we will account for the income tax effects resulting from future taxable exchanges of Holdings Units by Continuing LLC Owners for shares of our Class A common stock or cash by recognizing an increase in our deferred tax assets, based on enacted tax rates at the date of each exchange. Further, we will evaluate the likelihood that we will realize the benefit represented by the deferred tax asset, and, to the extent that we estimate that it is more likely than not that we will not realize the benefit, we will reduce the carrying amount of the deferred tax asset with a valuation allowance.
The amounts to be recorded for both the deferred tax assets and liabilities and the liability for our obligations under the tax receivable agreements and the exchange agreement have been estimated. All of
 
50

Table of Contents
the effects of changes in any of our estimates after the date of the purchase will be included in net income. Similarly, the effect of subsequent changes in the enacted tax rates will be included in net income.
 
(3)	 	Planet Fitness, Inc. is the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. As sole managing member, Planet Fitness, Inc. exclusively operates and controls the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. As the Continuing LLC Owners control both Planet Fitness, Inc. and Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, we consolidate Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. The Holdings Units owned by the Continuing LLC Owners are considered noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements of Planet Fitness, Inc.	
Immediately prior to this offering, 6,877,531 Holdings Units, together with the related shares of Class B common stock, will be acquired by Planet Fitness, Inc. from certain Continuing LLC Owners in exchange for an equal number of shares of Class A common stock. These Continuing LLC Owners, along with the Direct TSG investors, will sell a total of 10,000,000 shares of Class A common stock in this offering.
Following this offering, Planet Fitness, Inc. will hold 43,475,516 Holdings Units representing 44.1% of the outstanding Holdings Units of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. The adjustment to noncontrolling interests of $0.6 million reflects the proportional interest in the pro forma consolidated total equity of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC owned by the Continuing LLC Owners.
The Continuing LLC Owners, from time to time, may require us to exchange all or a portion of their Holdings Units for newly issued shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis or, at our discretion, for cash. Shares of our Class B common stock will be cancelled on a one-for-one basis if we, at the election of a Continuing LLC Owner, redeem or exchange Holdings Units of such Continuing LLC Owner pursuant to the terms of the exchange agreement. The decision whether to tender Holdings Units to us will be made solely at the discretion of the Continuing LLC Owners. We will exercise discretion regarding the form of consideration in any such exchange. Pursuant to the exchange agreement, any such decisions will be made on our behalf by a majority of the disinterested members of our board of directors.
 
51

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc.
Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations
for the quarter ended March 31, 2016

(in thousands, except per share data)	    	Historical	 	  	Offering
adjustments	 	 	Pro
forma	 	
				
Revenue:	    				  				 				
Franchise	    	$	21,491	  	  	$	    —	  	 	$	    —	  	
Commission income	    	 	6,186	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Corporate—owned stores	    	 	25,697	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Equipment	    	 	29,969	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	    	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	    	 	83,343	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	

Operating costs and expenses:	    				  				 				
Cost of revenue	    	 	23,639	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Store operations	    	 	14,732	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Selling, general and administrative	    	 	11,845	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Depreciation and amortization	    	 	7,703	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Other (gain) loss	    	 	(186	) 	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	    	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs and expenses	    	 	57,733	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	    	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	    	 	25,610	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	

Other income (expense), net:	    				  				 				
Interest expense, net	    	 	(6,367	) 	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Other income (expense)	    	 	393	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	    	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other expense, net	    	 	(5,974	) 	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	    	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before taxes	    	 	19,636	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Provision for income taxes	    	 	3,291	  	  	 	532	(1)  	 	 	3,823	  	
	    	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	    	 	16,345	  	  	 	(532	) 	 	 	15,813	  	
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	    	 	12,977	  	  	 	(1,432	) (2)  	 	 	11,545	  	
	    	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	    	$	3,368	  	  	$	900	  	 	$	4,268	  	

Net income per share data (3) :	    				  				 				
				
Net income per share:	    				  				 				
Basic and diluted	    	$	0.09	  	  				 	$	0.10	  	
				
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding:	    				  				 				
Basic and diluted	    	 	36,598	  	  				 	 	43,476	  	

52

Table of Contents
Notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the quarter ended March 31, 2016
 
(1)	 	Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. The adjustment of $0.5 million to the provision for income taxes resulting from this offering reflects our effective tax rate of 39.4% applied to the additional 7.0% of income before taxes that represents our additional economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC that will be held by Planet Fitness, Inc. upon completion of the exchange of Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock by certain Continuing LLC Owners in connection with this offering. The unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes upon completion of this offering also reflects an effective state tax rate of 2.5% applied to noncontrolling interests, representing the remaining 55.9% of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC.	
 
(2)	 	The Holdings Units of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC owned by the Continuing LLC Owners are considered noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements of Planet Fitness, Inc. The pro forma adjustment reflects the reduction in the allocation of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC net income to the noncontrolling interests. Immediately following the completion of this offering, the noncontrolling interests held by the Continuing LLC Owners will have 55.9% economic ownership of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and as such, 55.9% of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC’s net income will be attributable to the noncontrolling interests. The remaining economic ownership of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will be held by Planet Fitness, Inc. following the completion of this offering.	
 
(3)	 	The pro forma net income per share is calculated based on pro forma net income reflecting the adjustments discussed above divided by the 43,475,516 shares of Class A common stock that will be issued and outstanding following this offering. The shares of Class B common stock have no rights to dividends or distributions, whether in cash or stock, and therefore are excluded from this calculation. We have determined that the assumed conversion of Holdings Units into Class A common stock under the if-converted method of calculating earnings per share does not result in a dilutive impact and therefore that basic and dilutive pro forma net income per share are the same.	

(in thousands except share and per share amounts)	  	Quarter ended
March 31,
2016	 	
		
Basic and diluted net income per share:	  				
Numerator	  				
Net income	  	$	15,813	  	
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests	  	 	11,545	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Class A common stockholders—basic and diluted	  	$	4,268	  	

Denominator	  				
Shares of Class A common stock outstanding prior to the offering	  	 	36,597,985	  	
Incremental shares of Class A common stock issued in connection with this offering	  	 	6,877,531	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding—basic and diluted	  	 	43,475,516	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Basic and diluted net income per share	  	$	0.10	  	

 
53

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc.
Unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations
for the year ended December 31, 2015

(in thousands, except per share data)	 	Historical	 	 	Recapitalization
transaction
and IPO
adjustments	 	 	As adjusted
before
offering	 	 	Offering
adjustments	 	 	Pro forma	 	
						
Revenue:	 				 				 				 				 				
Franchise	 	$	71,762	  	 	$	—	  	 	$	71,762	  	 	$	        —	  	 	$	        —	  	
Commission income	 	 	16,323	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	16,323	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Corporate-owned stores	 	 	98,390	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	98,390	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Equipment	 	 	144,062	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	144,062	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenues	 	 	330,537	  	 				 	 	330,537	  	 				 				

Operating costs and expenses:	 				 				 				 				 				
Cost of revenue	 	 	113,492	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	113,492	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Store operations	 	 	57,485	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	57,485	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Selling, general and administrative	 	 	55,573	  	 	 	(13,365	) (2)(3)(4)  	 	 	42,208	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	32,158	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	32,158	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Other (gain) loss	 	 	(273	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	(273	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs and expenses	 	 	258,435	  	 	 	(13,365	) 	 	 	245,070	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	 	 	72,102	  	 	 	13,365	  	 	 	85,467	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	

Other income (expense), net:	 				 				 				 				 				
Interest expense, net	 	 	(24,549	) 	 				 	 	(24,549	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Other income (expense)	 	 	(275	) 	 	 	1,899	(1)  	 	 	1,624	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other expense, net	 	 	(24,824	) 	 	 	1,899	  	 	 	(22,925	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before taxes	 	 	47,278	  	 	 	15,264	  	 	 	62,542	  	 				 				
Provision for income taxes	 	 	9,148	  	 	 	3,363	(5)  	 	 	12,511	  	 	 	1,713	(5)  	 	 	14,224	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	38,130	  	 	 	11,901	  	 	 	50,031	  	 	 	(1,713	) 	 	 	48,318	  	
Less net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	 	 	19,612	  	 	 	20,586	(6)  	 	 	40,198	  	 	 	(4,451	) (7)  	 	 	35,747	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	 	$	18,518	  	 	$	(8,685	) 	 	$	9,833	  	 	$	2,738	  	 	$	12,571	  	

Net income per share
data (8) :	 				 				 				 				 				
						
Net income per share:	 				 				 				 				 				
Basic and diluted	 	$	0.11	  	 				 				 				 	$	0.29	  	
						
Weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding:	 				 				 				 				 				
Basic and diluted	 	 	36,244	  	 				 				 				 	 	43,476	  	

54

Table of Contents
Notes to unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015
 
(1)	 	For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized expenses totaling $1.9 million related to management fees paid to TSG. In connection with the IPO, this management services agreement was terminated. This pro forma adjustment removes this expense from the Planet Fitness, Inc. historical financial statements as such amounts are no longer incurred following the IPO.	
 
(2)	 	For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized expenses totaling $7.7 million related to various costs incurred in conjunction with the recapitalization transactions and the IPO. As we did not retain any proceeds from the IPO, we were required to record these costs in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ended December 31, 2015. This pro forma adjustment removes these expenses from the Planet Fitness, Inc. historical financial statements as they were directly related to the recapitalization transactions and the IPO.	
 
(3)	 	For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized cash-based compensation expense totaling $1.7 million in conjunction with the IPO. This pro forma adjustment removes this expense from the Planet Fitness, Inc. historical financial statements as such amounts were incurred as a direct result of the IPO.	
 
(4)	 	For the year ended December 31, 2015, we recognized equity-based compensation expense totaling $4.5 million in conjunction with the IPO. This pro forma adjustment removes this expense from the Planet Fitness, Inc. historical financial statements as such amounts were incurred as a direct result of the IPO.	
This pro forma adjustment also adds $0.5 million of equity-based compensation expense related to equity awards previously granted which met vesting requirements upon completion of the IPO. The expense represents the amount that would have vested on such awards during the period assuming the IPO had been effective January 1, 2015.
 
(5)	 	Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. The adjustment of $3.4 million to the provision for income taxes resulting from the recapitalization and IPO is the result of additional income tax expense from the pro forma offering adjustments as well as the increased ownership of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC by Planet Fitness, Inc. The unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes reflects our effective tax rate of 39.4% applied to income apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction. This tax rate has been applied to the 37.1% portion of income before taxes that represents the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC held by Planet Fitness, Inc. following the recapitalization transactions and the IPO. The unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes also reflects an effective state tax rate of 2.5% applied to noncontrolling interests representing the remaining 62.9% portion of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC following the recapitalization transactions and the IPO.	
The adjustment of $1.7 million to the provision for income taxes resulting from this offering reflects our effective tax rate of 39.4% applied to the additional 7.0% of income before taxes that represents our additional economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC that will be held by Planet Fitness, Inc. upon completion of the exchange of Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock by certain Continuing LLC Owners in connection with this offering. The unaudited pro forma provision for income taxes upon completion of this offering also reflects an effective state tax rate of 2.5% applied to noncontrolling interests, representing the remaining 55.9% of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC.
 
(6)	 	The Holdings Units of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC owned by the Continuing LLC Owners are considered noncontrolling interests in the consolidated financial statements of Planet Fitness, Inc. As a result of the	
 
55

Table of Contents

 	recapitalization transactions and IPO, the non controlling interests held by the Continuing LLC Owners have a 62.9% economic ownership of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and as such 62.9% of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC’s net income is attributable to the non controlling interests. The remaining economic ownership of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC is held by Planet Fitness, Inc. following the completion of the recapitalization transactions and the IPO. The pro forma adjustment reflects the allocation of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC net income to the noncontrolling interests for the period presented assuming the IPO had been effective as of January 1, 2015.	
 
(7)	 	Upon consummation of this offering, the noncontrolling interests’ ownership of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will be diluted from 62.9% to 55.9%, and, therefore, net income will be attributable to the noncontrolling interests based on their 55.9% ownership interest, and to Planet Fitness, Inc., which owns the remaining 44.1% of the Holdings Units of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. The adjustment of $4.5 million reflects the adjustment to the allocation of income to the noncontrolling interests.	
 
(8)	 	The pro forma net income per share is calculated based on pro forma net income reflecting the adjustments discussed above divided by the 43,475,516 shares of Class A common stock that will be issued and outstanding following this offering. The shares of Class B common stock have no rights to dividends or distributions, whether in cash or stock, and therefore are excluded from this calculation. We have determined that the assumed conversion of Holdings Units to Class A common stock under the if-converted method of calculating earnings per share does not result in a dilutive impact and therefore that basic and dilutive pro forma net income per share are the same.	

(in thousands except share and per share amounts)	  	Year ended
December 31,
2015	 	
		
Basic and diluted net income per share:	  				
Numerator	  				
Net income	  	$	48,318	  	
Less: Net income attributable to non-controlling interests	  	 	35,747	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Class A common stockholders—basic and diluted	  	$	12,571	  	

Denominator	  				
Shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding prior to the offering	  	 	36,597,985	  	
Incremental shares of Class A common issued in connection with this offering	  	 	6,877,531	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding—basic and diluted	  	 	43,475,516	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Basic and diluted net income per share	  	$	0.29	  	

 
56

Table of Contents
 Selected consolidated financial and other data
The following selected consolidated financial and other data of Planet Fitness, Inc. and its subsidiaries should be read in conjunction with “Capitalization,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus. Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC is considered our predecessor for accounting purposes, and its consolidated financial statements are our historical financial statements. The terms “Predecessor” and “Successor” used below and throughout this prospectus refer to the periods prior and subsequent to the 2012 Acquisition, respectively.
The selected historical consolidated financial data in the following table as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical consolidated financial data as of March 31, 2016 and for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015 are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. In the opinion of our management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the results for those periods have been reflected. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below as of December 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and for the periods from January 1, 2012 to November 7, 2012 (Predecessor) and November 8, 2012 to December 31, 2012 (Successor) are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements not included in this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below as of March 31, 2015 is derived from our unaudited balance sheet not included in this prospectus.
The unaudited combined results of operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 represent the mathematical addition of our Predecessor’s results of operations from January 1, 2012 to November 7, 2012, and the Successor’s results of operations from November 8, 2012 to December 31, 2012. We have included the unaudited combined financial information in order to facilitate a comparison with our other years.
 
57

Table of Contents

   	 	Year ended December 31,	 	 	Combined
year ended
December 31,
2012	 	 	Period from
November 8,
2012 through
December 31,
2012	 	 	     	 	Period from
January 1,
2012 through
November 7,
2012	 	 	Year ended
December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
(in thousands, except per share
data)	 	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 			 			 		 			 	2011	 	 	2016	 	 	2015	 	
Consolidated statement of
operations data:	 	   	 	 	   	 	 	   	 	 	(Unaudited) (1)	 	 	(Successor)	 	 	   	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(Unaudited)	 	
						 					
Revenue:	 				 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 				 				
Franchise revenue (2)	 	$	71,762	  	 	$	58,001	  	 	$	33,684	  	 	$	25,709	  	 	$	4,420	  	 	 	 	$	21,289	  	 	$	14,903	  	 	$	21,491	  	 	$	16,967	  	
Commission income	 	 	16,323	  	 	 	13,805	  	 	 	10,473	  	 	 	9,026	  	 	 	1,837	  	 	 	 	 	7,189	  	 	 	6,917	  	 	 	6,186	  	 	 	4,790	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Franchise segment	 	 	88,085	  	 	 	71,806	  	 	 	44,157	  	 	 	34,735	  	 	 	6,257	  	 	 	 	 	28,478	  	 	 	21,820	  	 	 	27,677	  	 	 	21,757	  	
Corporate-owned stores segment	 	 	98,390	  	 	 	85,041	  	 	 	67,364	  	 	 	49,182	  	 	 	8,822	  	 	 	 	 	40,360	  	 	 	39,395	  	 	 	25,697	  	 	 	23,546	  	
Equipment segment (2)	 	 	144,062	  	 	 	122,930	  	 	 	99,488	  	 	 	75,770	  	 	 	26,708	  	 	 	 	 	49,062	  	 	 	75,221	  	 	 	29,969	  	 	 	31,619	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	 	 	330,537	  	 	 	279,777	  	 	 	211,009	  	 	 	159,687	  	 	 	41,787	  	 	 	 	 	117,900	  	 	 	136,436	  	 	 	83,343	  	 	 	76,922	  	

Operating costs and expenses:	 				 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 				 				
Cost of revenue	 	 	113,492	  	 	 	100,306	  	 	 	81,353	  	 	 	62,544	  	 	 	21,480	  	 	 	 	 	41,064	  	 	 	58,032	  	 	 	23,639	  	 	 	25,946	  	
Store operations	 	 	57,485	  	 	 	49,476	  	 	 	41,692	  	 	 	34,331	  	 	 	5,950	  	 	 	 	 	28,381	  	 	 	27,790	  	 	 	14,732	  	 	 	14,341	  	
Selling, general and administrative	 	 	55,573	  	 	 	35,121	  	 	 	23,118	  	 	 	22,108	  	 	 	2,633	  	 	 	 	 	19,475	  	 	 	15,005	  	 	 	11,845	  	 	 	14,138	  	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	32,158	  	 	 	32,341	  	 	 	28,808	  	 	 	12,635	  	 	 	6,959	  	 	 	 	 	5,676	  	 	 	4,205	  	 	 	7,703	  	 	 	8,201	  	
Other (gain) loss	 	 	(273	) 	 	 	994	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(1,921	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	 	 	(1,921	) 	 	 	(234	) 	 	 	(186	) 	 	 	(6	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs and expenses	 	 	258,435	  	 	 	218,238	  	 	 	174,971	  	 	 	129,697	  	 	 	37,022	  	 	 	 	 	92,675	  	 	 	104,798	  	 	 	57,733	  	 	 	62,620	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	 	 	72,102	  	 	 	61,539	  	 	 	36,038	  	 	 	29,990	  	 	 	4,765	  	 	 	 	 	25,225	  	 	 	31,638	  	 	 	25,610	  	 	 	14,302	  	

Other income (expense), net:	 				 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 				 				
Interest expense, net (3)	 	 	(24,549	) 	 	 	(21,800	) 	 	 	(8,912	) 	 	 	(3,782	) 	 	 	(2,430	) 	 	 	 	 	(1,352	) 	 	 	(1,891	) 	 	 	(6,367	) 	 	 	(4,756	) 	
Other income (expense)	 	 	(275	) 	 	 	(1,261	) 	 	 	(694	) 	 	 	(96	) 	 	 	(125	) 	 	 	 	 	29	  	 	 	288	  	 	 	393	  	 	 	(736	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other expense, net	 	 	(24,824	) 	 	 	(23,061	) 	 	 	(9,606	) 	 	 	(3,878	) 	 	 	(2,555	) 	 	 	 	 	(1,323	) 	 	 	(1,603	) 	 	 	(5,974	) 	 	 	(5,492	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	 	 	47,278	  	 	 	38,478	  	 	 	26,432	  	 	 	26,112	  	 	 	2,210	  	 	 	 	 	23,902	  	 	 	30,035	  	 	 	19,636	  	 	 	8,810	  	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	9,148	  	 	 	1,183	  	 	 	633	  	 	 	712	  	 	 	56	  	 	 	 	 	656	  	 	 	747	  	 	 	3,291	  	 	 	272	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	 	 	38,130	  	 	 	37,295	  	 	 	25,799	  	 	 	25,400	  	 	 	2,154	  	 	 	 	 	23,246	  	 	 	29,288	  	 	 	16,345	  	 	 	8,538	  	
Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests	 	 	19,612	  	 	 	487	  	 	 	361	  	 	 	1,047	  	 	 	32	  	 	 	 	 	1,015	  	 	 	2,350	  	 	 	12,977	  	 	 	113	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	 	$	18,518	  	 	$	36,808	  	 	$	25,438	  	 	$	24,353	  	 	$	2,122	  	 	 	 	$	22,231	  	 	$	26,938	  	 	$	3,368	  	 	$	8,425	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share of Class A common stock:	 				 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 				 				
Basic and diluted	 	$	0.11	  	 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 	$	0.09	  	 				
Pro forma net income per share data (unaudited) (5)	 				 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 				 				
						 					
Pro forma net income per share:	 				 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 				 				
Basic and diluted	 	$	0.29	  	 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 	$	0.10	  	 				
						 					
Pro forma weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding:	 				 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 				 				
Basic and diluted	 	 	43,476	  	 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 	 	43,476	  	 				
						 					
Consolidated statement of cash flows data:	 				 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 				 				
Net cash provided by operating activities	 	$	81,663	  	 	$	79,405	  	 	$	66,943	  	 	$	43,058	  	 	$	12,481	  	 	 	 	$	30,577	  	 	$	37,954	  	 	$	15,262	  	 	$	12,039	  	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	(19,161	) 	 	 	(54,362	) 	 	 	(7,137	) 	 	 	(232,900	) 	 	 	(216,156	) 	 	 	 	 	(16,744	) 	 	 	(6,699	) 	 	 	(845	) 	 	 	(5,320	) 	
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	 	 	(74,240	) 	 	 	(12,952	) 	 	 	(37,994	) 	 	 	186,643	  	 	 	192,441	  	 	 	 	 	(5,798	) 	 	 	(33,963	) 	 	 	(7,698	) 	 	 	(22,501	) 	
						 					
Consolidated balance sheet data:	 				 				 				 				 				 	 	 				 				 				 				
Cash and cash equivalents	 	$	31,430	  	 	$	43,291	  	 	$	31,267	  	 	 	n/a	  	 	$	9,455	  	 	 	 	 	n/a	  	 	$	12,986	  	 	$	38,268	  	 	$	27,532	  	
Property and equipment, net	 	 	56,139	  	 	 	49,579	  	 	 	33,766	  	 	 	n/a	  	 	 	32,747	  	 	 	 	 	n/a	  	 	 	28,150	  	 	 	54,302	  	 	 	51,587	  	
Total assets (4)	 	 	699,177	  	 	 	601,982	  	 	 	556,573	  	 	 	n/a	  	 	 	552,564	  	 	 	 	 	n/a	  	 	 	66,920	  	 	 	685,666	  	 	 	570,880	  	
Total debt and capital lease obligations, excluding deferred financing costs	 	 	492,320	  	 	 	387,496	  	 	 	184,460	  	 	 	n/a	  	 	 	201,819	  	 	 	 	 	n/a	  	 	 	24,254	  	 	 	491,034	  	 	 	506,349	  	
Total equity (deficit)	 	 	(1,080	) 	 	 	151,749	  	 	 	321,915	  	 	 	n/a	  	 	 	316,639	  	 	 	 	 	n/a	  	 	 	1,761	  	 	 	7,261	  	 	 	12,425	  	
 
(1)	 	The table above sets forth our results of operations for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 7, 2012 (Predecessor), and the period November 8, 2012 to December 31, 2012 (Successor). The unaudited combined results of operations and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012 represent the mathematical addition of our Predecessor’s results of operations from January 1, 2012 to November 7, 2012, and the Successor’s results of operations from November 8, 2012 to December 31, 2012. We have included the unaudited combined financial information in order to facilitate a comparison with our other years. Each of the Predecessor and Successor results for the period from January 1, 2012 to November 7, 2012, and the period from November 8, 2012 to December 31, 2012, respectively, have been audited and are consistent with GAAP. However, the presentation of unaudited combined financial information for the year ended December 31, 2012 is not consistent with GAAP or with the pro forma requirements of Article 11 of Regulation S-X, and may yield results that are not comparable on a period-to-period basis primarily due to (i) the impact of required	
 
58

Table of Contents

 	purchase accounting adjustments and (ii) the new basis of accounting established in connection with the 2012 Acquisition. Such results are not necessarily indicative of what the results for the respective periods would have been had the 2012 Acquisition not occurred. All references to the year ended December 31, 2012 in this prospectus are based on this unaudited combined information.	
 
(2)	 	Effective January 1, 2012, we began to report placement revenue within franchise revenue. Prior to January 1, 2012, this revenue was reported within equipment revenue. Placement revenue includes amounts we charge our franchisees for assembling and placing cardio and strength equipment at franchisee-owned stores. Placement revenue was $9.8 million, $8.5 million, $6.3 million and $4.9 million in 2015, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Prior to 2012, we did not separately track these amounts.	
 
(3)	 	Interest expense in 2014 included $4.7 million for the loss on extinguishment of debt.	
 
(4)	 	Reflects the reclassification of deferred financing costs of $7.3 million, $5.5 million, $7.1 million, and $0.6 million in connection with the adoption of ASU No. 2015-03 as of December 31, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.	
 
(5)	 	Pro forma net income per share is computed by dividing pro forma net income available to Class A common stockholders by the weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the period. For more information regarding the pro forma presentation of these measures, see “Unaudited pro forma consolidated financial information.”	

   	 	Year ended December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended March 31,	 	
   	 	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	        2016	 	 	        2015	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Combined)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(unaudited)	 	
								
Other operating data: (unaudited) (1)	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Number of stores at end of period: (2)	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Franchisee-owned	 	 	1,066	  	 	 	863	  	 	 	704	  	 	 	562	  	 	 	457	  	 	 	1,113	  	 	 	919	  	
Corporate-owned	 	 	58	  	 	 	55	  	 	 	45	  	 	 	44	  	 	 	31	  	 	 	58	  	 	 	57	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
System-wide	 	 	1,124	  	 	 	918	  	 	 	749	  	 	 	606	  	 	 	488	  	 	 	1,171	  	 	 	976	  	
								
Same store sales growth: (3)	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Franchisee-owned	 	 	8.3%	  	 	 	11.5%	  	 	 	9.1%	  	 	 	8.7%	  	 	 	3.8%	  	 	 	7.0%	  	 	 	11.7%	  	
Corporate-owned	 	 	1.9%	  	 	 	5.4%	  	 	 	6.1%	  	 	 	4.8%	  	 	 	3.3%	  	 	 	4.9%	  	 	 	4.6%	  	
System-wide	 	 	7.7%	  	 	 	10.8%	  	 	 	8.4%	  	 	 	8.1%	  	 	 	3.6%	  	 	 	6.8%	  	 	 	10.9%	  	
								
Number of members at end of period (in millions) (4)	 	 	7.3	  	 	 	6.1	  	 	 	4.8	  	 	 	3.7	  	 	 	2.9	  	 	 	8.3	  	 	 	7.1	  	
System-wide sales (in millions) (5)	 	$	1,507	  	 	$	1,190	  	 	$	891	  	 	$	694	  	 	$	520	  	 	$	415	  	 	$	328	  	
								
($ in thousands, except per share data)	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
EBITDA (6)	 	$	103,985	  	 	$	92,619	  	 	$	64,152	  	 	$	42,529	  	 	$	36,131	  	 	$	33,706	  	 	$	21,767	  	
Adjusted EBITDA (6)	 	$	123,486	  	 	$	100,549	  	 	$	71,198	  	 	$	51,320	  	 	$	38,099	  	 	$	34,268	  	 	$	28,471	  	
Adjusted net income (7)	 	$	53,235	  	 	$	42,183	  	 	$	34,006	  	 				 				 	$	15,175	  	 	$	12,595	  	
Adjusted net income per share, diluted (7)	 	$	0.54	  	 				 				 				 				 	$	0.15	  	 				
Adjusted shares outstanding (8)	 	 	98,710	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	98,707	  	 	 	 	 	
 
(1)	 	For the other operating data shown in the table above, we have combined the Predecessor and the Successor periods to present 2012 on a combined basis only.	
 
(2)	 	We classify a store as open on the date the store receives its occupancy certificate, which is typically the date the store is first available for use by its members.	
 
(3)	 	Same store sales refers to year-over-year sales comparisons for the same store sales base. We define the same store sales base to include those stores that have been open and for which membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months. We measure same store sales based solely on monthly dues billed to members of our corporate-owned stores and franchisee-owned stores.	
 
(4)	 	We define members as all active members, which includes both monthly billing members, prepay members and all pre-sale members. Pre-sale members include those that have joined a store prior to the store opening. This data is system-wide, which includes members of corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores.	
 
(5)	 	We define system-wide sales as the monthly dues and annual fees from members of both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores.	
 
(6)	 	We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA, which eliminates the impact of certain expenses that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance, provides useful information to investors to assess the performance of our segments as well as the business as a whole. Our Board of Directors also uses EBITDA as a key metric to assess the performance of management. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain additional non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance of the Company’s core operations. These items include certain purchase accounting adjustments, management fees, certain IT system upgrade costs, acquisition transaction fees, IPO-related costs, IPO-related compensation expense, pre-opening costs and certain other charges and gains. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure of operating performance in addition to EBITDA because it eliminates the impact of other items that we believe reduce the comparability of our underlying core	
 
59

Table of Contents

 	business performance from period to period and is therefore useful to our investors in comparing the core performance of our business from period to period. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP financial measures.”	
 
(7)	 	Our presentation of Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share, diluted, gives effect to the consolidation of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC with Planet Fitness, Inc. resulting from the recapitalization transactions described in “Prospectus summary—Our initial public offering and organizational structure” and the amended and restated Pla-Fit Holdings LLC Agreement as if they had occurred as of January 1, 2013. In addition, Adjusted net income assumes that all net income is attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc., which assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc., adjusted for certain items that we do not believe directly reflect our core operations. Adjusted net income per share, diluted, is calculated by dividing Adjusted net income by the total shares of Class A common stock outstanding as though the IPO had occurred and those shares were outstanding for each period presented and assuming the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding Class B common shares as of the beginning of each period presented. Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share, diluted, are supplemental measures of operating performance that do not represent, and should not be considered, alternatives to net income and earnings per share, as calculated in accordance with GAAP. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP financial measures.”	
 
(8)	 	Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding Class B common shares for shares of Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc.	
The following table reconciles net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

   	 	Year ended December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended March 31,	 	
(in thousands)	 	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2012	 	 	2011	 	 	2016	 	 	2015	 	
(unaudited)	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(Combined)	 	 	(Predecessor)	 	 	(unaudited)	 	
Net income	 	$	38,130	  	 	$	37,295	  	 	$	25,799	  	 	$	25,400	  	 	$	29,288	  	 	$	16,345	  	 	$	8,538	  	
Interest expense, net (1)	 	 	24,549	  	 	 	21,800	  	 	 	8,912	  	 	 	3,782	  	 	 	1,891	  	 	 	6,367	  	 	 	4,756	  	
Provision for income taxes	 	 	9,148	  	 	 	1,183	  	 	 	633	  	 	 	712	  	 	 	747	  	 	 	3,291	  	 	 	272	  	
Depreciation and amortization	 	 	32,158	  	 	 	32,341	  	 	 	28,808	  	 	 	12,635	  	 	 	4,205	  	 	 	7,703	  	 	 	8,201	  	

EBITDA	 	 	103,985	  	 	 	92,619	  	 	 	64,152	  	 	 	42,529	  	 	 	36,131	  	 	 	33,706	  	 	 	21,767	  	
Purchase accounting adjustments—revenue (2)	 	 	713	  	 	 	534	  	 	 	2,239	  	 	 	678	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	191	  	
Purchase accounting adjustments—rent (3)	 	 	893	  	 	 	987	  	 	 	580	  	 	 	104	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	182	  	 	 	235	  	
Management fees (4)	 	 	1,899	  	 	 	1,211	  	 	 	1,136	  	 	 	147	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	284	  	
IT system upgrade costs (5)	 	 	3,901	  	 	 	1,228	  	 	 	2,516	  	 	 	451	  	 	 	762	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	3,633	  	
Transaction fees (6)	 	 	—	  	 	 	552	  	 	 	280	  	 	 	1,989	  	 	 	202	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
IPO-related costs (7)	 	 	7,697	  	 	 	687	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	1,757	  	
IPO related compensation expense (8)	 	 	6,155	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Severance costs (9)	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	380	  	 	 	—	  	
Pre-opening costs (10)	 	 	793	  	 	 	1,676	  	 	 	295	  	 	 	144	  	 	 	604	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	604	  	
Legacy bonus (11)	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	4,542	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Loss on reacquired franchise rights (12)	 	 	—	  	 	 	1,293	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Other (13)	 	 	(2,550	) 	 	 	(238	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	736	  	 	 	400	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted EBITDA	 	$	123,486	  	 	$	100,549	  	 	$	71,198	  	 	$	51,320	  	 	$	38,099	  	 	$	34,268	  	 	$	28,471	  	

 
(1)	 	Includes $4.7 million of loss on extinguishment of debt in 2014.	
 
(2)	 	Represents the impact of revenue-related purchase accounting adjustments associated with the 2012 Acquisition, and the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014. At the time of the 2012 Acquisition, which consisted of the purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings by investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC, the Company maintained a deferred revenue account, which consisted of deferred area development agreement fees, deferred franchise fees, and deferred enrollment fees that the Company billed and collected up front but recognizes for GAAP purposes at a later	
 
60

Table of Contents

 	date. In connection with the 2012 Acquisition, it was determined that the carrying amount of deferred revenue was greater than the fair value assessed in accordance with ASC 805– Business Combinations , which resulted in a write-down of the carrying value of the deferred revenue balance upon application of acquisition push-down accounting under ASC 805. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, these amounted to $713, $1,329, $2,239, $678, $0, $0 and $191, respectively representing the amount of additional revenue that would have been recognized in those years if the write-down to deferred revenue had not occurred in connection with the application of acquisition push-down accounting. In connection with the March 31, 2014 acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores, the adjustments above include the reversal of revenue recognized in accordance with GAAP subsequent to the acquisition for which the corresponding cash was received by the previous owner prior to our acquisition of the stores. This adjustment is a decrease of $795 for the year ended December 31, 2014.	
 
(3)	 	Represents the impact of rent-related purchase accounting adjustments. In accordance with guidance in ASC 805 – Business Combinations in connection with the 2012 Acquisition, which consisted of the purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings by investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC, the Company’s deferred rent liability was required to be written off as of the acquisition date and remaining aggregate cash payments under the lease agreement are being recognized as rent expense on a straight-line basis from the acquisition date through the end of the lease term. This results in higher overall rent expense each period than would have otherwise been recorded had the deferred rent liability not been written off as a result of the acquisition push-down accounting applied in accordance with ASC 805. Adjustments of $415, $492, $377, $68, $0, $108 and $116 in the years ending December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the quarters ending March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, reflect the difference between the higher rent expense recorded in accordance with GAAP and the rent expense that would have been recorded had the 2012 Acquisition not occurred. Adjustments of $478, $495, $203, $36, $0, $97 and $119 for the years ending December 31, 2015, 2014, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and the quarters ending March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, represent the non-cash amortization of favorable and unfavorable lease intangible assets and liabilities which were recorded in connection with the 2012 Acquisition and the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014. All of the rent related purchase accounting adjustments are adjustments to rent expense which is included in store operations on our consolidated statements of operations.	
 
(4)	 	Represents management fees and expenses paid to a management company affiliated with TSG pursuant to a management services agreement that terminated in connection with the IPO, resulting in a $1 million termination fee in the year ended December 31, 2015. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Management services agreement.”	
 
(5)	 	Represents costs associated with certain IT system upgrades, primarily related to our point-of-sale systems.	
 
(6)	 	Represents transaction fees and expenses primarily related to business acquisitions and dispositions.	
 
(7)	 	Represents legal, accounting and other costs incurred in connection with the IPO.	
 
(8)	 	Represents cash-based and equity-based compensation expense recorded in connection with the IPO.	
 
(9)	 	Represents severance expense recorded in connection with an equity award modification.	
 
(10)	 	Represents costs associated with new corporate-owned stores incurred prior to the store opening, including payroll-related costs, rent and occupancy expenses, marketing and other store operating supply expenses.	
 
(11)	 	Relates primarily to bonuses for certain employees at the time of the 2012 Acquisition that were paid by the members of the Predecessor, which according to accounting rules applicable to us must be reported in our GAAP results.	
 
(12)	 	Represents the impact of a one-time, non-cash loss recorded in accordance with ASC 805 – Business Combinations related to our acquisition of eight franchisee owned stores on March 31, 2014. The loss recorded under GAAP represents the difference between the fair value of the reacquired franchise rights and the contractual terms of the reacquired franchise rights and is included in other (gain) loss on our consolidated statements of operations.	
 
(13)	 	Represents certain other charges and gains that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance. These charges consisted primarily of severance in 2011, severance offset by the gain from the sale of two stores to a franchisee in 2012 and the net gain recorded from the receipt of insurance proceeds related to restoration and business interruption costs from the flood that occurred in our Bayshore, New York store in August 2014.	
 
61

Table of Contents
 Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations
You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and consolidated results of operations in conjunction with the “Selected consolidated financial and other data” section of this prospectus and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of certain factors, including, but not limited to, those set forth in the “Risk factors” section and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are one of the largest and fastest-growing franchisors and operators of fitness centers in the United States by number of members and locations, with a highly recognized national brand. Our mission is to enhance people’s lives by providing a high-quality fitness experience in a welcoming, non-intimidating environment, which we call the Judgement Free Zone, where anyone—and we mean anyone—can feel they belong. Our bright, clean stores are typically 20,000 square feet, with a large selection of high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded cardio, circuit- and weight-training equipment and friendly staff trainers who offer unlimited free fitness instruction to all our members in small groups through our PE@PF program. We offer this differentiated fitness experience at only $10 per month for our standard membership. This exceptional value proposition is designed to appeal to a broad population, including occasional gym users and the approximately 80% of the U.S. and Canadian populations over age 14 who are not gym members, particularly those who find the traditional fitness club setting intimidating and expensive. We and our franchisees fiercely protect Planet Fitness’ community atmosphere—a place where you do not need to be fit before joining and where progress toward achieving your fitness goals (big or small) is supported and applauded by our staff and fellow members.
As of March 31, 2016, we had more than 8.3 million members and 1,171 stores in 47 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada and the Dominican Republic. Of our 1,171 stores, 1,113 are franchised and 58 are corporate-owned. As of March 31, 2016, we had commitments from franchisees to open more than 1,000 new stores under existing ADAs.
Composition of revenues, expenses and cash flows
Revenues
We generate revenue from three primary sources:
 
•	 	Franchise segment revenue:     Franchise segment revenue relates to services we provide to support our franchisees and includes royalty revenue, franchise fees, placement revenue, other fees and commission income associated with our franchisee-owned stores. Franchise segment revenue does not include the sale of tangible products by us to our franchisees. Our franchise segment revenue comprised 27%, 26% and 21% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 33% and 28% of our total revenue for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Royalty revenue, which represents royalties paid by franchisees based on the franchisee-owned stores’ monthly and annual membership billings, is recognized on a monthly basis over the term of the franchise agreement. Franchise fees, which include fees under ADAs, are recognized when we have substantially completed all of our performance obligations, which is generally at or near the store opening date. Placement revenue includes amounts we charge our franchisees for assembling and placing cardio and strength equipment at franchisee-	
 
62

Table of Contents

 	owned stores. Placement revenue is recognized upon completion and acceptance of the services at the franchisee stores. Other fees includes online member join fees we receive from franchisees related to processing transactions for new members joining franchisee-owned stores through the Company’s website and billing transaction fees we receive from franchisees related to franchisee membership billing processing through our third-party hosted point-of-sale system. Through our point-of-sale system, we oversee the processing of membership billings for franchisee-owned stores through EFT transactions and the billing transaction fees we receive are based upon the number of transactions processed. Our royalties and other fees are deducted from these membership billings and remitted to us by the processor prior to the net billings being remitted to the franchisees. Commission income is generated from activities related to our franchisees, including purchases of merchandise, promotional materials and store fixtures by our franchisees from third-party vendors. Beginning in 2015, commission income also included commissions earned on equipment sales by third-party vendors to franchisees in international locations. These commissions are recognized when amounts have been earned and collectability from the vendor is reasonably assured.	
 
•	 	Corporate-owned store segment revenue :    Includes monthly membership dues, enrollment fees, annual fees and prepaid fees paid by our members as well as retail sales. This source of revenue comprised 30%, 30% and 32% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 31% and 31% of our total revenue for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. As of March 31, 2016, 95% of our members paid their monthly dues by EFT, while the remainder prepaid annually in advance. Membership dues and fees are earned and recognized over the membership term. Enrollment fees are recognized ratably over the estimated duration of the membership. Annual fees are recognized ratably over the 12-month membership period. Retail sales are recognized at the point of sale.	
 
•	 	Equipment segment revenue :    Includes equipment revenue for new U.S. franchisee-owned stores as well as replacement equipment for U.S. existing franchisee-owned stores. Franchisee-owned stores are required to replace their equipment every four to seven years based on the life of the specific equipment. This source of revenue comprised 43%, 44% and 47% of our total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and 36% and 41% of our total revenue for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Equipment revenue is recognized when the equipment is delivered, assembled, placed and accepted by the franchisee.	
Expenses
We primarily incur the following expenses:
 
•	 	Cost of revenue :    Primarily includes the direct costs associated with equipment sales to new and existing franchisee-owned stores in the U.S. as well as direct costs related to our point-of-sale system. Cost of revenue also includes the cost of retail sales at our corporate-owned stores, which is immaterial. Our cost of revenue changes primarily based on equipment sales volume.	
 
•	 	Store operations :    Includes the direct costs associated with our corporate-owned stores, primarily rent, utilities, payroll, marketing, maintenance and supplies. The components of store operations remain relatively stable for each store and change primarily based on the number of corporate-owned stores. Our statements of operations do not include, and we are not responsible for, any costs associated with operating franchisee-owned stores.	
 
•	 	Selling, general and administrative expenses :    Consists of costs associated with administrative and franchisee support functions related to our existing business as well as growth and development activities, including costs to support equipment placement services. These costs primarily consist of payroll, IT-related, marketing, legal and accounting expenses.	
 
63

Table of Contents
Cash flows
We generate a significant portion of our cash flows from monthly membership dues, royalties and various fees and commissions related to transactions involving our franchisee-owned stores. We oversee the membership billing process, as well as the collection of our royalties and certain other fees, through our third-party hosted system-wide point-of-sale system. We collect monthly dues from our corporate-owned store members on or around the 17th of each month, while annual fees are collected in February, June or October, depending on when the membership agreement was signed. Through our point-of-sale system, we oversee the processing of membership billings for franchisee-owned stores. Our royalties and certain other fees are deducted on or around the 17th of each month from these membership billings by the processor prior to the net billings being remitted to the franchisees. Our franchisees are responsible for maintaining the membership billing records and collection of member dues for their respective stores through the point-of-sale system. Our royalties are based on monthly and annual membership billings for the franchisee-owned stores without regard to the collections of those billings by our franchisees. The amount and timing of the collection of royalties and membership dues and fees at corporate-owned stores is, therefore, generally fairly predictable.
As new corporate-owned stores open, or existing stores generate positive same store sales, future corporate-owned store revenues are expected to grow. Our corporate-owned stores also generate strong operating margins and cash flows, as a significant portion of our costs are fixed or semi-fixed such as rent and labor.
Equipment sales to new and existing franchisee-owned stores also generate significant cash flows. Franchisees either pay in advance or provide evidence of a committed financing arrangement.
Recent transactions
In May 2016, the board of directors authorized the Company to purchase, from time to time, as market conditions warrant, $20 million of the Company’s Class A common stock. The share repurchase program does not obligate us to repurchase any particular amount of common stock, and it could be modified, suspended or discontinued at any time. The timing and amount of repurchases will be determined by management, at its discretion, based on a variety of factors such as the market price of our common stock, corporate and legal requirements, general market and economic conditions, and compliance with the terms of agreements governing our outstanding indebtedness. Purchases of our common stock may be made in open market transactions effected through a broker-dealer at prevailing market prices, in block trades, in privately negotiated transactions or by other means in accordance with federal securities laws. The share repurchase program does not have a specified expiration date.
Seasonality
Our results are subject to seasonality fluctuations in that member joins are typically higher in January as compared to other months of the year. In addition, our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly because of several factors, including the timing of store openings, timing of price increases for enrollment fees and monthly membership dues and general economic conditions. See Note 21 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus for our total revenues, income from operations and net income for each of the quarters during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.
 
64

Table of Contents
Our segments
We operate and manage our business in three business segments: Franchise, Corporate-owned stores and Equipment. Our Franchise segment includes operations related to our franchising business in the United States, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada and the Dominican Republic. Our Corporate-owned stores segment includes operations with respect to all corporate-owned stores throughout the United States and Canada. The Equipment segment includes the sale of equipment to franchisee-owned stores in the U.S. We evaluate the performance of our segments and allocate resources to them based on revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, referred to as Segment EBITDA. Revenue and Segment EBITDA for all operating segments include only transactions with unaffiliated customers and do not include intersegment transactions. The tables below summarize the financial information for our segments for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, and for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015. “Corporate and other,” as it relates to Segment EBITDA, primarily includes corporate overhead costs, such as payroll and related benefit costs and professional services that are not directly attributable to any individual segment.

 	  	Year ended
December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
(in thousands)	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2016	 	 	2015	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	
						
Revenue	  				 				 				 				 				
Franchise segment	  	$	88,085	  	 	$	71,806	  	 	$	44,157	  	 	$	27,677	  	 	$	21,757	  	
Corporate-owned stores segment	  	 	98,390	  	 	 	85,041	  	 	 	67,364	  	 	 	25,697	  	 	 	23,546	  	
Equipment segment	  	 	144,062	  	 	 	122,930	  	 	 	99,488	  	 	 	29,969	  	 	 	31,619	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	  	$	330,537	  	 	$	279,777	  	 	$	211,009	  	 	$	83,343	  	 	$	76,922	  	

Segment EBITDA	  				 				 				 				 				
Franchise	  	$	66,030	  	 	$	53,109	  	 	$	30,123	  	 	$	23,813	  	 	$	13,578	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	36,070	  	 	 	31,705	  	 	 	21,742	  	 	 	10,162	  	 	 	7,798	  	
Equipment	  	 	31,936	  	 	 	26,447	  	 	 	19,791	  	 	 	6,318	  	 	 	6,763	  	
Corporate and other	  	 	(30,051	) 	 	 	(18,642	) 	 	 	(7,504	) 	 	 	(6,587	) 	 	 	(6,372	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Segment EBITDA (1)	  	$	103,985	  	 	$	92,619	  	 	$	64,152	  	 	$	33,706	  	 	$	21,767	  	

 
(1)	 	Total Segment EBITDA is equal to EBITDA, which is a metric that is not presented in accordance with GAAP. Refer to “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.	
 
65

Table of Contents
A reconciliation of income from operations to Segment EBITDA is set forth below:

(in thousands)	  	Franchise	 	  	Corporate-
owned
stores	 	 	Equipment	 	  	Corporate
and other	 	 	Total	 	
						
Quarter ended March 31, 2016:	  				  				 				  				 				
Income from operations	  	$	21,691	  	  	$	5,877	  	 	$	4,767	  	  	$	(6,725	) 	 	$	25,610	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	2,118	  	  	 	3,902	  	 	 	1,551	  	  	 	132	  	 	 	7,703	  	
Other income (expense)	  	 	4	  	  	 	383	  	 	 	—	  	  	 	6	  	 	 	393	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Segment EBITDA (1)	  	$	23,813	  	  	$	10,162	  	 	$	6,318	  	  	$	(6,587	) 	 	$	33,706	  	

Quarter ended March 31, 2015:	  				  				 				  				 				
Income from operations	  	$	11,264	  	  	$	3,929	  	 	$	5,210	  	  	$	(6,101	) 	 	$	14,302	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	2,314	  	  	 	4,321	  	 	 	1,553	  	  	 	13	  	 	 	8,201	  	
Other income (expense)	  	 	—	  	  	 	(452	) 	 	 	—	  	  	 	(284	) 	 	 	(736	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Segment EBITDA (1)	  	$	13,578	  	  	$	7,798	  	 	$	6,763	  	  	$	(6,372	) 	 	$	21,767	  	

Year ended December 31, 2015	  				  				 				  				 				
Income from operations	  	$	57,442	  	  	$	19,738	  	 	$	25,725	  	  	$	(30,803	) 	 	$	72,102	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	8,544	  	  	 	17,232	  	 	 	6,211	  	  	 	171	  	 	 	32,158	  	
Other income (expense)	  	 	44	  	  	 	(900	) 	 	 	—	  	  	 	581	  	 	 	(275	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Segment EBITDA (1)	  	$	66,030	  	  	$	36,070	  	 	$	31,936	  	  	$	(30,051	) 	 	$	103,985	  	

Year ended December 31, 2014	  				  				 				  				 				
Income from operations	  	$	44,500	  	  	$	14,154	  	 	$	20,235	  	  	$	(17,350	) 	 	$	61,539	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	8,609	  	  	 	17,388	  	 	 	6,212	  	  	 	132	  	 	 	32,341	  	
Other income (expense)	  	 	—	  	  	 	163	  	 	 	—	  	  	 	(1,424	) 	 	 	(1,261	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Segment EBITDA (1)	  	$	53,109	  	  	$	31,705	  	 	$	26,447	  	  	$	(18,642	) 	 	$	92,619	  	

Year ended December 31, 2013	  				  				 				  				 				
Income from operations	  	$	22,528	  	  	$	7,894	  	 	$	12,093	  	  	$	(6,477	) 	 	$	36,038	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	7,595	  	  	 	13,407	  	 	 	7,698	  	  	 	108	  	 	 	28,808	  	
Other income (expense)	  	 	—	  	  	 	441	  	 	 	—	  	  	 	(1,135	) 	 	 	(694	) 	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Segment EBITDA (1)	  	$	30,123	  	  	$	21,742	  	 	$	19,791	  	  	$	(7,504	) 	 	$	64,152	  	

 
(1)	 	Total Segment EBITDA is equal to EBITDA, which is a metric that is not presented in accordance with GAAP. Refer to “—Non-GAAP Financial Measures” for a definition of EBITDA and a reconciliation to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure.	
How we assess the performance of our business
In assessing the performance of our business, we consider a variety of performance and financial measures. The key measures for determining how our business is performing include total monthly dues and annual fees from members (which we refer to as system-wide sales), the number of new store openings, same store sales for both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores, net member growth per store, average royalty fee percentages for franchisee-owned stores, monthly PF Black Card membership penetration percentage, EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, Segment EBITDA, four-wall EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and Adjusted net income per share, diluted. See “—Non-GAAP financial measures” below for our definition of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, four-wall EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and Adjusted net income per share, diluted, and why we present EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, four-wall EBITDA, Adjusted net income, and Adjusted net income per share, diluted, and for a reconciliation of our EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and Adjusted net income to net income, the most directly
 
66

Table of Contents
comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, and a reconciliation of adjusted net income per share, diluted to net income per share, diluted, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
Total monthly dues and annual fees from members (system-wide sales)
We review the total amount of dues we collect from our members on a monthly basis, which allows us to assess changes in the performance of our corporate-owned stores from period to period, any competitive pressures, local or regional membership traffic patterns and general market conditions that might impact our store performance. We collect monthly dues on or around the 17th of every month. We collect annual fees once per year from each member in February, June or October, depending upon when the member signed his or her membership agreement.
Number of new store openings
The number of new store openings reflects stores opened during a particular reporting period for both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores. Opening new stores is an important part of our growth strategy and we expect the majority of our future new stores will be franchisee-owned. Before we obtain the certificate of occupancy or report any revenue for new corporate-owned stores, we incur pre-opening costs, such as rent expense, labor expense and other operating expenses. Some of our stores open with an initial start-up period of higher than normal marketing and operating expenses, particularly as a percentage of monthly revenue. New stores may not be profitable and their revenue may not follow historical patterns. The following table shows the growth in our corporate-owned and franchisee-owned store base for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

   	  	Year ended
December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
   	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2016	 	 	2015	 	
						
Franchisee-owned stores:	  				 				 				 				 				
Stores operated at beginning of period	  	 	863	  	 	 	704	  	 	 	562	  	 	 	1,066	  	 	 	863	  	
New stores opened	  	 	206	  	 	 	169	  	 	 	148	  	 	 	48	  	 	 	59	  	
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)	  	 	(3	) 	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	(3	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores operated at end of period	  	 	1,066	  	 	 	863	  	 	 	704	  	 	 	1,113	  	 	 	919	  	

Corporate-owned stores:	  				 				 				 				 				
Stores operated at beginning of period	  	 	55	  	 	 	45	  	 	 	44	  	 	 	58	  	 	 	55	  	
New stores opened	  	 	3	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	2	  	
Stores acquired from franchisees	  	 	—	  	 	 	8	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores operated at end of period	  	 	58	  	 	 	55	  	 	 	45	  	 	 	58	  	 	 	57	  	

Total stores:	  				 				 				 				 				
Stores operated at beginning of period	  	 	918	  	 	 	749	  	 	 	606	  	 	 	1,124	  	 	 	918	  	
New stores opened	  	 	209	  	 	 	171	  	 	 	149	  	 	 	48	  	 	 	61	  	
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)	  	 	(3	) 	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	(3	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores operated at end of period	  	 	1,124	  	 	 	918	  	 	 	749	  	 	 	1,171	  	 	 	976	  	

 
(1)	 	The term “debranded” refers to a franchisee-owned store whose right to use the Planet Fitness brand and marks has been terminated in accordance with the franchise agreement. We retain the right to prevent debranded stores from continuing to operate as fitness centers. The term “consolidated” refers to the combination of a franchisee’s store with another store located in close proximity with our prior approval. This often coincides with an enlargement, re-equipment and/or refurbishment of the remaining store.	
 
67

Table of Contents
Same store sales
Same store sales refers to year-over-year sales comparisons for the same store sales base of both corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores. We define the same store sales base to include those stores that have been open and for which monthly membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months. We measure same store sales based solely upon monthly dues billed to members of our corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores.
Several factors affect our same store sales in any given period, including the following:
 
•	 	the number of stores that have been in operation for more than 12 months;	
 
•	 	the percentage mix of PF Black Card and standard memberships in any period;	
 
•	 	growth in total memberships per store;	
 
•	 	consumer recognition of our brand and our ability to respond to changing consumer preferences;	
 
•	 	overall economic trends, particularly those related to consumer spending;	
 
•	 	our and our franchisees’ ability to operate stores effectively and efficiently to meet consumer expectations;	
 
•	 	marketing and promotional efforts;	
 
•	 	local competition;	
 
•	 	trade area dynamics; and	
 
•	 	opening of new stores in the vicinity of existing locations.	
Consistent with common industry practice, we present same store sales as compared to the same period in the prior year for all stores that have been open and for which monthly membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months, beginning with the thirteenth month and thereafter, as applicable. Same store sales of our international stores are calculated on a constant currency basis, meaning that we translate the current year’s same store sales of our international stores at the same exchange rates used in the prior year. Since opening new stores will be a significant component of our revenue growth, same store sales is only one measure of how we evaluate our performance.
In March of 2015, we completed a migration to a new point-of-sale and billing system (“POS system”), which gives us enhanced control over membership billing practices across all stores and allows us to create mandatory requirements to discontinue the attempted billing of delinquent membership accounts. We believe these changes in our billing practices are beneficial to our brand by controlling collection practices on delinquent accounts and do not believe they will have a negative impact on net membership billings collected by our corporate-owned or franchisee-owned stores. However, the changes in our billing practices, which commenced in the second quarter of 2015, have caused our royalties to be lower due to earlier terminations of billings of certain delinquent accounts upon which we previously received royalty payments. While we do not believe that the impact on our royalties in the future will be material, these new billing practices have negatively impacted, and are expected to negatively impact, our same store sales metrics during 2016 as monthly EFT over the remainder of 2016 is expected to include fewer delinquent membership accounts. Due in part to certain limitations of our prior POS system, we are unable to provide comparable same store sales data for prior periods had these changes in billing practices been implemented previously.
Stores acquired from or sold to franchisees are removed from the franchisee-owned or corporate-owned same store sales base, as applicable, upon the ownership change and for the twelve months following the date of the ownership change. These stores are included in the corporate-owned or franchisee-owned same store sales base, as applicable, following the twelfth month after the acquisition or sale. These stores remain in the system-wide same store sales base in all periods.
 
68

Table of Contents
The following table shows our same store sales for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

   	  	Year ended
December 31,	 	  	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
   	  	2015	 	  	2014	 	  	2013	 	  	2016	 	  	2015	 	
						
Same store sales growth:	  				  				  				  				  				
Franchisee-owned stores	  	 	8.3%	  	  	 	11.5%	  	  	 	9.1%	  	  	 	7.0%	  	  	 	11.7%	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	1.9%	  	  	 	5.4%	  	  	 	6.1%	  	  	 	4.9%	  	  	 	4.6%	  	
System-wide stores	  	 	7.7%	  	  	 	10.8%	  	  	 	8.4%	  	  	 	6.8%	  	  	 	10.9%	  	
						
Number of stores in same store sales base:	  				  				  				  				  				
Franchisee-owned stores	  	 	837	  	  	 	663	  	  	 	545	  	  	 	915	  	  	 	722	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	55	  	  	 	45	  	  	 	44	  	  	 	56	  	  	 	45	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total stores	  	 	892	  	  	 	716	  	  	 	589	  	  	 	971	  	  	 	775	  	
 	 	
Net member growth per store
Net member growth per store refers to the change in total members in relation to total stores over time. We capture all membership changes daily through our point-of-sale system. We monitor a combination of membership growth, average members per store, average monthly EFT, transfers from or to an individual store location and daily cash collected for enrollment fees related to new members. We seek to make it simple for members to join, whether online or in-store, and, while some memberships require a cancellation fee, we offer, and require our franchisees to offer, a non-committal membership option. This approach to memberships is part of our commitment to appeal to new and occasional gym users. As a result, we do not measure membership attrition as an operating metric in assessing our performance. We primarily attribute our membership growth to the growth of our franchisee-owned store base.
Average royalty fee percentages for the franchisee-owned stores
The average royalty fee percentage represents royalties collected by us from our franchisees as a percentage of the monthly membership dues and annual fees that are billed by the franchisees to their member base. We have varying royalty fee structures with our franchisee base, ranging from a fixed monthly fee of $500 to a royalty of 5.4% of total monthly EFT and annual membership fees across our franchisee base. Our royalty fee has increased over time to a current rate of 5.0% for new franchisees in the U.S. and Canada.
PF Black Card penetration percentage
Our PF Black Card penetration percentage represents the number of our members that have opted to enroll in our PF Black Card membership program as a percentage of our total active membership base. PF Black Card members pay higher monthly membership dues than our standard membership and receive additional benefits for these additional fees. These benefits include access to all of our stores system-wide and access to exclusive areas in our stores that provide amenities such as water massage beds, massage chairs, tanning equipment and more. We view PF Black Card penetration percentage as a critical metric in assessing the performance and growth of our business.
Non-GAAP financial measures
We refer to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and four-wall EBITDA as we use these measures to evaluate our operating performance and we believe these measures provide useful information to investors in evaluating our performance. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and four-wall EBITDA as presented in this prospectus are supplemental measures of our performance that are neither required by, nor presented in accordance with GAAP. EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and four-wall EBITDA should not be considered as substitutes for GAAP metrics such as net
 
69

Table of Contents
income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP. Also, in the future we may incur expenses or charges such as those used to calculate Adjusted EBITDA. Our presentation of EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA, and four-wall EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or nonrecurring items. We have also disclosed Segment EBITDA as an important financial metric utilized by the Company to evaluate performance and allocate resources to segments in accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting . As part of such disclosure in “Our Segments” within Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, the Company has provided a reconciliation from income from operations to Total Segment EBITDA, which is equal to the Non-GAAP financial metric EBITDA.
We define EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. We believe that EBITDA, which eliminates the impact of certain expenses that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance, provides useful information to investors to assess the performance of our segments as well as the business as a whole. Our Board of Directors also uses EBITDA as a key metric to assess the performance of management. We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted for the impact of certain additional non-cash and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of ongoing performance of the Company’s core operations. These items include certain purchase accounting adjustments, management fees, certain IT system upgrade costs, acquisition transaction fees, IPO-related costs, IPO-related compensation expense, pre-opening costs and certain other charges and gains. We believe that Adjusted EBITDA is an appropriate measure of operating performance in addition to EBITDA because it eliminates the impact of other items that we believe reduce the comparability of our underlying core business performance from period to period and is therefore useful to our investors in comparing the core performance of our business from period to period. Four-wall EBITDA is an assessment of store-level profitability for stores included in the same-store-sales base, which adjusts for certain administrative and other items that we do not consider in our evaluation of store-level performance.
 
A reconciliation of net income to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA is set forth below for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

   	  	Year ended December 31,	 	  	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
(in thousands)	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	  	2016	 	  	2015	 	
Net income	  	$	38,130	  	 	$	37,295	  	 	$	25,799	  	  	$	16,345	  	  	$	8,538	  	
Interest expense, net (1)	  	 	24,549	  	 	 	21,800	  	 	 	8,912	  	  	 	6,367	  	  	 	4,756	  	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	9,148	  	 	 	1,183	  	 	 	633	  	  	 	3,291	  	  	 	272	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	32,158	  	 	 	32,341	  	 	 	28,808	  	  	 	7,703	  	  	 	8,201	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
EBITDA	  	$	103,985	  	 	$	92,619	  	 	$	64,152	  	  	$	33,706	  	  	$	21,767	  	
Purchase accounting adjustments—revenue (2)	  	 	713	  	 	 	534	  	 	 	2,239	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	191	  	
Purchase accounting adjustments—rent (3)	  	 	893	  	 	 	987	  	 	 	580	  	  	 	182	  	  	 	235	  	
Management fees (4)	  	 	1,899	  	 	 	1,211	  	 	 	1,136	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	284	  	
IT system upgrade costs (5)	  	 	3,901	  	 	 	1,228	  	 	 	2,516	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	3,633	  	
Transaction fees (6)	  	 	—	  	 	 	552	  	 	 	280	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
IPO-related costs (7)	  	 	7,697	  	 	 	687	  	 	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	1,757	  	
IPO related compensation expense (8)	  	 	6,155	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
Severance costs (9)	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	  	 	380	  	  	 	—	  	
Pre-opening costs (10)	  	 	793	  	 	 	1,676	  	 	 	295	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	604	  	
Loss on reacquired franchise rights (11)	  	 	—	  	 	 	1,293	  	 	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
Other (12)	  	 	(2,550	) 	 	 	(238	) 	 	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Adjusted EBITDA	  	$	123,486	  	 	$	100,549	  	 	$	71,198	  	  	$	34,268	  	  	$	28,471	  	

 
(1)	 	Includes $4.7 million of loss on extinguishment of debt in the year-ended December 31, 2014.	
 
70

Table of Contents

(2)	 	Represents the impact of revenue-related purchase accounting adjustments associated with the 2012 Acquisition, and the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014. At the time of the 2012 Acquisition, which consisted of the purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings by investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC, the Company maintained a deferred revenue account, which consisted of deferred area development agreement fees, deferred franchise fees, and deferred enrollment fees that the Company billed and collected up front but recognizes for GAAP purposes at a later date. In connection with the 2012 Acquisition, it was determined that the carrying amount of deferred revenue was greater than the fair value assessed in accordance with ASC 805—Business Combinations, which resulted in a write-down of the carrying value of the deferred revenue balance upon application of acquisition push-down accounting under ASC 805. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, these amounted to $713, $1,329, $2,239, $0 and $191, respectively representing the amount of additional revenue that would have been recognized in those years if the write-down to deferred revenue had not occurred in connection with the application of acquisition pushdown accounting. In connection with the March 31, 2014 acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores, the adjustments above include the reversal of revenue recognized in accordance with GAAP subsequent to the acquisition for which the corresponding cash was received by the previous owner prior to our acquisition of the stores. This adjustment is a decrease of $795 for the year ended December 31, 2014.	
 
(3)	 	Represents the impact of rent related purchase accounting adjustments. In accordance with guidance in ASC 805 – Business Combinations, in connection with the 2012 Acquisition of Pla-Fit Holdings on November 8, 2012 by TSG, the Company’s deferred rent liability was required to be written off as of the acquisition date and rent was recorded on a straight-line basis from the acquisition date through the end of the lease term. This resulted in higher overall rent expense each period than would have otherwise been recorded had the deferred rent liability not been written off as a result of the acquisition push down accounting applied in accordance with ASC 805. Adjustments of $415, $492, $377, $85 and $116 in the years ending December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the quarters ending March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, reflect the difference between the higher rent expense recorded in accordance with US GAAP since the acquisition and the rent expense that would have been recorded had the 2012 Acquisition not occurred. Adjustments of $478, $495, $203, $97 and $119 for the years ending December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the quarters ending March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, are due to the amortization of favorable and unfavorable lease intangible assets which were recorded in connection with the 2012 Acquisition of Pla-Fit Holdings on November 8, 2012 and the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014. All of the rent related purchase accounting adjustments are adjustments to rent expense which is included in store operations on our consolidated statements of operations.	
 
(4)	 	Represents management fees and expenses paid to a management company affiliated with TSG pursuant to a management services agreement that terminated in connection with the IPO, resulting in a $1 million termination fee in the year ended December 31, 2015. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Management services agreement.”	
 
(5)	 	Represents costs associated with certain IT system upgrades, primarily related to our point-of-sale systems.	
 
(6)	 	Represents transaction fees and expenses primarily related to business acquisitions.	
 
(7)	 	Represents legal, accounting and other costs incurred in connection with the IPO.	
 
(8)	 	Represents cash-based and equity-based compensation expense recorded in connection with the IPO.	
 
(9)	 	Represents severance expense recorded in connection with an equity award modification.	
 
(10)	 	Represents costs associated with new corporate-owned stores incurred prior to the store opening, including payroll-related costs, rent and occupancy expenses, marketing and other store operating supply expenses.	
 
(11)	 	Represents the impact of the recording of a one-time, non-cash loss recorded in accordance with ASC 805 – Business Combinations related to our acquisition of eight franchisee owned stores on March 31, 2014. The loss recorded under GAAP represents the difference between the fair value of the reacquired franchise rights and the contractual terms of the required franchise rights and is included in other (gain) loss on our consolidated statements of operations.	
 
(12)	 	Represents certain other charges and gains that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance. In 2015, the gain relates to the adjustment of our tax benefit arrangements primarily due to changes in our effective tax rate. In 2014, this gain was related to restoration and business interruption costs from the flood that occurred in our Bayshore, New York store in August 2014.	
As a result of the recapitalization transactions that occurred prior to our IPO, the New LLC Agreement designated Planet Fitness, Inc. as the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. As sole managing member, Planet Fitness, Inc. exclusively operates and controls the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. As a result of the recapitalization transactions and the New LLC Agreement, Planet Fitness, Inc. now consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC is considered the predecessor to Planet Fitness, Inc. for accounting purposes. Our presentation of Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share, diluted, gives effect to the consolidation of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC with Planet Fitness, Inc. resulting from the recapitalization transactions described in “Prospectus summary—Our initial public offering and organizational structure” and the New LLC Agreement as if they had occurred as of January 1, 2013. In addition, Adjusted net income assumes that all net income is attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc., which assumes the full exchange of all
 
71

Table of Contents
outstanding Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc., adjusted for certain items that we do not believe directly reflect our core operations. Adjusted net income per share, diluted, is calculated by dividing Adjusted net income by the total shares of Class A common stock outstanding as though the IPO had
occurred and those shares were outstanding for each period presented and assuming the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding Class B common stock as of the beginning of each period presented. Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share, diluted, are supplemental measures of operating performance that do not represent, and should not be considered, alternatives to net income and earnings per share, as calculated in accordance with GAAP. We believe Adjusted net income and Adjusted net income per share, diluted, supplement GAAP measures and enable us to more effectively evaluate our performance period-over-period. A reconciliation of Adjusted net income to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, and the computation of Adjusted net income per share, diluted, are set forth below.

   	 	Year ended December 31,	 	 	For the quarter
ended March 31,	 	
(in thousands)	 	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	          2016	 	 	          2015	 	
Net income	 	$	38,130	  	 	$	37,295	  	 	$	25,799	  	 	$	16,345	  	 	$	8,538	  	
Provision for income taxes, as reported	 	 	9,148	  	 	 	1,183	  	 	 	633	  	 	 	3,291	  	 	 	272	  	
Purchase accounting adjustments—revenue (1)	 	 	713	  	 	 	534	  	 	 	2,239	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	191	  	
Purchase accounting adjustments—rent (2)	 	 	893	  	 	 	987	  	 	 	580	  	 	 	182	  	 	 	235	  	
Management fees (3)	 	 	1,899	  	 	 	1,211	  	 	 	1,136	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	284	  	
IT system upgrade costs (4)	 	 	3,901	  	 	 	1,228	  	 	 	2,516	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	3,633	  	
Transaction fees (5)	 	 	—	  	 	 	552	  	 	 	280	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
IPO-related costs (6)	 	 	7,697	  	 	 	687	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	1,757	  	
IPO related compensation expense (7)	 	 	6,155	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Severance costs (8)	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	380	  	 	 	—	  	
Pre-openings costs (9)	 	 	793	  	 	 	1,676	  	 	 	295	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	604	  	
Other (10)	 	 	(2,550	) 	 	 	(238	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Loss on reacquired franchise rights (11)	 	 	—	  	 	 	1,293	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Purchase accounting amortization (12)	 	 	21,067	  	 	 	23,201	  	 	 	22,637	  	 	 	4,843	  	 	 	5,270	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted income before income taxes	 	$	87,846	  	 	$	69,609	  	 	$	56,115	  	 	$	25,041	  	 	$	20,784	  	
Adjusted income taxes (13)	 	 	34,611	  	 	 	27,426	  	 	 	22,109	  	 	 	9,866	  	 	 	8,189	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted net income	 	$	53,235	  	 	$	42,183	  	 	$	34,006	  	 	$	15,175	  	 	$	12,595	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Adjusted net income per share, diluted	 	$	0.54	  	 				 				 	$	0.15	  	 				
Adjusted shares outstanding (14)	 	 	98,710	  	 				 				 	 	98,707	  	 				

(1)	 	Represents the impact of revenue-related purchase accounting adjustments associated with the 2012 Acquisition, and the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014. At the time of the 2012 Acquisition, which consisted of the purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings by investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC, the Company maintained a deferred revenue account, which consisted of deferred area development agreement fees, deferred franchise fees, and deferred enrollment fees that the Company billed and collected up front but recognizes for GAAP purposes at a later date. In connection with the 2012 Acquisition, it was determined that the carrying amount of deferred revenue was greater than the fair value assessed in accordance with ASC 805 – Business Combinations, which resulted in a write-down of the carrying value of the deferred revenue balance upon application of acquisition push-down accounting under ASC 805. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, these amounted to $713, $1,329, $2,239, $0 and $191, respectively representing the amount of additional revenue that would have been recognized in those years if the write-down to deferred revenue had not occurred in connection with the application of acquisition push-down accounting. In connection with the March 31, 2014 acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores, the adjustments above include the reversal of revenue recognized in accordance with GAAP subsequent to the acquisition for which the corresponding cash was received by the previous owner prior to our acquisition of the stores. This adjustment is a decrease of $795 for the year ended December 31, 2014.	
 
(2)	 	Represents the impact of rent-related purchase accounting adjustments. In accordance with guidance in ASC 805 – Business Combinations in connection with the 2012 Acquisition, which consisted of the purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings by investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC, the Company’s deferred rent liability was required to be written off as of the acquisition date and remaining aggregate cash payments under the lease agreement are being recognized as rent expense on a straightline basis from the acquisition date through the end of the lease term. This results in higher overall rent	
 
72

Table of Contents

 	expense each period than would have otherwise been recorded had the deferred rent liability not been written off as a result of the acquisition push-down accounting applied in accordance with ASC 805. Adjustments of $415, $492, $377, $85 and $116 in the years ending December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the quarters ending March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, reflect the difference between the higher rent expense recorded in accordance with GAAP and the rent expense that would have been recorded had the 2012 Acquisition not occurred. Adjustments of $478, $495, $203, $97 and $119 for the years ending December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the quarters ending March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, represent the non-cash amortization of favorable and unfavorable lease intangible assets and liabilities which were recorded in connection with the 2012 Acquisition and the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014. All of the rent related purchase accounting adjustments are adjustments to rent expense which is included in store operations on our consolidated statements of operations.	
 
(3)	 	Represents management fees and expenses paid to a management company affiliated with TSG pursuant to a management services agreement that terminated in connection with the IPO, resulting in a $1 million termination fee in the year ended December 31, 2015. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Management services agreement.”	
 
(4)	 	Represents costs associated with certain IT system upgrades, primarily related to our point-of-sale systems.	
 
(5)	 	Represents transaction fees and expenses primarily related to business acquisitions.	
 
(6)	 	Represents legal, accounting and other costs incurred in connection with the IPO.	
 
(7)	 	Represents cash-based and equity-based compensation expense recorded in connection with the IPO.	
 
(8)	 	Represents severance expense recorded in connection with an equity award modification.	
 
(9)	 	Represents costs associated with new corporate-owned stores incurred prior to the store opening, including payroll-related costs, rent and occupancy expenses, marketing and other store operating supply expenses.	
 
(10)	 	Represents certain other charges and gains that we do not believe reflect our underlying business performance. In 2015, the gain related to the adjustment of our tax benefit arrangements primarily due to changes in our effective tax rate. In 2014, this gain was related to restoration and business interruption costs from the flood that occurred in our Bayshore, New York store in August 2014.	
 
(11)	 	Represents the impact of a one-time, non-cash loss recorded in accordance with ASC 805 – Business Combinations related to our acquisition of eight franchisee owned stores on March 31, 2014. The loss recorded under GAAP represents the difference between the fair value of the reacquired franchise rights and the contractual terms of the reacquired franchise rights and is included in other (gain) loss on our consolidated statements of operations.	
 
(12)	 	Includes $17,922, $19,681, $22,637, $4,219 and $4,484 of amortization of intangible assets, other than favorable leases, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively recorded in connection with the 2012 Acquisition, which consisted of the purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings by investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC and $3,145, $3,520, $624 and $786 of amortization of intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 and the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively, created in connection with the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014. The adjustment represents the amount of actual non-cash amortization expense recorded, in accordance with GAAP, in each period.	
 
(13)	 	Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 39.4% for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, applied to adjusted income before income taxes.	
 
(14)	 	Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding Class B common shares for shares of Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc.	
A reconciliation of net income per share, diluted, to Adjusted net income per share, diluted is set forth below for the year ended December 31, 2015:

(in thousands, except per share amounts)	  	Amount	 	  	Weighted
average shares	 	  	Per share	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. (1)	  	$	4,106	  	  	 	36,244	  	  	$	0.11	  	
Assumed exchange of shares (2)	  	 	19,348	  	  	 	62,466	  	  				
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  				
Net income subsequent to the recapitalization transactions	  	 	23,454	  	  				  				
Net income prior to the recapitalization transactions	  	 	14,676	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	  				  				
Net Income	  	 	38,130	  	  				  				
Adjustments to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes (3)	  	 	49,716	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	  				  				
Adjusted income before income taxes	  	 	87,846	  	  				  				
Adjusted income taxes (4)	  	 	34,611	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	  				  				
Adjusted Net Income	  	$	53,235	  	  	 	98,710	  	  	$	0.54	  	
 
(1)	 	Represents net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. for the period from August 6, 2015 through December 31, 2015, the period following the recapitalization transactions and IPO and the associated weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (see Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).	
 
73

Table of Contents

(2)	 	Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc. Also assumes the addition of net income attributable to non-controlling interests corresponding with the assumed exchange of Holdings Units and Class B common shares for shares of Class A common stock.	
 
(3)	 	Represents the total impact of all adjustments identified in the adjusted net income table above to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes.	
 
(4)	 	Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 39.4% applied to adjusted income before income taxes.	
A reconciliation of net income per share, diluted, to Adjusted net income per share, diluted is set forth below for the quarter ended March 31, 2016:

(in thousands, except per share amounts)	  	Amount	 	  	Weighted
average shares	 	  	Per share	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. (1)	  	$	3,368	  	  	 	36,598	  	  	$	0.09	  	
Assumed exchange of shares (2)	  	 	12,977	  	  	 	62,109	  	  				
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  				
Net Income	  	 	16,345	  	  				  				
Adjustments to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes (3)	  	 	8,696	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	  				  				
Adjusted income before income taxes	  	 	25,041	  	  				  				
Adjusted income taxes (4)	  	 	9,866	  	  				  				
	  	 	 	 	  				  				
Adjusted Net Income	  	$	15,175	  	  	 	98,707	  	  	$	0.15	  	
 
(1)	 	Represents net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. and the associated weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (see Note 15 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus).	
 
(2)	 	Assumes the full exchange of all outstanding Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc. Also assumes the addition of net income attributable to non-controlling interests corresponding with the assumed exchange of Holdings Units and Class B common shares for shares of Class A common stock.	
 
(3)	 	Represents the total impact of all adjustments identified in the adjusted net income table above to arrive at adjusted income before income taxes.	
 
(4)	 	Represents corporate income taxes at an assumed effective tax rate of 39.4% applied to adjusted income before income taxes.	
The following table reconciles corporate-owned stores segment EBITDA to four-wall EBITDA for the year ended December 31, 2015:

   	  	Year ended
December 31, 2015	 	
(in thousands)	  	Revenue	 	 	EBITDA	 	 	EBITDA
margin	 	
Corporate-owned stores segment	  	$	98,390	  	 	$	36,070	  	 	 	36.7%	  	
New stores (1)	  	 	(6,043	) 	 	 	232	  	 				
Selling, general and administrative (2)	  	 	—	  	 	 	3,072	  	 				
Impact of eliminations (3)	  	 	—	  	 	 	(1,644	) 	 				
Purchase accounting adjustments (4)	  	 	—	  	 	 	893	  	 				
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Four-wall EBITDA for corporate-owned stores	  	$	92,347	  	 	$	38,623	  	 	 	41.8%	  	
Royalty adjustment (5)	  	 	—	  	 	 	(4,617	) 	 				
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Royalty adjusted four-wall EBITDA	  	$	92,347	  	 	$	34,006	  	 	 	36.8%	  	
 
(1)	 	Includes the impact of stores open less than 13 months and those which have not yet opened.	
 
(2)	 	Reflects administrative costs attributable to the corporate-owned stores segment but not directly related to store operations.	
 
(3)	 	Reflects intercompany charges for royalties and other fees which eliminate in consolidation.	
 
(4)	 	Represents the impact of certain purchase accounting adjustments associated with the 2012 Acquisition on November 8, 2012 and our acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores during 2014. These are primarily related to fair value adjustments to deferred revenue and deferred rent.	
 
(5)	 	Includes the effect of royalties paid by the franchisee at a rate of 5% per our current franchisee agreement.	
 
74

Table of Contents
Results of operations
The following table sets forth our consolidated statements of operations as a percentage of total revenue for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

   	  	Year ended December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
   	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2016	 	 	2015	 	
 	  	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	
						
Revenue:	  				 				 				 				 				
Franchise revenue	  	 	21.7%	  	 	 	20.7%	  	 	 	16.0%	  	 	 	25.8%	  	 	 	22.1%	  	
Commission income	  	 	4.9%	  	 	 	5.0%	  	 	 	4.9%	  	 	 	7.4%	  	 	 	6.2%	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Franchise segment	  	 	26.6%	  	 	 	25.7%	  	 	 	20.9%	  	 	 	33.2%	  	 	 	28.3%	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	29.8%	  	 	 	30.4%	  	 	 	31.9%	  	 	 	30.8%	  	 	 	30.6%	  	
Equipment	  	 	43.6%	  	 	 	43.9%	  	 	 	47.2%	  	 	 	36.0%	  	 	 	41.1%	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	  	 	100.0%	  	 	 	100.0%	  	 	 	100.0%	  	 	 	100.0%	  	 	 	100.0%	  	

Operating costs and expenses:	  				 				 				 				 				
Cost of revenue	  	 	34.4%	  	 	 	35.9%	  	 	 	38.6%	  	 	 	28.4%	  	 	 	33.7%	  	
Store operations	  	 	17.4%	  	 	 	17.7%	  	 	 	19.8%	  	 	 	17.7%	  	 	 	18.6%	  	
Selling, general and administrative	  	 	16.8%	  	 	 	12.5%	  	 	 	10.9%	  	 	 	14.2%	  	 	 	18.4%	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	9.7%	  	 	 	11.5%	  	 	 	13.6%	  	 	 	9.2%	  	 	 	10.7%	  	
Other (gain) loss	  	 	(0.1%	) 	 	 	0.4%	  	 	 	0.0%	  	 	 	(0.2%	) 	 	 	0.0%	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs and expenses	  	 	78.2%	  	 	 	78.0%	  	 	 	82.9%	  	 	 	69.3%	  	 	 	81.4%	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	  	 	21.8%	  	 	 	22.0%	  	 	 	17.1%	  	 	 	30.7%	  	 	 	18.6%	  	

Other expense, net:	  				 				 				 				 				
Interest expense, net	  	 	(7.4%	) 	 	 	(7.7%	) 	 	 	(4.3%	) 	 	 	(7.6%	) 	 	 	(6.2%	) 	
Other expense	  	 	(0.2%	) 	 	 	(0.5%	) 	 	 	(0.3%	) 	 	 	0.5%	  	 	 	(1.0%	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other expense, net	  	 	(7.6%	) 	 	 	(8.2%	) 	 	 	(4.6%	) 	 	 	(7.1%	) 	 	 	(7.2%	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	  	 	14.2%	  	 	 	13.8%	  	 	 	12.5%	  	 	 	23.6%	  	 	 	11.4%	  	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	2.8%	  	 	 	0.4%	  	 	 	0.3%	  	 	 	3.9%	  	 	 	0.4%	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	11.4%	  	 	 	13.4%	  	 	 	12.2%	  	 	 	19.7%	  	 	 	11.0%	  	
Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests	  	 	5.9%	  	 	 	0.2%	  	 	 	0.2%	  	 	 	15.6%	  	 	 	0.1%	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  	 	5.5%	  	 	 	13.2%	  	 	 	12.0%	  	 	 	4.1%	  	 	 	10.9%	  	

 
75

Table of Contents
The following table sets forth a comparison of our consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

   	  	Year ended
December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
(in thousands)	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2016	 	 	2015	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	
Revenue:	  				 				 				 				 				
Franchise revenue	  	$	71,762	  	 	$	58,001	  	 	$	33,684	  	 	$	21,491	  	 	$	16,967	  	
Commission income	  	 	16,323	  	 	 	13,805	  	 	 	10,473	  	 	 	6,186	  	 	 	4,790	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Franchise segment	  	 	88,085	  	 	 	71,806	  	 	 	44,157	  	 	 	27,677	  	 	 	21,757	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	98,390	  	 	 	85,041	  	 	 	67,364	  	 	 	25,697	  	 	 	23,546	  	
Equipment	  	 	144,062	  	 	 	122,930	  	 	 	99,488	  	 	 	29,969	  	 	 	31,619	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	  	 	330,537	  	 	 	279,777	  	 	 	211,009	  	 	 	83,343	  	 	 	76,922	  	

Operating costs and expenses:	  				 				 				 				 				
Cost of revenue	  	 	113,492	  	 	 	100,306	  	 	 	81,353	  	 	 	23,639	  	 	 	25,946	  	
Store operations	  	 	57,485	  	 	 	49,476	  	 	 	41,692	  	 	 	14,732	  	 	 	14,341	  	
Selling, general and administrative	  	 	55,573	  	 	 	35,121	  	 	 	23,118	  	 	 	11,845	  	 	 	14,138	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	32,158	  	 	 	32,341	  	 	 	28,808	  	 	 	7,703	  	 	 	8,201	  	
Other (gain) loss	  	 	(273	) 	 	 	994	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(186	) 	 	 	(6	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs and expenses	  	 	258,435	  	 	 	218,238	  	 	 	174,971	  	 	 	57,733	  	 	 	62,620	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	  	 	72,102	  	 	 	61,539	  	 	 	36,038	  	 	 	25,610	  	 	 	14,302	  	

Other expense, net:	  				 				 				 				 				
Interest expense, net	  	 	(24,549	) 	 	 	(21,800	) 	 	 	(8,912	) 	 	 	(6,367	) 	 	 	(4,756	) 	
Other expense	  	 	(275	) 	 	 	(1,261	) 	 	 	(694	) 	 	 	393	  	 	 	(736	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other expense, net	  	 	(24,824	) 	 	 	(23,061	) 	 	 	(9,606	) 	 	 	(5,974	) 	 	 	(5,492	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	  	 	47,278	  	 	 	38,478	  	 	 	26,432	  	 	 	19,636	  	 	 	8,810	  	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	9,148	  	 	 	1,183	  	 	 	633	  	 	 	3,291	  	 	 	272	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	38,130	  	 	 	37,295	  	 	 	25,799	  	 	 	16,345	  	 	 	8,538	  	
Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests	  	 	19,612	  	 	 	487	  	 	 	361	  	 	 	12,977	  	 	 	113	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  	$	18,518	  	 	$	36,808	  	 	$	25,438	  	 	$	3,368	  	 	$	8,425	  	

Comparison of the three months ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015
Revenue
Total revenues were $83.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $76.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $6.4 million, or 8.3%.
Franchise segment revenue was $27.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $21.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $5.9 million, or 27.2%.
Franchise revenue was $21.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $17.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $4.5 million, or 26.7%. Included in franchise revenue is royalty revenue of $14.0 million, franchise and other fees of $5.4 million, and placement revenue of $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to royalty revenue of $10.5 million, franchise and other fees of $4.5 million, and placement revenue of $2.0 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015. The $3.5
 
76

Table of Contents
million increase in royalty revenue was primarily driven by $1.8 million attributable to royalties from new stores in 2016 as well as stores that opened in 2015 that were not included in the same store sales base, $1.2 million attributable to a same store sales increase of 7.0% in franchisee-owned stores, and $0.6 million attributable to higher royalties on annual fees.
Commission income, which is included in our franchise segment, was $6.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $4.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $1.4 million, or 29.1%. The increase was primarily due to a higher volume of franchisee purchases from vendors due to more franchise stores open during the three months ended March 31, 2016 as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Revenue from our corporate-owned stores segment was $25.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $23.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $2.2 million, or 9.1%. Incremental revenue for stores not included in the same store sales base led to an increase in revenue of $0.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016. Additionally, same store sales from corporate-owned stores increased 4.9% in the three months ended March 31, 2016, which contributed incremental revenues of $1.0 million.
Equipment segment revenue was $30.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $31.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $1.6 million, or 5.2%. This decrease was primarily driven by lower equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores related to fewer new stores in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015, partially offset by an increase in replacement equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores in the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue was $23.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $25.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $2.3 million, or 8.9%. Cost of revenue, which primarily relates to our equipment segment, decreased due to lower equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores, partially offset by an increase in replacement equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores in the three months ended March 31, 2016, as compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015. Direct costs associated with our previous point-of-sale system were $0 in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $0.9 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015. We expect these costs to be immaterial in future periods as we migrated to a new system in 2015.
Store operations
Store operation expenses, which relate to our corporate-owned stores segment, were $14.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $14.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $0.4 million, or 2.7%.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $11.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $14.1 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $2.3 million, or 16.2%. Of the $2.3 million decrease, $1.7 million is due to incremental costs incurred in connection with preparing for the IPO in the three months ended March 31, 2015. In the three months ended March 31, 2015, we incurred $3.6 million of costs related to information technology which was primarily attributable to the rollout of a new point-of-sale system. Partially offsetting the decrease, we incurred additional expenses during the three months ended March 31, 2016 to support our growing franchisee operations, including additional headcount and
 
77

Table of Contents
infrastructure to provide training, development, pre-opening support and store operational excellence functions as well as incremental ongoing public company expenses. With respect to our growing franchisee operations, we anticipate that our selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase as our franchisee-owned store count grows.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense consists of the depreciation of property and equipment, including leasehold and building improvements and equipment. Amortization expense consists of amortization related to our intangible assets, including customer relationships and non-compete agreements.
Depreciation and amortization expense was $7.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $8.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $0.5 million, or 6.1%.
Other gain
Other gain was $0.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $0 in the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense primarily consists of interest on long-term debt as well as the amortization of deferred financing costs.
Interest expense, net was $6.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $4.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $1.6 million, or 33.9%. The increase in interest expense is a result of the additional $120.0 million in borrowings which occurred on March 31, 2015.
Other income (expense)
Other income (expense) was a gain of $0.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to expense of $0.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $1.1 million. Other income (expense) primarily consists of realized gains (losses) on derivative activities, the effects of foreign currency gains and losses, and in 2015 management fees we paid to TSG related to the TSG management agreement which terminated in connection with the IPO.
Provision for income taxes
Prior to the recapitalization transactions, the Company was treated as a pass through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes as well as in most states. As a result, entity level taxes were not significant. Provision for income taxes primarily consisted of tax expense related to the state of New Hampshire and Canada as well as certain other local taxes. We are also subject to withholding tax in Puerto Rico.
Subsequent to the recapitalization transactions, the Company is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings. Our effective tax rate of 39.4%, was calculated using the U.S. federal income tax rate and the statutory rates applied to income apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction. This tax rate has been applied to the 37.1% portion of income before taxes that represents the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings held by the Company following the recapitalization transactions and IPO. The provision for income taxes also reflects an effective state tax rate of 2.5% applied to non-controlling interests, representing the remaining 62.9% of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings.
 
78

Table of Contents
Segment results
Franchise
Segment EBITDA for the franchise segment was $23.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $13.6 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $10.2 million, or 75.4%. This increase was primarily the result of growth in our franchise segment revenue of $1.8 million due to higher royalties received from additional franchisee-owned stores not included in the same store sales base, $1.2 million attributable to a same store sales increase of 7.0% in franchisee-owned stores, $0.6 million attributable to higher royalties on annual fees, $1.4 million of higher vendor commissions, $0.9 million of higher franchise and other fees, as well as lower expenses of $0.9 million associated with our previous point-of-sale system. Additionally we had $3.6 million lower IT system upgrade costs in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015. Depreciation and amortization was $2.1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $2.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Corporate-owned stores
Segment EBITDA for the corporate-owned stores segment was $10.2 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $7.8 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $2.4 million, or 30.3%. This increase was the result of higher revenue related to stores not included in the same store sales base as well as an increase in revenue related to our same store sales increase of 4.9% in the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015. Depreciation and amortization was $3.9 million for the three months ended March 31, 2016, compared to $4.3 million for the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Equipment
Segment EBITDA for the equipment segment was $6.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $6.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $0.4 million, or 6.6%, primarily driven by lower equipment sales to new franchisee-owned stores related to fewer new stores in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015, partially offset by an increase in replacement equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to the three months ended March 31, 2015. Depreciation and amortization was $1.6 million for both periods.
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014
Revenue
Total revenues were $330.5 million in 2015, compared to $279.8 million in 2014, an increase of $50.8 million, or 18.1%.
Franchise segment revenue was $88.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $71.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $16.3 million, or 22.7%.
Franchise revenue was $71.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $58.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $13.8 million, or 23.7%. Included in franchise revenue is royalty revenue of $46.2 million, franchise and other fees of $15.8 million, and placement revenue of $9.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to royalty revenue of $32.7 million, franchise and other fees of $16.8 million, and placement revenue of $8.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2014. Of the $13.5 million increase in royalty revenue, $7.7 million was attributable to royalties from new stores opened in 2015 as well as stores that opened in 2014 that were not included in the same store sales base, which collectively resulted in higher royalty revenues. Additionally, $4.1 million is attributable to a same store sales increase of 8.3% in franchisee-owned stores, and $1.8 million is attributable to higher royalties on annual fees.
 
79

Table of Contents
Commission income, which is included in our franchise segment, was $16.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $13.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $2.5 million, or 18.2%. The increase primarily reflects a higher volume of franchisee purchases from vendors due to the higher franchisee-owned store count in the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. Additionally, commission income was $0.5 million higher in the year ended December 31, 2015 due to commission income earned on equipment purchases by our international franchisees from our equipment manufacturer.
Revenue from our corporate-owned stores segment was $98.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $85.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $13.4 million, or 15.7%. Of the $13.4 million increase, $4.2 million was related to incremental revenue from the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014 that were not included in the same store sales base until April 1, 2015, and $6.5 million was due to higher revenue from five more stores open during the year ended December 31, 2015. Additionally, same store sales from corporate-owned stores increased 1.9% in the year ended December 31, 2015, which contributed incremental revenues of $1.3 million.
Equipment segment revenue was $144.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $122.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $21.1 million, or 17.2%. Of this increase, $12.5 million was attributable to higher replacement equipment sales and $8.7 million was attributable to equipment sales to 20 more new franchisee-owned stores, partially offset by a slight decrease in the average size of new stores in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014.
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue was $113.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $100.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $13.2 million, or 13.1%. Cost of revenue primarily relates to our equipment segment. The increase was primarily due to the impact of 20 more new franchisee-owned stores purchasing equipment in the year ended December 31, 2015, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2014, as well as the results of an increase in replacement equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores. The increase in costs is consistent with the increase in equipment revenue. Direct costs associated with our proprietary point-of-sale system were $1.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $3.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. We expect these costs to be immaterial in future periods as we migrated to a new system in 2015.
Store operations
Store operation expenses, which relates to our corporate-owned stores segment, were $57.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $49.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $8.0 million, or 16.2%. Of the $8.0 million increase, $5.2 million was attributable to incremental costs and expenses related to five new corporate-owned stores opened since January 1, 2014. In addition, approximately $2.0 million of incremental costs resulted from the acquisition of eight stores from a franchisee in March 2014 which were included for a full twelve months in 2015.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $55.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $35.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $20.5 million, or 58.2%. Of the $20.5 million increase, $6.2 million was cash-based and equity-based compensation expense recorded in connection with the IPO and $7.0 million was from incremental costs incurred in connection with the IPO, which we were not able to capitalize under GAAP because we did not retain any proceeds from the IPO. We also incurred $2.7
 
80

Table of Contents
million related to increased information technology spending which was primarily attributable to the rollout of a new point-of-sale system. The point-of-sale system rollout began in late 2014 and was completed in April 2015. In addition, we incurred additional expenses to support our growing franchisee operations, including additional headcount and infrastructure to provide training, development, preopening support and store operational excellence functions as well as incremental ongoing public company expenses. With respect to our growing franchisee operations, we anticipate that our selling, general and administrative expenses will continue to increase as our franchisee-owned store count grows.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense consists of the depreciation of property and equipment, including leasehold and building improvements and equipment. Amortization expense consists of amortization related to our intangible assets, including customer relationships and non-compete agreements.
Depreciation and amortization expense was $32.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $32.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $0.1 million, or 0.6%.
Other (gain) loss
Other (gain) loss was a gain of $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to a loss of $1.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, which was primarily the result of the effective settlement of reacquired franchise rights related to the acquisition of eight stores from a franchisee in March 2014.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense primarily consists of interest on long-term debt as well as the amortization of deferred financing costs.
Interest expense, net was $24.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $21.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $2.7 million, or 12.6%. The increase in interest expense is a result of the additional $120.0 million in borrowings which occurred on March 31, 2015.
Other expense
Other expense was $0.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $1.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $1.0 million, or 78.2%. Other expense primarily consists of management fees we paid to TSG, realized gains (losses) on derivative activities, as well as the effects of foreign currency gains and losses. In 2015, the expense included a charge of $1.0 million for a termination fee related to the TSG management agreement which was terminated in connection with the IPO, and was partially offset by a gain of $2.6 million related to an adjustment to our tax benefit arrangement primarily due to changes in our effective tax rate.
Provision for income taxes
Prior to the recapitalization transactions, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC was treated as a pass through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes as well as in most states. As a result, entity level taxes were not significant. Provision for income taxes primarily consisted of tax expense related to the state of New Hampshire and Canada as well as certain other local taxes.
Subsequent to the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local taxes, with respect to our allocable share of any net taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. Our effective tax rate of 39.4% was calculated using the U.S. federal income tax rate and the
 
81

Table of Contents
statutory rates applied to income apportioned to each state and local jurisdiction. This tax rate has been applied to the 37.1% portion of income before taxes that represents the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC held by Planet Fitness, Inc. following the recapitalization transactions and IPO. The provision for income taxes also reflects an effective state tax rate of 2.5% applied to non-controlling interests, representing the remaining 62.9% of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC.
Segment results
Franchise
Segment EBITDA for the franchise segment was $66.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $53.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $12.9 million, or 24.3%. This increase was primarily the result of growth in our franchise segment revenue of $7.7 million due to higher royalties received from additional franchisee-owned stores not included in the same store sales base, $4.1 million attributable to a same store sales increase of 8.3% from franchisee-owned stores, and $1.8 million attributable to higher royalties on annual fees and higher vendor commissions, partially offset by higher operating expenses. Depreciation and amortization was $8.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $8.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Corporate-owned stores
Segment EBITDA for the corporate-owned stores segment was $36.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $31.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $4.4 million, or 13.8%. The increase was the result of the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores in March 2014 in addition to higher revenue related to stores not included in the same store sales base during the year ended December 31, 2015. Depreciation and amortization was $17.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2015, compared to $17.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.
Equipment
Segment EBITDA for the equipment segment was $31.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $26.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $5.5 million, or 20.8%, primarily as a result of higher replacement equipment sales and equipment sales to 20 more new franchisee-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to the year ended December 31, 2014. Depreciation and amortization was $6.2 million for both the year ended December 31, 2015 and the year ended December 31, 2014.
Comparison of the years ended December 31, 2014 and December 31, 2013
Revenue
Total revenues were $279.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $211.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $68.8 million, or 32.6%.
Franchise segment revenue was $71.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $44.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $27.7 million, or 63.0%.
Franchise revenue was $58.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $33.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $24.3 million, or 72.1%. Included in franchise revenue is royalty revenue of $32.7 million, franchise and other fees of $16.8 million, and placement revenue of $8.5 million for
 
82

Table of Contents
the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to royalty revenue of $21.0 million, franchise and other fees of $6.4 million, and placement revenue of $6.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Of the $11.7 million increase in royalty revenue, $6.8 million was from new stores opened in 2014 as well as stores that opened in 2013 and were therefore not included in the same store sales base, which collectively resulted in a higher average royalty rate. Additionally, franchisee-owned same store sales increased 11.5% in 2014, resulting in an increase in royalty revenue of $3.9 million. The franchise and other fees increase of $10.4 million was primarily associated with a higher volume of franchisee membership billing transactions for which a fee was earned as well as more franchisee-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.
Commission income was $13.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, compared to $10.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $3.4 million, or 33.7%. This increase primarily reflects a higher volume of franchisee purchases from vendors due to the higher franchisee-owned store count in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013.
Revenue from our corporate-owned stores segment was $85.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $67.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $17.6 million, or 26.1%. The acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014 led to an increase in revenue of $12.2 million. Additionally, same store sales from corporate-owned stores increased 5.4% in 2014, which contributed incremental revenues of $3.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. Revenue for stores not included in the same store sales base led to an increase in revenue of $0.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2014.
Equipment segment revenue was $122.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $99.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $23.4 million, or 23.5%, as a result of equipment sales to 34 more new stores in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 and an increase in replacement equipment revenue of $1.8 million from sales to existing franchisee-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2014.
Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue was $100.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $81.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $18.9 million, or 23.2%. The increase was primarily due to the impact of 34 more new franchisee-owned stores purchasing equipment in the year ended December 31, 2014 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2013 as well as the result of an increase in replacement equipment sales to existing franchisee-owned stores. The increase in costs is consistent with the increase in equipment revenue. Direct costs related to our previous point-of-sale system were $3.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 and $1.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013.
Store operations
Store operations, which relates to our corporate-owned stores segment, were $49.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $41.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $7.8 million, or 18.7%. Approximately $6.2 million of this increase was a result of the acquisition of eight stores from a franchisee on March 31, 2014. In addition, we incurred costs and expenses attributable to new corporate-owned stores opened in the year ended December 31, 2014 and pre-opening costs related to one store that opened shortly after year-end. The increase in store operations costs is consistent with the increase in related corporate-owned store revenue.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Selling, general and administrative expenses were $35.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $23.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $12.0 million, or 51.9%. This increase is
 
83

Table of Contents
primarily attributable to increases in payroll of $5.3 million and other related infrastructure changes of $6.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 to support our growing franchisee operations, including additional headcount needed to provide training, development, pre-opening support and store operational compliance functions.
Depreciation and amortization
Depreciation and amortization expense consists of the depreciation of property and equipment, including leasehold and building improvements and equipment. Amortization expense consists of amortization related to our intangible assets, including customer relationships and non-compete agreements.
Depreciation and amortization expense was $32.3 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $28.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $3.5 million, or 12.2%, primarily due to the increased amortization of intangible assets related to the acquisition of eight stores from a franchisee in March 2014.
Other loss
Other loss increased by $1.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to the year ended December 31, 2013. The increase in other loss was primarily the result of the effective settlement of reacquired franchise rights related to the acquisition of eight stores from a franchisee in March 2014.
Interest expense, net
Interest expense primarily consists of interest on long-term debt as well as the amortization of deferred financing costs.
Interest expense, net was $21.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $8.9 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $12.9 million, or 144.6%. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in our indebtedness as a result of the refinancing in March 2014. Additionally, the increase includes $4.7 million related to the write-off of debt issuance costs as a result of this refinancing, which was accounted for as an extinguishment.
Other income (expense)
Other income (expense) primarily consists of management fees we paid to TSG, realized gains (losses) on derivative activities, as well as the effects of foreign currency gains and losses.
Provision for income taxes
For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC was treated as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes as well as in most states. As a result, entity level taxes are not significant in those years.
Segment results
Franchise
Segment EBITDA for the franchise segment was $53.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $30.1 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $23.0 million, or 76.4%. This increase was primarily the result of growth in franchise revenue of $27.8 million due to higher royalties received from additional franchisee-owned stores opened in the year ended December 31, 2014, continued growth in royalties from stores opened in the December 31, 2013 and higher vendor commissions. Depreciation and amortization was $8.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $7.6 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $1.0 million, or 13.2%.
 
84

Table of Contents
Corporate-owned stores
Segment EBITDA for the corporate-owned stores segment was $31.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $21.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $10.0 million, or 46.1%, primarily due to the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014 and the increase in same store sales. Depreciation and amortization was $17.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $13.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $4.0 million, or 29.9%. The increase is attributable to depreciation and amortization expense from the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014.
Equipment
Segment EBITDA for the equipment segment was $26.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $19.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, an increase of $6.6 million, or 33.3%, primarily as a result of equipment sales to 34 new franchisee-owned stores in 2014 as compared to 2013. Depreciation and amortization was $6.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2014 compared to $7.7 million in the year ended December 31, 2013, a decrease of $1.5 million, or 19.5%.
Liquidity and capital resources
As of March 31, 2016, we had $38.3 million of cash and cash equivalents. In addition, as of March 31, 2016, we had borrowing capacity of $40.0 million under our revolving credit facility.
We require cash principally to fund day-to-day operations, to finance capital investments, to service our outstanding debt and obligations under our tax benefit arrangements and to address our working capital needs. Based on our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe that our available cash balance, the cash generated from our operations, and amounts available under our revolving credit facility will be adequate to meet our anticipated debt service requirements and obligations under our tax benefit arrangements, capital expenditures, payment of tax distributions and working capital needs for at least the next twelve months. We believe that we will be able to meet these obligations even if we experience no growth in sales or profits. Our ability to continue to fund these items and continue to reduce debt could be adversely affected by the occurrence of any of the events described under “Risk factors.” There can be no assurance, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available under our revolving credit facility or otherwise to enable us to service our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility, or to make anticipated capital expenditures. Our future operating performance and our ability to service, extend or refinance the senior secured credit facility will be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.
The following table presents summary cash flow information for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

   	  	Year ended December 31,	 	 	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
(in thousands)	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	 	2016	 	 	2015	 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(unaudited)	 	
						
Net cash (used in) provided by:	  				 				 				 				 				
Operating activities	  	$	81,663	  	 	$	79,405	  	 	$	66,943	  	 	$	15,262	  	 	$	12,039	  	
Investing activities	  	 	(19,161	) 	 	 	(54,362	) 	 	 	(7,137	) 	 	 	(845	) 	 	 	(5,320	) 	
Financing activities	  	 	(74,240	) 	 	 	(12,952	) 	 	 	(37,994	) 	 	 	(7,698	) 	 	 	(22,501	) 	
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash	  	 	(123	) 	 	 	(67	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	119	  	 	 	23	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (decrease) increase in cash	  	$	(11,861	) 	 	$	12,024	  	 	$	21,812	  	 	$	6,838	  	 	$	(15,759	) 	

 
85

Table of Contents
Operating activities
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, net cash provided by operating activities was $15.3 million compared to $12.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, an increase of $3.2 million. The increase was primarily due to higher net income partially offset by higher cash used for working capital in the three months ended March 31, 2016. The higher cash used for working capital was driven by changes in notes receivable and due from related parties, inventory, other assets and other current assets, income taxes, and payables to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash provided by operating activities was $81.7 million compared to $79.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $2.3 million, and was primarily due to less cash used for working capital in the year ended December 31, 2015, driven by favorable changes in accounts receivable, notes receivable, due from related parties, and income taxes payable.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash provided by operating activities was $79.4 million compared to $66.9 million in 2013, an increase of $12.5 million, and was primarily due to higher net income in 2014 and, to a lesser degree, by higher accounts payable, other accrued expenses and equipment deposits, partially offset by higher accounts receivable.
Investing activities
Cash flow used in investing activities related to the following capital expenditures for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 and the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

   	  	Year ended December 31,	 	  	Quarter ended
March 31,	 	
(in thousands)	  	2015	 	  	2014	 	  	2013	 	  	2016	 	  	2015	 	
 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	 	 	  	(unaudited)	 	
New corporate-owned stores and corporate-owned stores not yet opened	  	$	5,446	  	  	$	7,074	  	  	$	1,972	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	4,147	  	
Existing corporate-owned stores	  	 	11,731	  	  	 	6,832	  	  	 	4,684	  	  	 	487	  	  	 	1,038	  	
Information systems	  	 	1,828	  	  	 	1,531	  	  	 	419	  	  	 	125	  	  	 	98	  	
Corporate and all other	  	 	483	  	  	 	1,213	  	  	 	212	  	  	 	253	  	  	 	43	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total capital expenditures	  	$	19,488	  	  	$	16,650	  	  	$	7,287	  	  	$	865	  	  	$	5,326	  	

For the three months ended March 31, 2016, net cash used in investing activities was $0.8 million compared to $5.3 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $4.5 million, and was primarily related to the opening of two corporate-owned stores in the three months ended March 31, 2015 compared to none in the three months ended March 31, 2016.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash used in investing activities was $19.2 million compared to $54.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, a decrease of $35.2 million, and was primarily due to the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014 for cash of $38.6 million. This decrease was partially offset by higher capital expenditures related to corporate-owned stores in the year ended December 31, 2015.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in investing activities was $54.4 million compared to $7.1 million in 2013, an increase of $47.3 million, and was primarily due to the acquisition of eight franchisee-owned stores on March 31, 2014 for $38.6 million. Additionally, capital expenditures increased due to our three new corporate-owned stores and higher replacement equipment for corporate-owned stores during 2014 compared to 2013.

86

Table of Contents
Financing activities
For the three months ended March 31, 2016, net cash used in financing activities was $7.7 million compared to $22.5 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015, a decrease of $14.8 million. Proceeds from the issuance of debt was $0 in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to proceeds of $120.0 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015. Additionally, member distributions were $6.4 million in the three months ended March 31, 2016 compared to $139.7 million in the three months ended March 31, 2015.
On March 31, 2015, we amended our credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility primarily to provide for an increase of $120.0 million in term loan borrowings for a total of $506.1 million. The full incremental borrowing of $120.0 million and $20.0 million from cash on hand was used to issue a $140.0 million dividend to members of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC.
For the year ended December 31, 2015, net cash used in financing activities was $74.2 million compared to $13.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, an increase of $61.2 million. Proceeds from the issuance of debt was $120.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to proceeds of $390.0 million in the year ended December 31, 2014, partially offset by the repayment of existing outstanding debt of $185.8 million in the year ended December 31, 2014. Additionally, distributions to Continuing LLC Owners were $176.5 million in the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $205.4 million in the year ended December 31, 2014.
For the year ended December 31, 2014, net cash used in financing activities was $13.0 million compared to $38.0 million in 2013, a decrease of $25.0 million, and was primarily due to the refinancing of debt with proceeds from the issuance of new long-term debt of $390.0 million, partially offset by the repayment of the existing debt outstanding of $185.8 million. Additionally, we made distributions to members of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC in 2014 in the amount of $205.4 million, an increase of $182.3 million.
Credit facility
Our senior secured credit facility consists of term loans and a revolving credit facility. Borrowings under the term loans bear interest, payable at least semi-annually. The term loans require principal payments equal to approximately $5.1 million per calendar year, payable in quarterly installments with the final scheduled principal payment on the outstanding term loan borrowings due on March 31, 2021.
The senior secured credit facility also provides for borrowings of up to $40.0 million under the revolving credit facility, of which up to $5.0 million is available for letter of credit advances. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility (excluding letters of credit) bear interest, payable at least semi-annually. We also pay a 0.40% commitment fee per annum on the unused portion of the revolver. The revolving credit facility expires on March 31, 2019.
The credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility requires us to comply on a quarterly basis with one financial covenant which is a maximum ratio of debt to Credit Facility Adjusted EBITDA (the “leverage ratio”) that becomes more restrictive over time. This covenant is only for the benefit of the revolving credit facility. At December 31, 2015, the terms of the senior secured credit facility required that we maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 6.5 to 1.0. The leverage ratio financial covenant will become more restrictive over time and will require us to maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 4.0 to 1.0 by June 30, 2019.
Failure to comply with this covenant would result in an event of default under our senior secured credit facility unless waived by our senior secured credit facility lenders. An event of default under our senior secured credit facility can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facility, which in turn can result in an event of default and possible acceleration of our other indebtedness, if any.

87

Table of Contents
As of March 31, 2016, we were in compliance with our senior secured credit facility financial covenant with a leverage ratio of 3.4 to 1.0 which was calculated for the 12 months ended March 31, 2016 based upon certain adjustments to EBITDA, as provided for under the terms of our senior secured credit facility.
On March 31, 2015, we amended our credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility primarily to provide for an increase of $120.0 million in term loan borrowings for a total of $506.1 million. The full incremental borrowing of $120.0 million plus $20.0 million from cash on hand was used to fund a $140.0 million dividend to members of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. The incremental term loan borrowings bear a variable rate of interest of the greater of LIBOR or 1.00% plus the applicable margin of 3.50%. All other terms and conditions remain unchanged under the senior secured credit facility.
Contractual obligations and commitments
The following table presents contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of December 31, 2015.

   	 	Payments due during the twelve months ending
December 31,	 	
(in thousands)	 	Total	 	 	2016	 	 	2017-2018	 	 	2019-2020	 	 	Thereafter	 	
Long-term debt (1)	 	$	492,275	  	 	 	5,100	  	 	 	10,200	  	 	 	10,200	  	 	 	466,775	  	
Interest on long-term debt (2)	 	 	121,199	  	 	 	23,680	  	 	 	46,493	  	 	 	45,573	  	 	 	5,453	  	
Obligations under tax benefit arrangements (3)	 	 	140,191	  	 	 	3,019	  	 	 	14,197	  	 	 	14,446	  	 	 	108,529	  	
Operating leases	 	 	102,082	  	 	 	13,272	  	 	 	24,438	  	 	 	19,570	  	 	 	44,802	  	
Advertising commitments (4)	 	 	15,530	  	 	 	11,823	  	 	 	3,707	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Purchase obligations (5)	 	 	14,361	  	 	 	14,361	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Contractual Obligations	 	$	885,638	  	 	$	71,255	  	 	$	99,035	  	 	$	89,789	  	 	$	625,559	  	

 
(1)	 	Long-term debt payments include scheduled principal payments only.	
 
(2)	 	Assumes an annual interest rate of 4.75% for the term of the loan.	
 
(3)	 	Timing of payments under tax benefit arrangements is estimated.	
 
(4)	 	As of December 31, 2015, we had advertising purchase commitments of approximately $15.5 million, including commitments for the NAF.	
 
(5)	 	Purchase obligations consists of $14.4 million for open purchase orders primarily related to equipment to be sold to franchisees. For the majority of our equipment purchase obligations, our policy is to require the franchisee to provide us with either a deposit or proof of a committed financing arrangement.	
Off-balance sheet arrangements
As of March 31, 2016, our off-balance sheet arrangements consisted of operating leases and certain guarantees. In a limited number of cases, we have guaranteed certain leases and debt agreements of entities related through common ownership. These guarantees relate to leases for operating space, equipment and other operating costs of franchises operated by those entities. Our maximum total commitment under these agreements is approximately $1.7 million and would only require payment upon default by the primary obligor. The estimated fair value of these guarantees at March 31, 2016 was not material, and no accrual has been recorded for our potential obligation under these arrangements. See Note 17 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus for more information regarding these operating leases and guarantees.
Critical accounting policies and use of estimates
Our discussion and analysis of operating results and financial condition are based upon our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The preparation of our financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of
 
88

Table of Contents
assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We base our estimates on past experience and other assumptions that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, and we evaluate these estimates on an ongoing basis. Actual results may differ from those estimates.
Our critical accounting policies are those that materially affect our consolidated financial statements including those that involve difficult, subjective or complex judgments by management. A thorough understanding of these critical accounting policies is essential when reviewing our consolidated financial statements. We believe that the critical accounting policies listed below are those that are most important to the portrayal of our results of operations or involve the most difficult management decisions related to the use of significant estimates and assumptions as described above.
Revenue recognition
Franchise revenue
Franchisees enter into ADAs with us to secure the exclusive right to open stores within a defined geographical area. ADAs establish the timing and number of stores to be developed within the defined geographical area. Pursuant to an ADA, a franchisee is generally required to pay an initial nonrefundable development fee for a minimum number of stores to be developed, as outlined in the respective ADA. ADA fees collected in advance are deferred until we deliver substantially all required obligations pursuant to the ADA. As the efforts and total cost relating to initial services are affected significantly by the number of stores opened in an area, the respective ADA is treated as a divisible contract. As each new site is developed under an ADA, a franchisee signs a franchise agreement for the respective franchise location. Each franchisee-owned store opened under an ADA typically has performance obligations associated with it, and we therefore recognize ADA revenue as each individual franchisee-owned store is developed in proportion to the total number of stores to be developed under the ADA. These obligations are typically completed once the store is opened or the franchisee executes the individual property lease. ADAs generally have an initial term equal to the number of years over which the franchisee is required to open franchise stores, which is typically five to ten years. There is no right of refund for an executed ADA. Upon default, as defined in the agreement, we may reacquire the rights pursuant to an ADA, and all remaining deferred revenue for the ADA is recognized at that time.
For stores opened without an ADA, we generally charge an initial upfront nonrefundable franchise fee. Nonrefundable franchise fees are typically deferred until the franchisee executes a lease and receives initial training for the location, which is the point at which we have determined that we have provided all of our material obligations required to recognize revenue. The individual franchise agreements typically have a 10-year initial term but provide the franchisee with an opportunity to enter into successive renewals subject to certain conditions.
Franchise agreements entered into prior to 2010 may include performance fees, which are fees earned by us upon each franchise store reaching a predetermined amount of total monthly membership billings. Performance fees are recognized when the related performance thresholds have been met.
Royalties, which represent recurring fees paid by franchisees based on the franchisee-owned stores’ monthly membership dues and annual fees, are recognized on a monthly basis over the term of the franchise agreement. As specified under certain franchise agreements, we recognize additional royalty fees as the franchisee-owned stores attain contractual monthly membership billing threshold amounts. Beginning in 2010, for all new franchise agreements entered into, we began charging a fixed royalty percentage based upon gross membership billings.
Online member join fees are paid to us by franchisees for processing new membership transactions when a new member signs up for a membership to a franchisee-owned store through our website.
 
89

Table of Contents
Billing transaction fees are paid to us for the processing of franchisee membership dues and annual fees through our third-party hosted point-of-sale system.
We are generally responsible for the assembly and placement of equipment purchased from us for U.S.-based franchisee-owned stores. Placement revenue is recognized upon completion and acceptance of the placement services at the franchise location.
Commission income
We recognize commission income from our franchisees’ use of preferred vendor arrangements. Commissions are recognized when amounts have been earned and collectability from the vendor is reasonably assured.
Corporate-owned stores revenue
Customers are offered multiple membership choices varying in length and, in most cases, can be canceled without penalty. Monthly membership dues are earned and recognized over the membership term. Enrollment fees are charged to new members at the commencement of their membership. We recognize enrollment fees ratably over the estimated duration of the membership, which is generally two years. Annual membership fees are annual fees charged to members in addition to and in order to maintain low monthly membership dues. We recognize annual membership fees ratably over the 12-month membership period. We sell Planet Fitness-branded apparel, beverages and other accessories, which we define as retail sales. The revenue for these items is recognized at the point of sale.
Equipment revenue
We sell equipment purchased from third-party equipment manufacturers to U.S.-based franchisee-owned stores. Equipment revenue is recognized when the equipment is delivered, assembled, placed and accepted by the franchisee at each store. We recognize revenue on a gross basis in these transactions as we have determined that we are the principal in the transaction. We have determined that we are the principal because we are the primary obligor in these transactions, we have latitude in establishing prices for the equipment sales to franchisees, we have supplier selection discretion and are involved in determination of product specifications, and we bear all credit risk associated with obligations to the equipment manufacturers. We charge our franchisees for all freight costs incurred for the delivery of equipment and record these amounts within equipment revenue. Rebates from equipment vendors where we have recognized the related equipment revenue and costs are recorded as a reduction to the cost of revenue.
Leases
We currently lease all of our corporate-owned stores and our corporate headquarters. At the inception of each lease, we determine its appropriate classification as an operating or capital lease. The majority of our leases are operating leases. For operating leases that include rent escalations, we record the base rent expense on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease and the difference between the base cash rentals paid and the straight-line rent expense is recorded as deferred rent.
We expend cash for leasehold improvements and to build out and equip our leased premises. We may also expend cash for structural additions that we make to leased premises. Generally, a portion of the leasehold improvements and building costs are reimbursed to us by our landlords as construction contributions pursuant to agreed-upon terms in our leases. If obtained, landlord construction contributions usually take the form of up-front cash, full or partial credits against our future minimum or percentage rents otherwise payable by us, or a combination thereof. When contractually due to us, we classify tenant improvement allowances within property and equipment and deferred rent on the consolidated balance sheets and depreciate the tenant improvement allowance on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
 
90

Table of Contents
Business combinations
We account for business combinations using the purchase method of accounting which results in the assets acquired and liabilities assumed being recorded at fair value.
The valuation methodologies used are based on the nature of the asset or liability. The significant assets and liabilities measured at fair value include property and equipment, intangible assets, deferred revenue and favorable and unfavorable leases. For the 2012 Acquisition, intangible assets consisted of trade and brand names, member relationships, franchisee relationships related to both our franchise and equipment segments, non-compete agreements, order backlog and favorable and unfavorable leases. For other acquisitions, which consist of acquisitions of stores from franchisees, intangible assets generally consist of member relationships, re-acquired franchise rights, and favorable and unfavorable leases.
The fair value of trade and brand names is estimated using the relief from royalty method, an income approach to valuation, which includes projecting future system-wide sales and other estimates. Membership relationships and franchisee relationships are valued based on an estimate of future revenues and costs related to the respective contracts over the remaining expected lives. Our valuation includes assumptions related to the projected attrition and renewal rates on those existing franchise and membership arrangements being valued. Re-acquired franchise rights are valued using an excess earnings approach. The valuation of re-acquired franchise rights is determined using an estimation of future royalty income and related expenses associated with existing franchise contracts at the acquisition date. For re-acquired franchise rights with terms that are either favorable or unfavorable (from our perspective) to the terms included in our current franchise agreements, a gain or charge is recorded at the time of the acquisition to the extent of the favorability or unfavorability, respectively. Favorable and unfavorable operating leases are recorded based on differences between contractual rents under the respective lease agreements and prevailing market rents at the lease acquisition date. Deferred revenue is valued based on our estimated costs to fulfill the obligations assumed, plus a normal profit margin. No deferred revenue amounts are recognized for enrollment fees in our business combinations as there is no remaining obligation.
We consider our trade and brand name intangible assets to have an indefinite useful life, and, therefore, these assets are not amortized but rather are tested for impairment annually as discussed below. Amortization of re-acquired franchise rights and franchisee relationships is recorded over the respective franchise terms using the straight-line method which we believe approximates the period during which we expect to receive the related benefits. Member relationships are amortized on an accelerated basis based on expected attrition. Favorable and unfavorable operating leases are amortized into rental expense over the lease term of the respective leases using the straight-line method.
Impairment of long-lived assets, including goodwill and intangible assets
We assess potential impairments to our long-lived assets, which include property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset group to the estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized as the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. Store-level assets are grouped by store and assessed on a store by store basis for the purpose of the impairment assessment. There were no impairment charges recorded during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013.
 
91

Table of Contents
Goodwill and indefinite lived intangibles (our trade and brand name intangible assets) have been assigned to our reporting units for purposes of impairment testing. Our reporting units are Franchise, Corporate-owned stores and Equipment, which are the same as our reportable segments.
The goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. The fair value of a reporting unit is an estimate of the amount for which the unit as a whole could be sold in a current transaction between willing parties. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. Fair value of a reporting unit is estimated based on a combination of comparative market multiples and discounted cash flow valuation approaches. We are also permitted to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value prior to applying the quantitative assessment. If based on our qualitative assessment it is not more likely than not that the carrying value of the reporting unit is less than its fair value, then a quantitative assessment is not required. The qualitative assessment was utilized to assess goodwill for impairment for all of our reporting units in 2015.
We evaluate the remaining useful lives of our trade and brand name intangible assets to determine whether current events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. In addition, all of our indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually. The trade and brand name intangible asset impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of each trade name with its carrying value, with any excess of carrying value over fair value being recognized as an impairment loss. We are also permitted to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not an indefinite lived intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying value prior to applying the quantitative assessment. If based on our qualitative assessment it is not more likely than not that the carrying value of the asset is less than its fair value, then a quantitative assessment is not required. The qualitative assessment was utilized to assess all of our indefinite lived intangible assets for impairment in 2015.
Currently, we have selected the last day of our year as the date on which to perform our annual impairment tests for goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets. We also test for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of such indefinite lived intangibles has been impaired. No impairment of goodwill or indefinite lived intangible assets was recorded during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 or 2013.
Equity-based compensation
We have equity-based compensation plans under which we receive services from our employees as consideration for equity instruments of the Company, including stock options and restricted stock units. The compensation expense is determined based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are satisfied. For awards with graded vesting, the fair value of each tranche is recognized over its respective vesting period.
Prior to the IPO, certain of our employees received grants of Class M Units in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. These awards are accounted for in accordance with guidance prescribed for accounting for share based compensation. Based on this guidance and the terms of the awards, the awards are equity classified. The Class M Units receive distributions (other than tax distributions) only upon a liquidity event, as defined, that exceeds a threshold equivalent to the fair value of the Company, as determined by the Company’s board of directors, at the grant date. Eighty percent of the awards vest over five years of continuous employment or service while the other twenty percent only vested in the event of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock or that of its parent or one of its subsidiaries, subject to the holder of the Class M Units remaining employed or providing services on the date of such initial public offering. All awards include a repurchase option at the
 
92

Table of Contents
election of the Company for the vested portion upon termination of employment or service, and have a ten year contractual term. These awards are accounted for as equity at their fair value as of the grant date.
The fair value of each award was estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model. Significant assumptions include the business enterprise value, time to a liquidity event, volatility and expected term of the awards.
During the year ended December 31, 2015, prior to the IPO, we modified the vesting terms of 10.737 outstanding Class M Units such that those units were fully vested and eligible to receive distributions following a liquidity event. In connection with the IPO and related recapitalization transactions, all of the outstanding Class M Units were converted into Holdings Units and Class B common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc. in accordance with the terms of the awards. Our IPO constituted a qualifying event under the terms of the awards and as a result 4,238,338 Holdings Units and corresponding shares of Class B common stock were issued to the existing Class M Unit holders with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $1.52 per share.
Income taxes
As a result of the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. became the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a partnership, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC is passed through to and included in the taxable income or loss of its members, including Planet Fitness, Inc. following the recapitalization transactions, on a pro rata basis. Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC following the recapitalization transactions. The Company is also subject to taxes in foreign jurisdictions.
Deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the carrying amount of the existing tax assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied in the years in which temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The principal items giving rise to temporary differences are the use of accelerated depreciation and certain basis differences resulting from acquisitions and the recapitalization transactions. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
We recognize the effects of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not of being sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs.
Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC is liable for certain state and local taxes and is subject to tax withholding in foreign jurisdictions. Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will also make pro rata tax distributions to the holders of Holdings Units in an amount sufficient to fund all or part of their tax obligations with respect to the taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC that is allocated to them. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC amended and restated limited liability company agreement.”
Tax benefit arrangements
Our acquisition of Holdings Units in connection with the IPO and future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the Company) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax attributes. In connection with the IPO, we entered into two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, we are generally required to pay to the Continuing LLC
 
93

Table of Contents
Owners 85% of the applicable tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that we are deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to us (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, we are generally required to pay to the Direct TSG Investors 85% of the amount of tax savings, if any, that we are deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units held in respect of the Direct TSG Investors’ interest in the Company, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC in 2012, and certain other tax benefits. Under both agreements, we generally retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. Also, pursuant to the exchange agreement described under “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Exchange agreement,” to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC incurring a current tax liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax, the Continuing LLC Owners have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received upon exchange). If and when we subsequently realize a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to the relevant Continuing LLC Owner in respect of its contribution.
Based on current projections, we anticipate having sufficient taxable income to utilize these tax attributes and receive corresponding tax deductions in future periods. Accordingly, at the completion of the recapitalization transactions and the IPO, we recorded an initial liability of $142.0 million payable to the Direct TSG Investors and the Continuing LLC Owners under the tax benefit obligations, representing approximately 85% of the calculated tax savings based on the original basis adjustments we anticipate being able to utilize in future years. Changes in the projected liability resulting from these tax benefit arrangements may occur based on changes in anticipated future taxable income, changes in applicable tax rates or other changes in tax attributes that may occur and impact the expected future tax benefits to be received by the Company. Changes in the projected liability under these tax benefit arrangements will be recorded as a component of other income (expense) each period. The projection of future taxable income involves significant judgment. Actual taxable income may differ from our estimates, which could significantly impact the liability under the tax benefit arrangements and our consolidated results of operations.
We expect to receive additional increases in our share of the tax basis of Pla-Fit Holdings assets when the Continuing LLC Owners exchange Holdings Units (together with the corresponding shares of Class B common stock) for Class A common stock. When we acquire Holdings Units from the Continuing LLC Owners, we expect both the original basis adjustments and the anticipated basis adjustments will increase, resulting in additional future tax deductions and therefore reducing the amount of future income tax we would otherwise be required to pay. These potential future increases in tax basis will result in additional deferred tax assets and additional liabilities under the tax benefit arrangements, representing approximately 85% of the projected tax savings for the expected use of these tax attributes. Such amounts will be recorded at the time of these future exchanges based on our projections of taxable income and other factors that may exist at the time of such exchanges.
JOBS Act
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an emerging growth company can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this extended transition period and, as a result, we will adopt new or revised accounting standards on the relevant dates on which adoption of such standards is required for other public companies.
 
94

Table of Contents
Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, we are also eligible for and intend to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (i) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (ii) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (iii) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in this prospectus and our periodic reports and proxy statements. We may take advantage of these exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will continue to be an emerging growth company until the earliest to occur of (i) the last day of the fiscal year in which the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of June 30 of that fiscal year, (ii) the last day of the fiscal year in which we had total annual gross revenue of $1 billion or more during such fiscal year (as indexed for inflation), (iii) the date on which we have issued more than $1 billion in non-convertible debt in the prior three-year period or (iv) the last day of the fiscal year following the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of Class A common stock under our IPO registration statement.
Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk
Interest rate risk
We are exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates on our senior secured credit facility, which bears interest at variable rates and has a U.S. dollar LIBOR floor of 1.00%. As of March 31, 2016, we had outstanding borrowings of $491.0 million. An increase in the effective interest rate applied to these borrowings of 100 basis points would result in a $4.9 million increase in pre-tax interest expense on an annualized basis. We manage our interest rate risk through normal operating and financing activities and, when determined appropriate, through the use of derivative financial instruments. To mitigate exposure to fluctuations in interest rates, we entered into a series of interest rate caps as discussed in Note 10 to our consolidated financial statements elsewhere in this prospectus.
Foreign exchange risk
We are exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies, primarily the Canadian dollar, which is the functional currency of our Canadian entities. Our sales, costs and expenses of our Canadian subsidiaries, when translated into U.S. dollars, can fluctuate due to exchange rate movement. As of March 31, 2016, a 10% increase or decrease in exchange rates would increase or decrease net income by a negligible amount.
Inflation risk
Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our income from continuing operations, we have a substantial number of hourly employees in our corporate-owned stores that are paid wage rates at or based on the applicable federal or state minimum wage. Any increases in these minimum wages will subsequently increase our labor costs. We may or may not be able to offset cost increases in the future.
 
95

Table of Contents
 Business
Our Company
Fitness for everyone
We are one of the largest and fastest-growing franchisors and operators of fitness centers in the United States by number of members and locations, with a highly recognized national brand. Our mission is to enhance people’s lives by providing a high-quality fitness experience in a welcoming, non-intimidating environment, which we call the Judgement Free Zone, where anyone—and we mean anyone—can feel they belong. Our bright, clean stores are typically 20,000 square feet, with a large selection of high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded cardio, circuit- and weight-training equipment and friendly staff trainers who offer unlimited free fitness instruction to all our members in small groups through our PE@PF program. We offer this differentiated fitness experience at only $10 per month for our standard membership. This exceptional value proposition is designed to appeal to a broad population, including occasional gym users and the approximately 80% of the U.S. and Canadian populations over age 14 who are not gym members, particularly those who find the traditional fitness club setting intimidating and expensive. We and our franchisees fiercely protect Planet Fitness’ community atmosphere—a place where you do not need to be fit before joining and where progress toward achieving your fitness goals (big or small) is supported and applauded by our staff and fellow members.
Our judgement-free approach to fitness and exceptional value proposition have enabled us to grow our revenues to $330.5 million in 2015 and to become an industry leader with $1.5 billion in system-wide sales during 2015, and more than 8.3 million members and 1,171 stores in 47 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada and the Dominican Republic as of March 31, 2016. System-wide sales for 2015 include $1.4 billion attributable to franchisee-owned stores, from which we generate royalty revenue, and $95.6 million attributable to our corporate-owned stores. Of our 1,171 stores, 1,113 are franchised and 58 are corporate-owned. Our stores are successful in a wide range of geographies and demographics. According to internal and third-party analysis, we believe we have the opportunity to more than triple our store count to over 4,000 stores in the U.S. alone. As of March 31, 2016, we had commitments from franchisees to open more than 1,000 new stores under existing ADAs.
In 2015, our corporate-owned stores had segment EBITDA margin of 36.7% and had AUVs of approximately $1.7 million with four-wall EBITDA margins (an assessment of store-level profitability which includes local and national advertising expense) of approximately 42%, or approximately 37% after applying the 5% royalty rate under our current franchise agreement. Based on a survey of franchisees, we believe that our franchise stores achieve four-wall EBITDA margins in line with these corporate-owned store EBITDA margins. Our strong member value proposition has also driven growth throughout a variety of economic cycles and conditions. For a reconciliation of segment EBITDA margin to four-wall EBITDA margin for corporate-owned stores, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP financial measures.”
Our significant growth is reflected in:
 
•	 	1,124 stores as of December 31, 2015, compared to 488 as of December 31, 2011, reflecting a compound annual growth rate (“CAGR”) of 23.2%;	
 
•	 	7.3 million members as of December 31, 2015, compared to 2.9 million as of December 31, 2011, reflecting a CAGR of 25.8%;	
 
•	 	2015 system-wide sales of $1.5 billion, reflecting a CAGR of 30.5%, or an increase of $1.0 billion, since 2011;	
 
96

Table of Contents

•	 	2015 total revenue of $330.5 million, reflecting a CAGR of 24.8%, or an increase of $194.1 million, since 2011, of which 4.3% is attributable to revenues from corporate-owned stores acquired from or sold to franchisees since 2011;	
 
•	 	37 consecutive quarters of system-wide same store sales growth (which we define as year-over-year growth solely of monthly dues from stores that have been open and for which membership dues have been billed for longer than 12 months);	
 
•	 	2015 net income of $38.1 million, reflecting a CAGR of 6.8%, or an increase of $8.8 million, since 2011. Our historical results, prior to our initial public offering, benefit from insignificant income taxes due to our status as a pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes, and we anticipate future results will not be comparable to periods prior to our initial public offering as our income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. will be subject to U.S. federal and state taxes;	
 
•	 	2015 Adjusted EBITDA of $123.5 million, reflecting a CAGR of 34.1%, or an increase of $85.3 million, since 2011; and	
 
•	 	2015 Adjusted net income of $53.2 million compared to $42.2 million in 2014, an increase of 26.2%.	

 

For a discussion of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted net income to net income, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Non-GAAP financial measures.” For a discussion of same store sales and the effect of our point-of-sale and billing system, see “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—How we assess the performance of our business.”
 
97

Table of Contents
We’re not a gym. We’re Planet Fitness.
We believe our approach to fitness is revolutionizing the industry by bringing fitness to a large, previously underserved segment of the population. Our differentiated member experience is driven by three key elements:
 
•	 	Judgement Free Zone :    We believe every member should feel accepted and respected when they walk into a Planet Fitness. Our stores provide a Judgement Free Zone where members of all fitness levels can enjoy a non-intimidating environment. Our “come as you are” approach has fostered a strong sense of community among our members, allowing them not only to feel comfortable as they work toward their fitness goals but also to encourage others to do the same. The removal of heavy free weights reinforces our Judgement Free Zone by discouraging what we call “Lunkhead” behavior, such as dropping weights and grunting, that can be intimidating to new and occasional gym users. In addition, to help maintain our welcoming, judgement-free environment, each store has a purple and yellow branded “Lunk” alarm on the wall that staff occasionally rings as a light-hearted reminder of our policies.	
 
•	 	Distinct store experience :    Our bright, clean, large-format stores offer our members a selection of high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded cardio, circuit- and weight-training equipment that is commonly used by first-time and occasional gym users. Because our stores are typically 20,000 square feet and we do not offer non-essential amenities such as group exercise classes, pools, day care centers and juice bars, we have more space for the equipment our members do use, and we have not needed to impose time limits on our cardio machines.	
 
•	 	Exceptional value for members :    Both our standard and PF Black Card memberships are priced significantly below the industry average of $52 per month and still provide our members with a high-quality fitness experience. For only $10 per month, our standard membership includes unlimited access to one Planet Fitness location and unlimited free fitness instruction to all members in small groups through our PE@PF program. For $19.99 per month, our PF Black Card members have access to all of our stores system-wide and can bring a guest on each visit, which provides an additional opportunity to attract new members. Our PF Black Card members also have access to exclusive areas in our stores that provide amenities such as water massage beds, massage chairs, tanning equipment and more.	
Our differentiated approach to fitness has allowed us to create an attractive franchise model that is both profitable and scalable. We recognize that our success depends on a shared passion with our franchisees for providing a distinctive store experience based on a judgement-free environment and an exceptional value for our members. We enhance the attractiveness of our streamlined, easy-to-operate franchise model by providing franchisees with extensive operational support relating to site selection and development, marketing and training. We also take a highly collaborative, teamwork approach to our relationship with franchisees, as captured by our motto “One Team, One Planet.” The strength of our brand and the attractiveness of our franchise model are evidenced by the fact that over 90% of our new stores in 2015 were opened by our existing franchisee base.
 
98

Table of Contents
Our competitive strengths
We attribute our success to the following strengths:
 
•	 	Market leader with differentiated member experience, nationally recognized brand and scale advantage .     We believe we are the largest operator of fitness centers in the United States by number of members, with more than 8.3 million members as of March 31, 2016. Our franchisee-owned and corporate-owned stores generated $1.5 billion in system-wide sales during 2015. Through our differentiated member experience, nationally recognized brand and scale advantage, we will continue to deliver a compelling value proposition to our members and our franchisees and, we believe, grow our store and total membership base.	
 
 	•	 	Differentiated member experience .    We seek to provide our members with a high-quality fitness experience in a non-intimidating, judgement-free environment at an exceptional value. We have a dedicated Brand Excellence team that seeks to ensure that all our franchise stores uphold our brand standards and deliver a consistent Planet Fitness member experience in every store.	
 
 	•	 	Nationally recognized brand .    We have developed a highly relatable and recognized brand that emphasizes our focus on providing our members with a judgement-free environment. We do so through fun and memorable marketing campaigns and in-store signage that often poke fun at “Lunk” behavior. As a result, we have the highest aided and unaided brand awareness and likelihood to join scores in the U.S. fitness industry, according to a third-party consumer study that we commissioned in January 2016. Our brand strength also helps our franchisees attract members, with new stores in 2015 signing up an average of approximately 1,300 members even before opening their doors.	
 
 	•	 	Scale advantage .    Our scale provides several competitive advantages, including enhanced purchasing power with our fitness equipment and other suppliers and the ability to attract high-quality franchisee partners. In addition, we estimate that our large U.S. national advertising fund, funded by franchisees and us, together with our requirement that franchisees generally spend 5 to 7% of their monthly membership dues on local advertising, have enabled us and our franchisees to spend over $225 million since 2011 on marketing to drive consumer brand awareness.	
 
•	 	Exceptional value proposition that appeals to a broad member demographic .    We offer a high-quality and consistent fitness experience throughout our entire store base at low monthly membership dues. Combined with our non-intimidating and welcoming environment, we are able to attract a broad member demographic based on age, household income, gender and ethnicity. Our member base is over 50% female and our members come from both high- and low-income households. Our broad appeal and ability to attract occasional and first-time gym users enable us to continue to target a large segment of the population in a variety of markets and geographies across the United States and Canada.	
 
•	 	Strong store-level economics .    Our store model is designed to generate attractive four-wall EBITDA margins, strong free cash flow and high returns on invested capital for both our corporate-owned and franchise stores. Average four-wall EBITDA margins for our corporate-owned stores have increased significantly since 2011, driven by higher average members per store as well as a higher percentage of PF Black Card members, which leverage our relatively fixed costs. In 2015, our corporate-owned stores had segment EBITDA margin of 36.7% and had AUVs of approximately $1.7 million with four-wall EBITDA margins of approximately 42%, or approximately 37% after applying the 5% royalty rate under our current franchise agreement. Based on a survey of franchisees, we believe that our franchise stores achieve four-wall EBITDA margins in line with these corporate-owned store EBITDA margins. We believe that our strong store-level economics are important to our ability to attract and retain successful franchisees and grow our store base.	
 
•	 	Highly attractive franchise system built for growth .    Our easy-to-operate model, strong store-level economics and brand strength have enabled us to attract a team of professional, successful franchisees from	
 
99

Table of Contents

 	a variety of industries. We believe that our franchise model enables us to scale more rapidly than a company-owned model. Our streamlined model features relatively fixed labor costs, minimal inventory, automatic billing and limited cash transactions. Our franchisees enjoy recurring monthly member dues, regardless of member use, weather or other factors. Based on survey data and management estimates, we believe our franchisees can earn, in their second year of operations, on average, a cash-on-cash return on initial investment greater than 25% after royalties and advertising, which is in line with our corporate-owned stores. The attractiveness of our franchise model is further evidenced by the fact that our franchisees re-invest their capital with us, with over 90% of our new stores in 2015 opened by our existing franchisee base. We view our franchisees as strategic partners in expanding the Planet Fitness store base and brand.	
 
•	 	Predictable and recurring revenue streams with high cash flow conversion .    Our business model provides us with predictable and recurring revenue streams. In 2015, over 90% of both our corporate-owned store and franchise revenues consisted of recurring revenue streams, which include royalties, vendor commissions, monthly dues and annual fees. In addition, our franchisees are obligated to purchase fitness equipment from us or our vendors for their new stores and to replace this equipment every four to seven years. As a result, these “equip” and “re-equip” requirements create a predictable and growing revenue stream as our franchisees open new stores under their ADAs. By re-investing in stores, we and our franchisees maintain and enhance our member experience. Our predictable and recurring revenue streams, combined with our attractive margins and minimal capital requirements, result in high cash flow conversion and increased capacity to invest in future growth initiatives.	
 
•	 	Proven, experienced management team driving a strong culture .    Our strategic vision and unique culture have been developed and fostered by our senior management team under the stewardship of Chief Executive Officer, Chris Rondeau. Mr. Rondeau has been with Planet Fitness for over 20 years and helped develop the Planet Fitness business model and brand elements that give us our distinct personality and spirited culture. Dorvin Lively, our Chief Financial Officer, brings valuable expertise from his 30 years of corporate finance experience with companies such as RadioShack and Ace Hardware, and from the initial public offering of Maidenform Brands. We have assembled a management team that shares our passion for “fitness for everyone” and has extensive experience across a broad range of disciplines, including retail, franchising, finance, consumer marketing, brand development and information technology. We believe our senior management team is a key driver of our success and has positioned us well to execute our long-term growth strategy.	
Our growth strategies
We believe there are significant opportunities to grow our brand awareness, increase our revenues and profitability and deliver shareholder value by executing on the following strategies:
 
•	 	Continue to grow our store base across a broad range of markets.     We have grown our store count over the last five years, expanding from 389 stores as of December 31, 2010 to 1,171 stores as of March 31, 2016. As of March 31, 2016, our franchisees have signed ADAs to open more than 1,000 additional stores over the next five years, including approximately 500 over the next three years. Because our stores are successful across a wide range of geographies and demographics with varying population densities, we believe that our high level of brand awareness and low per capita penetration outside of our original Northeast market create a significant opportunity to open new Planet Fitness stores. Based on our internal and third-party analysis, we believe we have the potential to grow our store base to over 4,000 stores in the United States alone.	
 
100

Table of Contents

•	 	Drive revenue growth and system-wide same store sales .    Because we provide a high-quality, affordable, non-intimidating fitness experience that is designed for first-time and occasional gym users, we have achieved positive system-wide same store sales growth in each of the past 37 quarters. We expect to continue to grow system-wide same store sales primarily by:	
 
 	•	 	Attracting new members to existing Planet Fitness stores.     As the U.S. and Canadian populations continue to focus on health and wellness, we believe we are well-positioned to capture a disproportionate share of the population given our appeal to first-time and occasional gym users. In addition, because our stores offer a large, focused selection of equipment geared toward first-time and occasional gym users, we are able to service higher member volumes without sacrificing the member experience. We also have continued to evolve our offerings to appeal to our target member base, such as the introduction of 12-minute abdominal circuits and 30-minute express workout areas.	
 
 	•	 	Increasing mix of PF Black Card memberships by enhancing value and member experience .    We expect to drive sales by converting our existing members with standard membership dues at $10 per month to our premium PF Black Card membership with dues at $19.99 per month as well as attracting new members to join at the PF Black Card level. We encourage this upgrade by continuing to enhance the value of our PF Black Card benefits through additional in-store amenities and affinity partnerships with well-known retail brands for discounts and promotions. Since 2011, our PF Black Card members as a percentage of total membership has increased from 42% in 2011 to 57% in 2015, and our average monthly dues per member have increased from $14.24 to $15.64 over the same period.	
We may also explore other future revenue opportunities, such as optimizing member pricing and fees, offering new merchandise and services inside and outside our stores, and securing affinity and other corporate partnerships.
 
•	 	Increase brand awareness to drive growth.     We plan to continue to increase our strong brand awareness by leveraging significant marketing expenditures by our franchisees and us, which we believe will result in increasing membership in new and existing stores and continue to attract high-quality franchisee partners. Under our current U.S. and Canadian franchise agreements, franchisees are required to contribute 2% of their monthly membership dues to our National Advertising Fund (“NAF”), from which we spent over $26 million in 2015 alone to support our national marketing campaigns, our social media platforms and the development of local advertising materials. Under our current U.S. and Canadian franchise agreements, franchisees are also required to spend 7% of their monthly membership dues on local advertising. We expect both our NAF and local advertising spending to grow as our membership grows.	
 
•	 	Continue to expand royalties from increases in average royalty rate and new franchisees.     While our current franchise agreement stipulates monthly royalty rates of 5% of monthly dues and annual membership fees, only 37% of our stores are paying royalties at the current franchise agreement rate, primarily due to lower rates in historical agreements. As new franchisees enter our system and, generally, as current franchisees open new stores or renew their existing franchise agreements at the current royalty rate, our average system-wide royalty rate will increase. Also, when existing stores with royalty rates below our current rate are transferred, whether to new or existing franchisees, our average system-wide royalty rate will increase. In 2015, our average monthly royalty rate was 3.27% compared to 1.67% in 2011. In addition to rising average royalty rates, total royalty revenue will continue to grow as we expand our franchise store base and increase franchise same store sales.	
 
•	 	Grow sales from fitness equipment and related services.     Our franchisees are contractually obligated to purchase fitness equipment from us and, in international markets, from our required vendors. Due to our scale and negotiating power, we believe we offer competitive pricing for high-quality, purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded fitness equipment. We expect our equipment sales to grow as our U.S. franchisees	
 
101

Table of Contents

 	open new stores. In international markets, we earn a commission on the sale of equipment by our required vendors to franchisee-owned stores. Additionally, all franchisees are required to replace their existing equipment with new equipment every four to seven years. As the number of franchise stores continues to increase and existing franchise stores continue to mature, we anticipate incremental growth in revenue related to the sale of equipment to U.S. franchisees and commissions on the sale of equipment to international franchisees. In addition, we believe that regularly refreshing equipment helps our franchise stores maintain a consistent, high-quality fitness experience and drives new member growth.	
Our industry
Due to our unique positioning to a broader demographic, we believe Planet Fitness has an addressable market that is significantly larger than the traditional health club industry. We view our addressable market as approximately 255 million people, representing the U.S. population over 14 years of age. We compete broadly for consumer discretionary spending related to leisure, sports, entertainment and other non-fitness activities in addition to the traditional health club market.
According to the International Health, Racquet & Sportsclub Association (“IHRSA”), the U.S. health club industry generated approximately $25.8 billion in revenue in 2015. The industry is highly fragmented, with 36,180 clubs across the U.S. serving approximately 55 million members, according to IHRSA. In 2015, the U.S. health club industry grew by 5.0% in number of units and 2.2% in number of members compared to Planet Fitness, which grew by 22.4% and 20.0%, respectively. Over the next five years, industry sources project that U.S. health club industry revenues will grow at an annualized rate of approximately 3%, primarily attributed to an increase in discretionary spending coupled with continued consumer awareness and public initiatives on the health benefits of exercise. We believe we are well-positioned to capitalize on these trends, and our impressive growth reinforces our distinct approach to fitness and broad demographic appeal.
Our brand philosophy
We are a brand built on passion and the belief that first-time gym users and casual fitness members can achieve their personal wellness goals in a non-intimidating, judgement-free environment. We have become a nationally recognized consumer brand that stands for the environment, value and quality we provide our members.
The Judgement Free Zone .    Planet Fitness is the home of the Judgement Free Zone. It is a place where people of all fitness levels can feel comfortable working out at their own pace, feel supported in their efforts and not feel intimidated by pushy salespeople or other members who may ruin their fitness experience.
All This for Only That .    Planet Fitness monthly membership dues range from only $10 to $19.99. We pride ourselves on providing a high-quality experience at an exceptional value, not an “economy” fitness experience.
No Gymtimidation.     Gymtimidation is any behavior that makes others feel intimidated or uncomfortable in our stores. Our policy is simple: Planet Fitness is an environment where members can relax, go at their own pace and be themselves without ever having to worry about being judged. Behaviors such as grunting, dropping weights or judging others simply are not tolerated.
No Lunks .    Lunks are people who Gymtimidate. To help maintain our judgement-free environment, each store has a purple and yellow branded “Lunk” alarm on the wall that our staff occasionally rings as a light-hearted, gentle reminder of our policies.
You Belong .    We do a lot of little things to make members feel like part of our community—like saying hello and goodbye to everyone who enters our stores, providing Tootsie Rolls at the front desk so that our staff has
 
102

Table of Contents
another opportunity to engage with members, and other membership appreciation gestures such as monthly Pizza Mondays and Bagel Tuesdays at no cost to our members.
Planet of Triumphs .    All of our members are working toward their goals—from a single push-up to making it to Planet Fitness twice in a week to losing hundreds of pounds. No matter what size the goal, we believe that all of these accomplishments deserve to be celebrated. Planet of Triumphs (www.PlanetofTriumphs.com) is an elevating, inspiring, 100% Judgement Free social community of real members where all stories are welcome. This community now includes over 119,000 active members, with more than 100,000 posts and over 2.1 million site views. Planet of Triumphs provides an online platform for members to recognize their triumphs (big and small), share their stories and encourage others, while spotlighting our unique brand belief that everyone belongs.
Membership
We make it simple for members to join, whether online or in-store—no pushy sales tactics, no pressure and no complicated rate structures. Our corporate store staff is not paid commissions based on membership sales but rather have the opportunity to earn a monthly bonus based primarily on store cleanliness, and we urge our franchisees to follow our lead. Our regional managers review our corporate stores multiple times per month for quality control, including generally one visit per month during which they evaluate store cleanliness based upon internally established criteria from which the monthly bonus is derived. Our members generally pay the following amounts:
 
•	 	monthly membership dues of only $10 for our standard membership or, for PF Black Card members, $19.99;	
 
•	 	annual fees of approximately $10 to $39; and	
 
•	 	enrollment fees of approximately $0 to $59.	
Belonging to a Planet Fitness store has perks whether members select the standard membership or the premium PF Black Card membership. Every member gets to take part in Pizza Mondays and Bagel Tuesdays and gets free, unlimited fitness instruction in small groups, plus a T-shirt or other Planet Fitness item. Our PF Black Card members also have the right to reciprocal use of all Planet Fitness stores, can bring a friend with them each time they work out, and have access to massage beds and chairs and tanning, among other benefits. PF Black Card benefits extend beyond our store as well, with exclusive specials and discount offers from third-party retail partners like Reebok. While some of our memberships require a cancellation fee, we offer, and require our franchisees to offer, a non-committal membership option.
As of March 31, 2016, we had more than 8.3 million members. We utilize electronic funds transfer (“EFT”) as our primary method of collecting monthly dues and annual membership fees. Over 80% of membership fee payments to our corporate-owned and franchise stores are collected via ACH direct debit. We believe there are certain advantages to receiving a higher concentration of ACH payments, as compared to credit cards payments, including less frequent expiration of billing information and reduced exposure to subjective chargeback or dispute claims and fees. Due to our scale and negotiating power, we believe that our third party payment processors offer a competitive bundle of transaction pricing and support services to our franchisees while facilitating revenue collection by us.
 
103

Table of Contents
Our stores
We had 1,171 stores system-wide as of March 31, 2016, of which 1,113 were franchised and 58 were corporate-owned, located in 47 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada and the Dominican Republic. The map below shows our franchisee-owned stores by location, and the accompanying table shows our corporate-owned stores by location.

Franchisee-owned store count by location	

As of March 31, 2016, we had commitments to open more than 1,000 new stores under existing ADAs.
Our format
Many traditional gyms include expensive add-ons such as pools, group exercise rooms, daycare facilities and juice bars that require additional maintenance expense and staffing. We have removed these unnecessary and expense-adding facilities and services and replaced them with additional cardio and strength equipment, which we believe allows us to serve more members without imposing time limits on equipment use. We believe our streamlined offerings appeal to the core needs of most gym users, especially first-time or occasional gym users.
Our stores are designed and outfitted to match our brand philosophy, with bright, bold purple and yellow color schemes and purple and yellow Planet Fitness-branded equipment and amenities. Our typical store is 20,000 square feet in single or multi-level retail space. Our stores generally include at least 75 to 100 pieces of co-branded cardio equipment, free weights, strength machines, a 30-minute circuit workout area and a 12-minute abdominal workout area, a small retail area and a drink cooler. For our PF Black Card members, our stores also generally feature a PF Black Card spa area with total body enhancement machines, massage beds or chairs and tanning.
 
104

Table of Contents
Store model
Our store model is designed to generate attractive four-wall EBITDA margins, strong free cash flow and high returns on invested capital for both our corporate-owned and franchise stores. Based on survey data from franchisees relating to over 200 stores for 2013 and management estimates, we believe that our franchise stores achieve store-level profitability in line with our corporate-owned store base. The stores included in this survey represent those stores that voluntarily disclosed such information in response to our request, and we believe this information reflects a representative sample of franchisees based on the franchisee groups and geographic areas represented by these stores. Our average four-wall EBITDA margins for our corporate-owned stores have increased significantly since 2011, driven by higher average members per store as well as a higher percentage of PF Black Card members, which leverages our fixed costs. In 2015, our corporate-owned stores had segment EBITDA margin of 36.7% and had AUVs of approximately $1.7 million with four-wall EBITDA margins of approximately 42%, or approximately 37% after applying the 5% royalty rate under our current franchise agreement. Based on survey data and management analysis, franchisees have historically earned, and we believe can continue to earn, in their second year of operations, on average, a cash-on-cash return on unlevered (i.e., not debt-financed) initial investment greater than 25% after royalties and advertising, which is in line with our corporate-owned stores. A franchisee’s initial investment includes fitness equipment purchased from us (or from our required vendors in the case of our franchisees in international markets) as well as costs for non-fitness equipment and leasehold improvements. The attractiveness of our franchise model is further evidenced by the fact that over 90% of our new stores in 2015 were opened by our existing franchisee base. We believe that our strong store-level economics are important to our ability to attract and retain successful franchisees and grow our store base.
Fitness equipment
We provide our members with high-quality, Planet Fitness-branded fitness equipment from leading suppliers. In order to maintain a consistent experience across our store base, we stipulate specific pieces and quantities of cardio and strength-training equipment and provide general guidelines for layout and placement. Due to our scale, we are able to negotiate competitive pricing and secure extended warranties from our suppliers. As a result, we believe we offer equipment at more attractive pricing than franchisees could otherwise secure on their own.
Leases
We lease all of our corporate-owned stores and our corporate headquarters. Our store leases typically have initial terms of 10 years with two five-year renewal options, exercisable in our discretion. Our corporate headquarters are located at 26 Fox Run Road, Newington, New Hampshire and serve as our base of operations for substantially all of our executive management and employees who provide our primary corporate support functions, including finance, legal, marketing, technology, real estate, development and human resources.
Franchisees own or directly lease from a third-party each Planet Fitness franchise location. We do not own or enter into leases for Planet Fitness franchise stores and generally do not guarantee franchisees’ lease agreements, although we have done so in a few isolated instances.
Franchising
Franchising strategy
We rely heavily on our franchising strategy to develop new Planet Fitness stores, leveraging the ownership of entrepreneurs with specific local market expertise and requiring a relatively minimal capital commitment by us. As of December 31, 2015, there were 1,066 franchised Planet Fitness stores operated by approximately 200
 
105

Table of Contents
franchisee groups. The majority of our existing franchise operators are multi-unit operators. As of December 31, 2015, 91% of all franchise stores were owned and operated by a franchisee group that owns at least three stores. However, while our largest franchisee owned 49 stores as of December 31, 2015, only 10% of our franchisee groups owned more than ten stores as of December 31, 2015. When considering a potential franchisee, we generally evaluate the potential franchisee’s prior experience in franchising or other multi-unit businesses, history in managing profit and loss operations, financial history and available capital and financing. We generally do not permit franchisees to borrow more than 80% of the initial investment for their Planet Fitness business.
Area development agreements
An ADA specifies the number of Planet Fitness stores to be developed by the franchisee in a designated geographic area, and requires the franchisee to meet certain scheduled deadlines for the development and opening of each Planet Fitness store authorized by the ADA. If the franchisee meets those obligations, we agree not to, during the term of the ADA, operate or franchise new Planet Fitness stores in the designated geographic area. The franchisee must sign a separate franchise agreement with us for each Planet Fitness store developed under an ADA, and that franchise agreement governs the franchisee’s right to own and operate the Planet Fitness store.
Franchise agreements
For each franchised Planet Fitness store, we enter into a franchise agreement covering standard terms and conditions. Planet Fitness franchisees are not granted an exclusive area or territory under the franchise agreement. The franchise agreement requires that the franchisee operate the Planet Fitness store at a specific location and in compliance with our standard methods of operation, including providing the services, using the vendors and selling the merchandise that we require (or our required vendors in the case of our franchisees located in international markets). The typical franchise agreement has a 10-year term. Additionally, U.S. franchisees must purchase equipment from us and replace the fitness equipment in their stores every four to seven years and periodically refurbish and remodel their stores.
We currently require each franchisee to designate a responsible owner and an approved operator for each Planet Fitness store that will have primary management authority for that store. We require these franchisees to complete our initial and ongoing training programs, including minimum periods of classroom and on-the-job training.
Site selection and approval
Our stores are generally located in free-standing retail buildings or neighborhood shopping centers, and we consider locations in both high- and low-density markets. We seek out locations with (i) high visibility and accessibility, (ii) favorable traffic counts and patterns, (iii) availability of signage, (iv) ample parking or access to public transportation and (v) our targeted demographics. Our site analytics tools provide us with extensive demographic data and analysis that we use to review new and existing sites and markets for our corporate-owned stores and franchisees. We assess population density and drive time, current tenant mix, layout, potential competition and cannibalization of existing Planet Fitness stores and comparative data based upon existing stores—all the way down to optimal ceiling heights and HVAC requirements. Our real estate team meets regularly to review sites for future development and follows a detailed approval process to ensure each site aligns with our strategic growth objectives and critical success factors.
We help franchisees select sites and develop facilities in these stores that conform to the physical specifications for a Planet Fitness store. Each franchisee is responsible for selecting a site, but must obtain site approval from
 
106

Table of Contents
us. We primarily learn of new sites in two ways. First, we have a formal site-approval submission process for landlords and franchisees. Each site submitted to us is reviewed by a subcommittee of our real estate team for brand qualifications. Second, we proactively review real estate portfolios for appropriate sites that we may consider for corporate-owned stores or franchisee development, depending upon location. In 2015, we identified and evaluated a total of more than 2,000 sites on this basis.
We are also involved in real estate organizations such as the International Council of Shopping Centers (ICSC), a trade organization for the international shopping center industry. Our membership in ICSC allows us to gather data, meet prospective landlords and further enhance our reputation as a desired tenant for shopping centers.
Design and construction
Once we have approved a franchisee’s site selection, we assist in the design and layout of the store and track the franchisee’s progress from lease signing to grand opening. Franchisees work directly with our franchise support team to track key milestones, coordinate with vendors and make equipment purchases. Certain Planet Fitness brand elements are required to be incorporated into every new store, and we strive for a consistent appearance across all of our stores, emphasizing clean, attractive facilities, including full-size locker rooms, and modern equipment. Franchisees must abide by our standards related to fixtures, finishes and design elements, including distinctive touches such as our “Lunk” alarm. We believe these elements are critical to ensure brand consistency and member experience system-wide.
In 2015, based on a sample of U.S. franchisee data, we believe construction of franchise stores averaged approximately 12 weeks. In addition, based upon this sample of 47 stores across a wide range of U.S. geographies, we estimate that franchisees’ unlevered (i.e., not debt-financed) investment in 2015 to open new stores was approximately $1.9 million. This amount includes fitness equipment purchased from us as well as costs for non-fitness equipment and leasehold improvements from data we received from two general contractors that oversaw the construction of these 47 new stores. Additionally, this amount includes an estimate of other costs that are typically paid by the franchisee and not managed by the general contractor. These amounts can vary significantly depending on a number of factors, including landlord allowances for tenant improvements and construction costs from different geographies.
Franchisee support
We live and breathe the motto One Team, One Planet in our daily interactions with franchisees. Our franchise model is streamlined and easy-to-operate, with efficient staffing and minimal inventory, and is supported by an active, engaged franchise operations system. We provide our franchisees with operational support, marketing materials and training resources. Our strong and long-lasting partnership with our franchisees is reflected in the fact that over 90% of our new stores in 2015 were opened by our existing franchisee base.
Training .    In 2014, we developed, and continue to update and expand, Planet Fitness University, a comprehensive training resource to help franchisees operate successful stores. Courses are delivered online, and content focuses on customer service, operational policies, brand standards, cleanliness, security awareness, crisis management and vendor product information. We are continually adding and improving the content available on Planet Fitness University as a no-cost service to help enhance training programs for franchisees. Additional training opportunities offered to our franchisees include new owner orientation, operations training and workshops held at Planet Fitness headquarters and in stores across the country as well as through webinars.
Operational support and communication .    We believe spending quality time with our franchisees in person is an important opportunity to further strengthen our relationships and share best practices. We have dedicated
 
107

Table of Contents
operations and marketing teams providing ongoing support to franchisees. We are hands on—we often attend franchisees’ presales and grand openings, and we host franchisee meetings each year, known as “PF Huddles.” We also communicate regularly with our entire franchisee base to keep them informed, and we host an Annual Franchise Conference every year that is geared towards franchisees and their operations teams.
We regularly communicate with the franchisee advisory groups described below and send a weekly email communication to all franchisees with timely “news you can use” information related to operations, marketing, financing and equipment. Every month, a franchisee newsletter is sent to all franchisees, which includes a personal letter from our Chief Executive Officer, important updates on the business and benchmarking reports.
Franchisee relations .    Because our ability to execute our strategy is dependent upon the strength of our relationships with our franchisees, we maintain an ongoing dialogue and strong relationship with two franchise advisory groups, the Franchise Advisory Council (“FAC”) and the Planet Fitness Independent Franchise Association (“PFIFA”). The FAC includes seven franchisees elected by the franchisee base and numerous committees consisting of approximately 40 franchisees. The FAC and its committees provide feedback and input on major brand initiatives, new product and service introductions, technology initiatives, marketing programs and advertising campaigns. FAC leaders have regular dialogue with our executive team and work closely with us to advise on major initiatives impacting the brand. Our strong culture of working together is the driving force behind all we do, and we refer to our franchisees as “raving FANchisees.” In 2014, in cooperation with us, our franchisees also organized PFIFA. PFIFA assists our franchisees and us in working together to develop brand ideas, streamline legal agreements and provide advice on related topics to franchisees on issues such as succession and estate planning.
Compliance with brand standards—Brand Excellence
We have a dedicated Brand Excellence team focused on ensuring that our franchise stores adhere to brand standards and providing ongoing assistance, training and monitoring to those franchisees that have difficulty meeting those standards. We generally perform a detailed Brand Excellence review on each franchise store within 30 to 60 days of opening, and each franchise store is generally reviewed at least once per year thereafter. In 2015, our Brand Excellence team performed approximately 1,030 franchise store reviews covering all franchise ownership groups.
We review stores based on a wide range of criteria ranging from cleanliness to compliance with signage and layout requirements and operational standards. We record the results of each review in a third-party Planet Fitness-branded software system, which automatically sends a Brand Excellence report to the appropriate franchisee. Results are also available to the franchisee through the Brand Excellence software system, which provides access to regional and international benchmarking data, allowing franchisees to compare overall results among their peers as well as results based upon each criterion. Stores that do not receive a passing score are automatically flagged for follow-up by our team and will generally be reevaluated within 30 to 60 days to ensure all identified issues have been addressed. Our Brand Excellence system also enables franchisees to perform, track and benchmark self-assessments and online member surveys through the Brand Excellence software system.
We also use mystery shoppers to perform anonymous Brand Excellence reviews of franchise stores. We generally select franchise stores for review randomly but also target underperforming stores and stores that have not performed well in Brand Excellence reviews.
 
108

Table of Contents
Marketing
Marketing strategy
Our marketing strategy is anchored by our key brand differentiators—the Judgement Free Zone, our exceptional value and our high-quality experience. We are well known for our memorable and creative advertising, which not only drives membership sales, but also showcases our brand philosophy, humor and innovation in the industry. We see Planet Fitness as a community gathering place, and the heart of our marketing strategy is to create a welcoming community for our members.
Marketing spending
National advertising .    We support our franchisees both at a national and local level. We manage the U.S. NAF and Canadian advertising fund for franchisees and corporate-owned stores, with the goals of generating national awareness and new memberships through national advertising and media partnerships, developing and maintaining creative assets to support local sale periods throughout the year, and building and supporting the Planet Fitness community via digital and social media. Our current U.S. and Canadian franchise agreement requires franchisees to contribute 2% of their monthly EFT to the NAF and Canadian advertising fund, respectively. Since the NAF was founded in September 2011, it has enabled us to spend approximately $76 million to increase national brand awareness and new memberships, including over $26 million in 2015. We believe this is a powerful marketing tool as it allows us to increase brand awareness in new and existing markets.
Local marketing .    Our current franchise agreement requires franchisees to spend 7% of their monthly EFT on local marketing to support promotional sale periods throughout the year and continue to build the brand in local markets. In situations where we deem it appropriate, we also require franchisees to form or join regional marketing cooperatives to maximize the impact of their marketing spending. Our corporate-owned stores contribute to, and participate in, regional marketing cooperatives with franchisees where practical. All franchise stores are supported by our dedicated franchisee marketing team, which provides guidance, tracking, measurement and advice on best practices. Franchisees spend their marketing dollars in a variety of ways to promote business at their stores on a local level. These methods typically include media vehicles that are effective on a local level, including direct mail, outdoor (including billboards) and radio advertisements and local partnerships and sponsorships.
Social media
We have an engaged social media platform, which we believe further raises brand awareness and creates community among our members. Not only do we have our own dedicated Planet of Triumphs community but we also maintain a corporate Facebook page with localized sub pages and Twitter and Instagram feeds and seek to engage frequently and personally with our members online.
Media partnerships
Given our scale and marketing resources through our national advertising fund, we have aligned ourselves with high-profile media partners who have helped to extend the reach of our brand. Through our five-year partnership with “The Biggest Loser,” a popular television show running on NBC where competitors strive to lose weight and learn to live a healthier lifestyle, we showcase the power of our Judgement Free Zone in enabling everyday people (including those who may have never considered joining a gym before) to achieve healthier lifestyles. The partnership includes Planet Fitness-branded fitness equipment and logos on air, in-store integrations with trainers and contestants, digital advertising on NBC, local appearances of contestants
 
109

Table of Contents
and other promotions. We are also excited to make a three-year commitment to be featured on Dick Clark’s Rockin’ New Year’s Eve with Ryan Seacrest and be the presenting sponsor in Times Square. Through on-air verbal mentions, a celebrity integration with host Jenny McCarthy, 30,000 branded hats and balloons and a branded stage showcasing top tier entertainment in Times Square seen by over a billion people worldwide, we encouraged everyone to have a “Judgement Free” New Year with us.
Charitable partnerships
We believe strongly in giving back to the communities we serve. In March of 2016, Planet Fitness launched the brand’s national philanthropic platform, “The Judgement Free Generation.” By working with two nationally recognized non-profit partners, Stomp Out Bullying and The Boys & Girls Clubs of America, our mission is to extend our Judgement Free Zone beyond our stores into our communities to help combat the bullying and judgement faced by today’s teens. Together, we and our franchisees have committed approximately $1.3 million to help fund numerous anti-bullying and pro-kindness initiatives impacting teens and intend to continue supporting this initiative.
In addition, we and our franchisees have supported a variety of additional causes over the years including the Breast Cancer Research Foundation, donating approximately $2 million, as well as other organizations, including the Make-A-Wish Foundation. Our franchisees also donate to and support a variety of local organizations in their communities such as youth sports groups and various non-profits.
Competition
In a broad sense, because many of our members are first-time or occasional gym-goers, we believe we compete with both fitness and non-fitness consumer discretionary spending alternatives for members’ and prospective members’ time and discretionary resources.
To a great extent, we also compete with other industry participants, including:
 
•	 	other fitness centers;	
 
•	 	recreational facilities established by non-profit organizations such as YMCAs and by businesses for their employees;	
 
•	 	private studios and other boutique fitness offerings;	
 
•	 	racquet, tennis and other athletic clubs;	
 
•	 	amenity and condominium/apartment clubs;	
 
•	 	country clubs;	
 
•	 	online personal training and fitness coaching;	
 
•	 	the home-use fitness equipment industry;	
 
•	 	local tanning salons; and	
 
•	 	businesses offering similar services.	
The health club industry is highly competitive and fragmented, and the number, size and strength of competitors vary by region. Some of our competitors have name recognition in their respective countries or an established presence in local markets, and some are established in markets in which we have existing stores or intend to locate new stores. These risks are more significant internationally, where we have a limited number of stores and limited brand recognition.
 
110

Table of Contents
We compete primarily based upon the membership value proposition we are able to offer due to our significant economies of scale, high-quality fitness experience, judgement-free atmosphere and superior customer service, all at an exceptional value, which we believe differentiates us from our competitors.
Our competition continues to increase as we continue to expand into new markets and add stores in existing markets. See also “Risk factors—Risks related to our business and industry—The high level of competition in the health and fitness industry could materially and adversely affect our business.”
Suppliers
Franchisees are required to purchase fitness equipment from us (or our required vendors in the case of franchisees located in international markets) and are required to purchase various other items from vendors that we approve. We sell equipment purchased from third-party equipment manufacturers (or our required vendors in the case of franchisees located in international markets) to franchise stores in the U.S. We also have two approved suppliers of tanning beds, one approved supplier of massage beds, one approved supplier of massage chairs, and various approved suppliers of non-fitness equipment and miscellaneous items such as towels and t-shirts. These vendors arrange for delivery of products and services directly to franchise stores. From time to time, we re-evaluate our supply relationships to ensure we obtain competitive pricing and high-quality equipment and other items.
Employees
As of December 31, 2015, we employed approximately 756 employees at our corporate-owned stores and approximately 180 employees at our corporate headquarters located at 26 Fox Run Road, Newington, New Hampshire. None of our employees are represented by labor unions, and we believe we have an excellent relationship with our employees.
Planet Fitness franchises are independently owned and operated businesses. As such, employees of our franchisees are not employees of the Company.
Information technology and systems
All stores use a computerized, third-party hosted store management system to process new in-store memberships, bill members, update member information, check-in members, process point of sale transactions as well as track and analyze sales, membership statistics, cross-store utilization, member tenure, amenity usage, billing performance and demographic profiles by member. Our websites are hosted by third parties, and we also rely on third-party vendors for related functions such as our system for processing and integrating new online memberships, updating member information and making online payments. We believe these systems are scalable to support our growth plans.
Our back-office computer systems are comprised of a variety of technologies designed to assist in the management and analysis of our revenues, costs and key operational metrics as well as support the daily operations of our headquarters. These include third-party hosted systems that support our real estate and construction processes, a third-party hosted financial system, a third-party hosted data warehouse and business intelligence system to consolidate multiple data sources for reporting, advanced analysis, and financial analysis and forecasting, a third-party hosted payroll system, on-premise telephony systems and a third-party hosted call center software solution to manage and track member-related requests.
We also provide our franchisees access to a web-based, third-party hosted custom franchise management system to receive informational notices, operational resources and updates, training materials and other
 
111

Table of Contents
franchisee communications. In 2015, we initiated a project to replace our existing franchise management system and consolidate several back-office systems, including our call center solution, onto a third-party hosted platform to drive greater cross-system integration and efficiency, increase the use of automated workflows and electronic documentation for conducting business with franchisees and provide a scalable platform to support our growth plans. We made substantial progress throughout 2015 on this project and expect to continue investing resources to complete our initial phase of this project in 2016.
We recognize the value of enhancing and extending the uses of information technology in virtually every area of our business. Our information technology strategy is aligned to support our business strategy and operating plans. We maintain an ongoing comprehensive multi-year program to replace or upgrade key systems, enhance security and optimize their performance.
Intellectual property
We own many registered trademarks and service marks in the U.S. and in other countries. We believe the Planet Fitness name and the many distinctive marks associated with it are of significant value and are very important to our business. Accordingly, as a general policy, we pursue registration of our marks in select international jurisdictions, monitor the use of our marks in the U.S. and internationally and vigorously oppose any unauthorized use of the marks.
We license the use of our marks to franchisees, third-party vendors and others through franchise agreements, vendor agreements and licensing agreements. These agreements restrict third parties’ activities with respect to use of the marks and impose brand standards requirements. We require licensees to inform us of any potential infringement of the marks.
We register some of our copyrighted material and otherwise rely on common law protection of our copyrighted works. Such copyrighted materials are not material to our business.
We also license some intellectual property from third parties for use in our stores but such licenses are not material to our business.
Government regulation
We and our franchisees are subject to various federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations affecting our business.
We are subject to the FTC Franchise Rule promulgated by the FTC that regulates the offer and sale of franchises in the U.S. and its territories (including Puerto Rico) and requires us to provide to all prospective franchisees certain mandatory disclosure in a franchise disclosure document (“FDD”). In addition, we are subject to state franchise sales laws in approximately 14 states that regulate the offer and sale of franchises by requiring us to make a franchise filing or obtain franchise registration prior to our making any offer or sale of a franchise in those states and to provide a FDD to prospective franchisees in accordance with such laws.
We are subject to franchise sales laws in five provinces in Canada that regulate the offer and sale of franchises by requiring us to provide a FDD in a prescribed format to prospective franchisees in accordance with such laws, and that regulate certain aspects of the franchise relationship. We are also subject to franchise relationship laws in over 20 states that regulate many aspects of the franchisor-franchisee relationship, including renewals and terminations of franchise agreements, franchise transfers, the applicable law and venue in which franchise disputes must be resolved, discrimination, and franchisees’ right to associate, among others. In addition, we and our franchisees may also be subject to laws in other foreign countries (including the Dominican Republic) where we or they do business.
 
112

Table of Contents
We and our franchisees are also subject to the U.S. Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, similar state laws in certain jurisdictions, and various other laws in the U.S. and Canada governing such matters as minimum-wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions. A significant number of our and our franchisees’ employees are paid at rates related to the U.S. federal or state, and past increases in the U.S. federal and/or state minimum wage have increased labor costs, as would future increases.
Our and our franchisees’ operations and properties are subject to extensive U.S. and Canadian federal, state, provincial and local laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental, building and zoning requirements. Our and our franchisees’ development of properties depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations and requirements.
We and our franchisees are responsible at stores we each operate for compliance with state laws that regulate the relationship between health clubs and their members. Nearly all states have consumer protection regulations that limit the collection of monthly membership dues prior to opening, require certain disclosures of pricing information, mandate the maximum length of contracts and “cooling off” periods for members (after the purchase of a membership), set escrow and bond requirements for health clubs, govern member rights in the event of a member relocation or disability, provide for specific member rights when a health club closes or relocates, or preclude automatic membership renewals.
We and our franchisees primarily accept payments for our memberships through electronic fund transfers from members’ bank accounts, and, therefore, we and our franchisees are subject to both federal and state legislation and certification requirements, including the Electronic Funds Transfer Act. Some states, such as New York, Massachusetts and Tennessee, have passed or have considered legislation requiring gyms and health clubs to offer a prepaid membership option at all times and/or limit the duration for which gym memberships can auto-renew through EFT payments, if at all. Our business relies heavily on the fact that our memberships continue on a month-to-month basis after the completion of any initial term requirements, and compliance with these laws, regulations, and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive, and variances and inconsistencies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction may further increase the cost of compliance and doing business. States that have such health club statutes provide harsh penalties for violations, including membership contracts being void or voidable.
Additionally, the collection, maintenance, use, disclosure and disposal of individually identifiable data by our, or our franchisees’, businesses are regulated at the federal, state and provincial levels as well as by certain financial industry groups, such as the Payment Card Industry, Security Standards Council, the NACHA, and the Canadian Payments Association. Federal, state and financial industry groups may also consider from time to time new privacy and security requirements that may apply to our businesses and may impose further restrictions on our collection, disclosure and use of individually identifiable information that are housed in one or more of our databases.
Many of the states where we and our franchisees operate stores have health and safety regulations that apply to health clubs and other facilities that offer indoor tanning services. In addition, U.S. federal healthcare legislation signed into law in March 2010 contains a 10% excise tax on indoor tanning services. Under the rule promulgated by the IRS imposing the tax, a portion of the cost of memberships that include access to our tanning services are subject to the tax.
Legal proceedings
On July 7, 2015, shortly after we publicly filed our initial registration statement in connection with our IPO we received a letter from counsel to Michael Grondahl, a founder and former CEO of the Company, expressing Mr. Grondahl’s view that the non-competition agreement Mr. Grondahl signed in connection with the acquisition
 
113

Table of Contents
of Holdings Units from Mr. Grondahl and others by investment funds affiliated with our Sponsor in 2012 may not be enforceable. Mr. Grondahl’s non-compete agreement expires in November 2017. In addition, Mr. Grondahl expressed concerns with the separation agreement executed by Mr. Grondahl when he resigned as CEO and an employee of the Company in January 2013, as well as the valuation agreed to in the unit purchase agreement executed in October 2013 pursuant to which Mr. Grondahl sold his remaining Holdings Units to the Sponsor. Finally, Mr. Grondahl expressed his desire to be excused from certain indemnification obligations he agreed to in connection with the 2012 acquisition by the Sponsor. We and our Sponsor believe that Mr. Grondahl’s claims are without merit and intend to vigorously contest any claims that may be made by Mr. Grondahl. In addition, we and our Sponsor have initiated arbitration proceedings to resolve Mr. Grondahl’s claims as provided in the unit purchase agreement. We do not expect this matter to have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.
We are involved in various claims and legal actions that arise in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that the ultimate resolution of these actions will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations, liquidity and capital resources.
 
114

Table of Contents
 Management
Executive officers and directors
Below is a list of the names, ages, positions and a brief account of the business experience of the individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

Name	  	Age	 	  	Position	
			
Chris Rondeau	  	 	43	  	  	Chief Executive Officer and Director	
			
Dorvin Lively	  	 	57	  	  	Chief Financial Officer	
			
Richard Moore	  	 	45	  	  	Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel	
			
Marc Grondahl	  	 	49	  	  	Director	
			
Charles Esserman	  	 	57	  	  	Director	
			
Pierre LeComte	  	 	43	  	  	Director	
			
Michael Layman	  	 	33	  	  	Director	
			
Edward Wong	  	 	32	  	  	Director	
			
David Berg.	  	 	54	  	  	Director	
			
Stephen Spinelli, Jr.	  	 	61	  	  	Director	
 	
Chris Rondeau has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2013. He previously served as our Chief Operating Officer since 2003. Mr. Rondeau joined Planet Fitness in 1993, one year after our original founders, Michael and Marc Grondahl, started the Company in 1992. Throughout the years, he has played a critical role working side by side with them to develop and refine the unique, low-cost/high-value business model and lean operating system that we believe revolutionized both the fitness and franchising industry. Because of his leadership experience, role as Chief Executive Officer and history with Planet Fitness, we believe Mr. Rondeau is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Dorvin Lively has served as our Chief Financial Officer since July 2013. Mr. Lively, a 30-year veteran of corporate finance for various retail and consumer-products companies, leads our finance, treasury and financial planning functions as well as strategic and long-term planning. Prior to joining Planet Fitness, from August 2011 to July 2013, Mr. Lively served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, interim Chief Executive Officer and Chief Administrative Officer for RadioShack Corporation. In these positions, Mr. Lively led the company’s finance, treasury, financial planning, investor relations, supply chain and dealer franchise functions. Prior to RadioShack, Mr. Lively served as Chief Financial Officer at Ace Hardware Corp. His experience also includes previous positions at Maidenform Brands, Toys R Us, The Reader’s Digest Association and Pepsi-Cola International. Mr. Lively is a Certified Public Accountant (Inactive) and received his Bachelor’s Degree from the University of Arkansas.
Richard Moore has served as our Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel since early 2013, after serving as our General Counsel beginning in 2012. Previously, Mr. Moore spent five years at Ropes & Gray LLP, focusing on private equity transactions, private investment fund formation, public offerings and public company portfolio management. He also successfully led Planet Fitness through the sale to TSG in November 2012. In his role as Chief Administrative Officer, Mr. Moore is responsible for assisting the Chief Executive Officer in building out our leadership and management team and is responsible for managing the Planet Fitness
 
115

Table of Contents
Worldwide Headquarters, with a focus on creating an infrastructure to support our continued growth and expansion. Mr. Moore received his Bachelor’s Degree from Duke University and his J.D. from Northeastern University School of Law.
Marc Grondahl has served on our board of directors since November 2012. He is one of our co-founders and joined the business in 1992. For 20 years, Mr. Grondahl, alongside his brother, Michael Grondahl, and our Chief Executive Officer, Chris Rondeau, developed and refined the successful Planet Fitness business model we have today. Throughout the years, Mr. Grondahl oversaw the financial and strategic planning for the organization, and in 1998, he was named Chief Financial Officer. Prior to joining our Company in 1992, Mr. Grondahl worked at a manufacturing company as a cost accountant. He received his Bachelor’s Degree in business administration from Bryant College. Because of his extensive experience and understanding of the Planet Fitness business, we believe Mr. Grondahl is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Charles Esserman has served on our board of directors since November 2012. Mr. Esserman serves as Chief Executive Officer of TSG, of which he is a founder. He has over 25 years of private equity investment experience and, together with the partners of TSG, built one of the first consumer-focused private equity funds in the United States. Mr. Esserman helps oversee current and prospective portfolio investments for TSG and is Chair of TSG’s Investment Committee. Prior to TSG, Mr. Esserman was with Bain & Company, a management consulting company. He is a member of the Board of Overseers of the Hoover Institution and the Board of Trust of Vanderbilt University. Mr. Esserman received his Bachelor’s Degree in computer science engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology and an MBA from Stanford, where he was an Arjay Miller Scholar. Because of his experience in portfolio investments and consumer brands, we believe Mr. Esserman is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Pierre LeComte has served on our board of directors since November 2012. Mr. LeComte has served as Managing Director of TSG since 2009 and is a member of TSG’s Investment Committee. Mr. LeComte was formerly with Bain & Company, where he led strategic diligence teams in the private equity practice and worked across consumer and retail sectors. Prior to joining Bain, Mr. LeComte worked in brand management with Yahoo! and the Nabisco Biscuit Company, and was a consumer goods and retail consultant with the New England Consulting Group. Mr. LeComte was previously a director of Yard House Restaurants, overseeing its rapid growth from a regional chain to a national brand now owned by Darden Restaurants. Mr. LeComte received his Bachelor’s Degree in Economics from the Wharton School at the University of Pennsylvania and an M.B.A. from the Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University. Because of his extensive experience in brand management and retail concepts, we believe Mr. LeComte is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Michael Layman has served on our board of directors since March 2015. Mr. Layman has served in multiple roles at TSG since 2009, including most recently as Principal, and is responsible for conducting due diligence for new business opportunities, structuring transactions and working with TSG’s partner companies across consumer and retail industries. Prior to joining TSG, Mr. Layman was an investment banker with Jefferies & Company, where he worked on a variety of advisory and capital markets transactions for restaurant companies, including franchisors. Prior to Jefferies, Mr. Layman was an investment banker with Wachovia Securities, covering the restaurant and retail industries. Mr. Layman received his Bachelor of Science in Accountancy, summa cum laude, from the WP Carey School of Business at Arizona State University. Because of his experience with consumer brands and franchisors, we believe Mr. Layman is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Edward Wong has served on our board of directors since November 2012. Mr. Wong has served in multiple roles at TSG since 2011, including most recently as Senior Vice President. At TSG, Mr. Wong works with its partner companies and is involved in the origination, structuring and due diligence of new investment opportunities.
 
116

Table of Contents
Prior to joining TSG, Mr. Wong was with Falconhead Capital, a private equity fund focused on investing in the consumer, retail and media sectors. Prior to Falconhead, Mr. Wong was an investment banker at Citigroup, where he was focused on advising clients on mergers and acquisitions and capital markets transactions in the consumer and retail industries. Mr. Wong received his Bachelor of Business Administration, with high distinction, from The Ross School of Business at the University of Michigan. Because of his experience in consumer brands, we believe Mr. Wong is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Stephen Spinelli, Jr. has served on our board of directors since January 2012. He currently serves as President of Philadelphia University, a position he has held since June of 2007. Dr. Spinelli co-founded Jiffy Lube International, Inc. in 1979 under the leadership of his college football coach. Three years later, Dr. Spinelli became a franchisee and remained a director of the Company. He grew to become Jiffy Lube’s largest franchisee. Dr. Spinelli has also previously served as Chief Executive Officer of the American Oil Change Corporation. He received his Ph.D. in economics from The Management School, Imperial College, University of London, his M.B.A. from Babson College and his Bachelor’s Degree in Economics from McDaniel College. Because of his experience in franchising and as an entrepreneur, we believe Dr. Spinelli is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
David P. Berg has served on our board of directors since September 2015. He currently serves as chief executive officer of Carlson Hospitality Group where he leads the Carlson corporate center and manages the global hotel business. Most recently, Mr. Berg served as chief executive officer and chief customer service officer for the fastest growing reseller of Verizon services. Previously, he worked as executive vice president and president of Outback Steakhouse International, overseeing more than 200 restaurants in 20 countries. Additionally, Mr. Berg served as chief operating officer of GNC. Prior to that, he was executive vice president and chief operating officer of Best Buy International. Mr. Berg currently serves on the board of directors for the Miller Retailing Center at the University of Florida and The Rezidor Hotel Group. He received a Bachelor of Arts degree in economics from Emory University and a law degree, with honors, from the University of Florida College of Law. Because of his experience in consumer brands, we believe Mr. Berg is well qualified to serve on our board of directors.
Board composition and director independence
Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of the board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors shall consist of at least 3 directors but not more than 15 directors and that the number of directors may be fixed from time to time by resolution of our board of directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes, as follows:
 
•	 	Class I, which consists of Charles Esserman, Pierre LeComte and Michael Layman, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2019;	
 
•	 	Class II, which consists of Edward Wong, David Berg and Stephen Spinelli, Jr., whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2017; and	
 
•	 	Class III, which consists of Marc Grondahl and Chris Rondeau, whose terms will expire at our annual meeting of stockholders to be held in 2018.	
Messrs. Esserman, LeComte, Layman and Wong were designated for nomination as directors by TSG. Upon the expiration of the initial term of office for each class of directors, each director in such class shall be elected for a term of three years and serve until a successor is duly elected and qualified or until his or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors or a vacancy may be filled by the directors then in office.
 
117

Table of Contents
We are party to a stockholders agreement with investment funds affiliated with TSG governing their nomination rights with respect to our board of directors. Under the agreement, we are required to take all necessary action to cause the board of directors to include individuals designated by TSG in the slate of nominees recommended by the board of directors for election by our stockholders, as follows:
 
•	 	for so long as TSG owns at least 50% of the shares of our Class A and Class B common stock held by TSG prior to the completion of our IPO, TSG will be entitled to (i) designate four individuals for nomination and (ii) request to expand the size of the board of directors and fill resulting vacancies such that TSG nominees comprise a majority of our board of directors;	
 
•	 	for so long as TSG owns less than 50% but at least 25% of the shares of our Class A and Class B common stock held by TSG prior to the completion of our IPO, TSG will be entitled to designate three individuals for nomination;	
 
•	 	for so long as TSG owns less than 25% but at least 10% of the shares of our Class A and Class B common stock held by TSG prior to the completion of our IPO, TSG will be entitled to designate two individuals for nomination; and	
 
•	 	for so long as TSG owns less than 10% but at least 5% of the shares of our Class A and Class B common stock held by TSG prior to the completion of our IPO, TSG will be entitled to designate one individual for nomination.	
Additionally, TSG has the exclusive right to remove its designees and to fill vacancies created by the removal or resignation of its designees, and we are required to take all necessary action to cause such removals and fill such vacancies at the request of TSG.
TSG owns a majority of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that:
 
•	 	we have a board of directors that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the NYSE;	
 
•	 	we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and	
 
•	 	we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.	
We currently avail ourselves of all of these exemptions. Accordingly, in the event the interests of TSG differ from those of other shareholders, and, for so long as we are a “controlled company,” our other shareholders may not have the same protections afforded to shareholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the NYSE.
The “controlled company” exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we have complied with and intend to continue to comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules of the NYSE, which require that the audit committee have at least one independent director upon consummation of our IPO, consist of a majority of independent directors within 90 days following the effective date of the registration statement we filed in connection with our IPO and exclusively of independent directors within one year following the effective date of such registration statement. See “—Board meetings and committees” below.
 
118

Table of Contents
If we were not a “controlled company,” the rules of the NYSE would require that, independent directors comprise a majority of our board of directors within one year of listing on the NYSE, subject to specified exceptions. As a controlled company, we are not required by the NYSE rules to have a majority of independent directors. We currently take advantage of this exemption from NYSE listing requirements. Our board of directors has determined that Dr. Spinelli and Mr. Berg qualify as independent directors under the rules of the NYSE. In making this determination, the board of directors considered the relationships that Dr. Spinelli and Mr. Berg have with our Company and all other facts and circumstances that the board of directors deemed relevant in determining their independence, including ownership interests in us.
Board meetings and committees
Our board of directors met five times during 2015. All directors attended at least 75% of the meetings of the board and meetings of the board committees on which they served, with the exception of Mr. Berg, who attended one of the two board meetings held since he was appointed. The board of directors also approved certain actions by unanimous written consent.
Our board of directors has three standing committees: the audit committee; the compensation committee; and the nominating and corporate governance committee. Each of the committees operates under its own written charter adopted by the board of directors, each of which is available on our website at www.planetfitness.com. Under our stockholders agreement, TSG has the right to appoint a director to serve on each of our committees (other than the audit committee), subject to NYSE and SEC rules.
Audit committee
Our audit committee consists of Dr. Spinelli and Messrs. Berg and LeComte, with Dr. Spinelli serving as chairman of the committee. Our audit committee has determined that each of Dr. Spinelli and Mr. Berg meet the definition of “independent director” under the rules of the NYSE and under Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. As noted above, we are permitted to phase in our compliance with the independent audit committee requirements set forth in NYSE rules and relevant Exchange Act rules as follows: (i) one independent member at the time of our IPO, (ii) a majority of independent members within 90 days of our IPO and (iii) all independent members within one year of our IPO. We expect that, within one year of our listing on the NYSE, Mr. LeComte will have resigned from our audit committee and an independent director for audit committee purposes (as determined under NYSE rules and Exchange Act rules) will have been added to the audit committee. None of our audit committee members simultaneously serves on the audit committees of more than three public companies, including ours. Our board of directors has determined that each of Dr. Spinelli and Mr. Berg is an “audit committee financial expert” within the meaning of the SEC’s regulations and applicable listing standards of the NYSE. The audit committee’s responsibilities include:
 
•	 	appointing, approving the compensation of, and assessing the qualifications, performance and independence of our independent registered public accounting firm;	
 
•	 	pre-approving audit and permissible non-audit services, and the terms of such services, to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm;	
 
•	 	reviewing the audit plan with the independent registered public accounting firm and members of management responsible for preparing our financial statements;	
 
•	 	reviewing and discussing with management and the independent registered public accounting firm our annual and quarterly financial statements and related disclosures as well as critical accounting policies and practices used by us;	
 
119

Table of Contents

•	 	reviewing the adequacy of our internal control over financial reporting;	
 
•	 	reviewing all related person transactions for potential conflict of interest situations and approving all such transactions;	
 
•	 	establishing policies and procedures for the receipt and retention of accounting-related complaints and concerns;	
 
•	 	recommending, based upon the audit committee’s review and discussions with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, the inclusion of our audited financial statements in our Annual Report on Form 10-K;	
 
•	 	reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the committee charter and submitting any changes to the board of directors for approval;	
 
•	 	monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate to our financial statements and accounting matters;	
 
•	 	preparing the audit committee report required by the rules of the SEC to be included in our annual proxy statement; and	
 
•	 	reviewing and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm our earnings releases.	
Compensation committee
Our compensation committee consists of Messrs. Grondahl, Layman and LeComte, with Mr. LeComte serving as chairman of the committee. The compensation committee’s responsibilities include:
 
•	 	determining and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer, including annually reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our chief executive officer, and evaluating the performance of our chief executive officer in light of such corporate goals and objectives;	
 
•	 	reviewing and approving the corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our other executive officers;	
 
•	 	reviewing and approving the compensation of our other executive officers;	
 
•	 	appointing, compensating and overseeing the work of any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;	
 
•	 	conducting the independence assessment outlined in the rules of the NYSE with respect to any compensation consultant, legal counsel or other advisor retained by the compensation committee;	
 
•	 	reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the committee charter and submitting any changes to the board of directors for approval;	
 
•	 	reviewing and establishing our overall management compensation philosophy and policy;	
 
•	 	overseeing and administering our equity compensation and similar plans;	
 
•	 	reviewing and approving our policies and procedures for the grant of equity-based awards and granting equity awards;	
 
•	 	reviewing and making recommendations to the board of directors with respect to director compensation; and	
 
120

Table of Contents

•	 	reviewing and discussing with management the compensation discussion and analysis to be included in our annual proxy statement or Annual Report on Form 10-K.	
Nominating and corporate governance committee
Our nominating and corporate governance committee consists of Messrs. Esserman, LeComte and Wong, with Mr. Esserman serving as chairman of the committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee’s responsibilities include:
 
•	 	developing and recommending to the board of directors criteria for board and committee membership;	
 
•	 	establishing procedures for identifying and evaluating board of director candidates, including nominees recommended by stockholders;	
 
•	 	identifying individuals qualified to become members of the board of directors;	
 
•	 	recommending to the board of directors the persons to be nominated for election as directors and to each of the board’s committees;	
 
•	 	developing and recommending to the board of directors a set of corporate governance principles;	
 
•	 	articulating to each director what is expected, including reference to the corporate governance principles and directors’ duties and responsibilities;	
 
•	 	reviewing and recommending to the board of directors practices and policies with respect to directors;	
 
•	 	reviewing and recommending to the board of directors the functions, duties and compositions of the committees of the board of directors;	
 
•	 	reviewing and assessing the adequacy of the committee charter and submitting any changes to the board of directors for approval;	
 
•	 	provide for new director orientation and continuing education for existing directors on a periodic basis;	
 
•	 	performing an evaluation of the performance of the committee; and	
 
•	 	overseeing the evaluation of the board of directors and management.	
Board oversight of risk management
While the full board of directors has the ultimate oversight responsibility for the risk management process, its committees oversee risk in certain specified areas. In particular, our audit committee oversees management of enterprise risks as well as financial risks. Our compensation committee oversees the management of risks relating to our executive compensation plans and arrangements and the incentives created by the compensation awards it administers. Our nominating and corporate governance committee oversees risks associated with corporate governance, business conduct and ethics, and is responsible for overseeing the review and approval of related party transactions. Pursuant to the board of directors’ instruction, management regularly reports on applicable risks to the relevant committee or the full board of directors, as appropriate, with additional review or reporting on risks conducted as needed or as requested by the board of directors and its committees.
 
121

Table of Contents
Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation
Messrs. Layman and LeComte have not at any time during the prior three years been one of our officers or employees. Mr. Grondahl resigned as our CFO on July 25, 2013 and has not been an officer or employee since that time. None of our executive officers currently serve, or in the past fiscal year have served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee. For a description of transactions between us and members of our compensation committee and affiliates of such members, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”
Code of conduct
We have adopted a code of conduct that applies to all of our employees, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer. The code of conduct is available on our website at www.planetfitness.com. If we make any substantive amendments to the Code of Conduct or grant any waiver, including any implicit waiver, from a provision of the Code of Conduct to our officers, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver on that website or in a report on Form 8-K.
 
122

Table of Contents
 Executive compensation
This section describes the compensation awarded to, earned by, or paid to our Chief Executive Officer, Christopher Rondeau, and our two most highly compensated executive officers (other than Mr. Rondeau), our Chief Financial Officer, Dorvin Lively, and our Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel, Richard Moore, who collectively are referred to as our “named executive officers”. Prior to our IPO, the board of managers of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC (“Pla-Fit Holdings”) was responsible for making decisions regarding the compensation of our named executive officers. Following our IPO, our compensation committee oversees our executive compensation program and is responsible for approving the nature and amount of the compensation paid to our executive officers, and administering our equity compensation plans and awards. Our board of directors generally has been responsible for approving, after receiving the recommendation or approval of our compensation committee, equity awards to our executive officers in order to qualify these awards as exempt awards under Section 16 of the Exchange Act.
Summary compensation table
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation awarded or paid to our named executive officers for fiscal 2015 and 2014.

Name and principal position	  	Year	 	  	Salary
($) (1)	 	  	Non-equity
incentive plan
compensation
($) (2)	 	  	All other
compensation
($) (3)	 	  	Total
($)	 	
Christopher Rondeau	  	 	2015	  	  	 	519,315	  	  	 	500,000	  	  	 	33,823	  	  	 	1,053,138	  	
Chief Executive Officer	  	 	2014	  	  	 	500,000	  	  	 	565,000	  	  	 	23,091	  	  	 	1,088,091	  	
						
Dorvin Lively	  	 	2015	  	  	 	467,308	  	  	 	225,000	  	  	 	46,582	  	  	 	738,890	  	
Chief Financial Officer	  	 	2014	  	  	 	450,000	  	  	 	254,227	  	  	 	24,408	  	  	 	728,635	  	
						
Richard Moore	  	 	2015	  	  	 	303,062	  	  	 	150,000	  	  	 	30,892	  	  	 	483,954	  	
Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel	  	 	2014	  	  	 	270,538	  	  	 	158,186	  	  	 	26,070	  	  	 	454,794	  	

(1)	 	Base salary amounts for 2015 reflect the fact that there were 27 pay periods in 2015 rather than the usual 26 due to the timing of our pay periods in 2015.	
 
(2)	 	Amounts represent annual bonuses paid to our named executive officers under our annual bonus program, as described below.	
 
(3)	 	Amounts shown in the “All other compensation” column for 2015 include the items set forth in the table below, as applicable to each named executive officer.	

Name	  	401(k)
company
match
contributions
($) (a)	 	  	Tax
equalization
payments
($) (b)	 	  	Specialized
accounting
services fees
reimbursed
($) (c)	 	  	Payment of
accrued
vacation time
($) (d)	 	  	Total
($)	 	
Christopher Rondeau	  	 	—	  	  	 	23,208	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	9,615	  	  	 	33,823	  	
Dorvin Lively	  	 	18,993	  	  	 	17,935	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	8,654	  	  	 	46,582	  	
Richard Moore	  	 	9,966	  	  	 	14,157	  	  	 	1,000	  	  	 	5,769	  	  	 	30,892	  	

 	(a)	 	Represents our matching contributions to the Planet Fitness 401(k) Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), which is a broad-based tax-qualified defined contribution plan for our U.S.-based employees.	
 
 	(b)	 	Represents certain tax equalization payments made to our named executive officers to offset self-employment and other additional taxes incurred with respect to 2015 compensation as a result of their being treated as partners rather than employees for U.S. tax purposes.	
 
 	(c)	 	Represents the reimbursement of fees related to accounting services.	
 
 	(d)	 	Represents the payment of accrued but unused vacation time.	
 
123

Table of Contents
Narrative to summary compensation table
2015 base salaries
Each of our named executive officers is paid a base salary reflecting his skill set, experience, role and responsibilities. The base salary of each of our named executive officers is set forth in his employment agreement (described below under “—Agreements with our named executive officers—Base salaries and performance bonus opportunities”) and is subject to adjustment by our board of directors or our compensation committee.
2015 performance bonuses
In fiscal 2015, each of our named executive officers was eligible to earn a cash bonus under our cash bonus program based on the achievement of key corporate financial and strategic goals. Pursuant to their employment agreements, the target amount of each named executive officer’s cash bonus is set as a percentage of his base salary. For 2015, the target bonus amount was set at 100% of base salary for Mr. Rondeau and 50% of base salary for each of Messrs. Lively and Moore.
Following the commencement of 2015, and after consultation with management, the board of Pla-Fit Holdings established the corporate performance goals for our 2015 cash bonus program, each having a designated weighting. These corporate performance goals included corporate same store sales, franchise same store sales, club openings and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization. Each performance goal had a threshold, target and maximum level of achievement and related payout.
The actual amount earned by each named executive officer under our 2015 cash bonus program was determined by our compensation committee based on the level of achievement of these goals. The actual amount of the bonuses paid to our named executive officers for fiscal 2015 is set forth above in the summary compensation table in the column entitled “Non-equity incentive plan compensation.”
Agreements with our named executive officers
Each of our named executive officers entered into an amended and restated employment agreement with both us and Pla-Fit Holdings in connection with our IPO. The terms of the employment agreements, as so amended, are reflected below.
Base salaries and performance bonus opportunities
Pursuant to his amended employment agreement, Mr. Rondeau is entitled to an annual base salary of $500,000, which is subject to increase by our board of directors or our compensation committee. Effective February 25, 2016, as approved by our compensation committee, the annual base salary of Mr. Rondeau was increased to $600,000. Mr. Rondeau is also eligible to earn an annual cash bonus, with a target of 100% of his annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance goals determined by our board of directors or our compensation committee. Effective February 25, 2016, as approved by the Compensation Committee, the annual cash bonus of Mr. Rondeau was increased to a target of 120% of his annual base salary.
Pursuant to his amended employment agreement, Mr. Lively is entitled to an annual base salary of $450,000, which is subject to adjustment by our board of directors or our compensation committee. In March 2016, the Company increased Mr. Lively’s base salary to $463,500. Mr. Lively is also eligible to earn an annual cash bonus, with a target of 50% of his annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance goals determined by our board of directors or our compensation committee.
 
124

Table of Contents
Pursuant to his amended employment agreement, Mr. Moore is entitled to an annual base salary of $300,000, which is subject to increase by our board of directors or our compensation committee. The Company increased Mr. Moore’s base salary to $306,000 in March 2016. Mr. Moore is also eligible to earn an annual cash bonus, with a target of 50% of his annual base salary, based upon the achievement of performance goals determined by our board of directors or our compensation committee.
Restrictive covenants
Pursuant to their respective amended employment agreements, our named executive officers are bound by certain restrictive covenants, including covenants relating to confidentiality and assignment of intellectual property rights, as well as covenants not to compete with us or to solicit our customers, prospective customers, employees or other service providers during employment and for a period of time (Mr. Rondeau, one year; and Messrs. Lively and Moore, two years) following termination of employment.
Severance
Each amended employment agreement provides for severance upon a termination of employment by us without cause or the named executive officer for good reason, in each case, conditioned on the named executive officer’s timely and effective execution of a separation agreement provided by us containing a release of claims and other customary terms and continued performance of the restrictive covenants described above. Messrs. Rondeau and Lively are each entitled to severance consisting of 12 months, and Mr. Moore, to six months, of continued base salary, payable in the form of salary continuation. Mr. Rondeau is also entitled to a prorated annual cash bonus for the year of termination based on actual performance and any unvested stock options or other unvested equity awards held by Mr. Rondeau that would have vested during the calendar year of his termination will vest. Mr. Moore is also entitled to an amount equal to the Company’s monthly share of the premium payments for his participation in the Company’s group health insurance plans for a period of six months following termination.
Equity-based compensation
Our named executive officers did not receive any equity grants in fiscal 2015. However, as set forth in more detail below in the section entitled “—Holdings Units equity,” 20% of the Class M Units previously granted to Messrs. Lively and Moore pursuant to the Pla-Fit Holdings 2013 Equity Incentive Plan vested in connection with our IPO, and all Class M Units were converted into Holdings Units.
In addition, in May 2016, the Company granted Mr. Rondeau options to purchase 170,000 shares of Class A common stock.
Employee benefits and perquisites
All of our full-time employees, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including medical and dental benefits, life insurance benefits and short-term and long-term disability insurance. Our named executive officers participate in these plans on the same basis as other eligible employees. We do not maintain any supplemental health or welfare plans for our named executive officers.
We also provide our named executive officers, together with other key employees, with certain additional limited benefits. The value of these benefits is included above in the “All other compensation” column of the summary compensation table.
 
125

Table of Contents
Retirement plans
All of our named executive officers are eligible to participate in our 401(k) Plan, a broad-based retirement plan in which generally all of our full-time U.S.-based employees are eligible to participate. Under our 401(k) Plan, employees are permitted to defer their annual eligible compensation, subject to the limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and the Company makes a fully-vested matching contribution of 100% of employee contributions up to the first 3% of compensation, plus 50% of employee contributions up to the next 2% of compensation. We do not maintain any qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans or supplemental executive retirement plans that cover our named executive officers.
Holdings Units equity
Prior to our IPO, in 2013, Messrs. Lively and Moore were granted Class M Units under the Pla-Fit Holdings 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. In connection with our IPO, all of the outstanding vested and unvested Class M Units in Pla-Fit Holdings were converted into an amount of vested and unvested Holdings Units, respectively. Each unvested Holdings Unit continues to vest based on the vesting schedule of the outstanding unvested Class M Unit for which it was exchanged. Pursuant to the terms of their award agreements, 20% of the Class M Units held by Messrs. Lively and Moore vested upon the completion of our IPO. In connection with the restructuring transactions occurring at the time of our IPO, each holder of a Holdings Unit also received a corresponding share of our Class B common stock. Each holder can exchange his or her Holdings Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock, for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. To the extent Holdings Units do not vest in accordance with their terms, the corresponding shares of Class B common stock will be forfeited.
Outstanding equity awards at 2015 fiscal year-end
The following table shows the number of unvested Holdings Unit awards held by our named executive officers as of December 31, 2015.

Name	  	Number of
unvested Holdings
Units	 	 	Market value of
unvested Holdings
Units (4)	 	
Christopher Rondeau (1)	  	 	—	  	 	$	—	  	
Dorvin Lively (2)	  	 	675,816	(2)  	 	 	10,563,004	  	
Richard Moore (3)	  	 	317,988	(3)  	 	 	4,970,152	  	

(1)	 	Mr. Rondeau does not hold any unvested Holdings Units.	
 
(2)	 	Mr. Lively was granted 157.895 Class M Units on August 13, 2013, which were converted into 1,407,950 Holdings Units in connection with our IPO. Eighty percent of the Holdings Units held by Mr. Lively vest in equal installments on each of July 24, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2017 and 2018, subject to his continued employment, and 20% of the Class M Units vested in connection with the completion of our IPO. Any unvested awards will vest in full upon a sale of the Company, subject to Mr. Lively’s continued employment.	
 
(3)	 	Mr. Moore was granted 105.263 Class M Units on April 30, 2013, which were converted into 993,711 Holdings Units in connection with our IPO, as described above. Eighty percent of the Holdings Units held by Mr. Moore vest in equal installments on each of November 8, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016 and 2017, subject to his continued employment, and 20% of the Class M Units vested in connection with the completion of our IPO. Any unvested awards will vest in full upon a sale of the Company, subject to Mr. Moore’s continued employment.	
 
(4)	 	The amounts reported in this column equal the number of Holdings Units that, once vested, may be exchanged (along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock) for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis multiplied by $15.63, which was the per share closing price of a share of our Class A common stock on December 31, 2015.	
 
126

Table of Contents
Director compensation
The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our non-employee directors for their services during fiscal year 2015. Directors who are affiliated with TSG do not receive compensation for their service as directors. Mr. Rondeau receives no additional compensation for his service as a director, and, consequently, is not included in this table. The compensation received by Mr. Rondeau as an employee during 2015 is reflected in the section titled “—Summary compensation table” above.

Name	  	Fees earned or
paid in cash
($) 	 	  	Stock Awards (2)
($)	 	  	All other
compensation
($)	 	 	Total
($)	 	
Craig Benson (1)	  	 	2,500	  	  	 	823,134	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	825,634	  	
David Berg	  	 	14,402	  	  	 	149,981	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	164,383	  	
Marc Grondahl	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	1,200	(3)  	 	 	1,200	  	
Stephen Spinelli, Jr.	  	 	34,320	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	34,320	  	
Charles Esserman (4)	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Michael Layman (4)	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Pierre LeComte (4)	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Edward Wong (4)	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	

(1)	 	Governor Benson resigned from the board of managers of Pla-Fit Holdings in March 2015.	
 
(2)	 	For Governor Benson, represents the incremental fair value, determined under FASB ASC Topic 718, associated with accelerating the vesting of his unvested Holdings Units as of the date of his resignation from the board of managers of Pla-Fit Holdings in March 2015. As of December 31, 2015, Governor Benson held 149,052 vested Holdings Units.	
 
 	 	For Mr. Berg, represents the grant date fair value of restricted stock units, which were granted to him when he became a member of our board of directors in 2015, determined in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of estimated forfeitures. The underlying valuation assumptions with respect to Governor Benson’s and Mr. Berg’s awards are discussed in Note 14 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015 included elsewhere in this prospectus.	
 
 	 	As of December 31, 2015, Dr. Spinelli held 47,697 unvested Holdings Units and Mr. Berg held 8,160 unvested restricted stock units.	
 
(3)	 	Represents the cost to the Company of health insurance premiums paid on behalf of Mr. Grondahl, who had been an employee of the Company until April 2013. This is a discretionary benefit provided by the Company to Mr. Grondahl.	
 
(4)	 	Messrs. Esserman, Layman, LeComte and Wong are all affiliated with TSG and do not receive compensation for their service on our board of directors.	
In connection with our IPO, our board of directors adopted a non-employee director compensation program. Under this program, each member of our board of directors who is not an employee and who is not affiliated with TSG is eligible to receive an annual cash retainer payment of $50,000 and an annual grant of restricted stock units with a grant date fair market value of $50,000. The annual grant of restricted stock units vests in full on the first anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the director’s continued service as a member of our board of directors through the vesting date. In addition, under this program, eligible directors receive the following additional cash retainers on an annual basis for service as the chairperson of the committees of our board of directors: audit committee chairperson—$15,000; compensation committee chairperson—$12,000; and nominating and corporate governance committee chairperson—$10,000. As a co-founder, Mr. Grondahl is not eligible to receive compensation under this program. Pursuant to our non-employee director compensation program, Dr. Spinelli is not eligible to receive an annual grant of restricted stick units until our 2017 annual shareholder meeting. Our non-employee directors were compensated under this program upon the effectiveness of our IPO. Prior to our IPO, Pla-Fit Holdings paid an amount of $2,500 to Governor Benson and $5,000 to Dr. Spinelli for their service on our board of directors with respect to the period of 2015 ending on our IPO. In connection with his becoming a member of our board of directors, Mr. Berg received a grant of 8,160 restricted stock units. These restricted stock units vest in equal installments on each of September 17, 2016, 2017 and 2018, subject to his continued service as a member of the board of directors.
 
127

Table of Contents
 Certain relationships and related party transactions
Franchisee relationships
Former Governor Craig Benson, a former member of the board of managers of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, is also a Planet Fitness franchisee. Gov. Benson, through his ownership interest in BL Technologies Investments, LLC, entered into an ADA with us dated October 23, 2012, under which he has opened ten Planet Fitness stores as of December 31, 2015, for each of which he entered into a franchise agreement. Over the next twelve years, Gov. Benson is obligated to open an additional 25 Planet Fitness stores. In 2015, 2014 and 2013, Gov. Benson paid royalties and fees to us, which totaled approximately $748,000, $452,000 and $40,000, respectively, and purchased fitness equipment for seven of his Planet Fitness stores, each as required by the terms of his franchise agreements. Gov. Benson’s equipment purchases totaled approximately $788,000, $3.1 million and $1.4 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The terms of Gov. Benson’s ADA and franchise agreements are commensurate with other franchise agreements executed during the same time period.
Dennis Rondeau, father of Chris Rondeau, our Chief Executive Officer and a member of our board of directors, is also a Planet Fitness franchisee. Mr. Rondeau, through his ownership interest in Freedom Fitness, LLC, entered into an ADA with us dated December 10, 2009, under which he has opened eight stores as of December 31, 2015, for each of which he entered into a franchise agreement. Over the next two years, Mr. Rondeau is obligated to open an additional two Planet Fitness stores. In 2015, 2014 and 2013, Mr. Rondeau paid royalties and fees to us, which totaled approximately $338,000, $321,000 and $200,000, respectively, and purchased fitness equipment for five of his Planet Fitness stores, each as required by the terms of his franchise agreements. Mr. Rondeau’s equipment purchases totaled approximately $899,000, $574,000 and $855,000 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The terms of Mr. Rondeau’s ADA and franchise agreements are commensurate with other franchise agreements executed during the same time period.
Marc Grondahl, a member of our board of directors, through his ownership interest in MG ADA Two Investor LLC, entered into an ADA with us, dated December 21, 2015, under which he is obligated to open ten Planet Fitness stores and paid ADA fees to us totaling $100,000. There were no stores open under this ADA as of December 31, 2015. The terms of Mr. Grondahl’s ADA and franchise agreements are commensurate with other franchise agreements executed under the same circumstances.
Jennifer Moser, a managing member and co-investor of TSG, and her husband, Matthew Moser, through an ownership interest in Orange October, LLC, entered into an ADA with us dated June 19, 2015 under which they are obligated to open eight Planet Fitness stores and paid ADA fees to us totaling $80,000. There were no stores open under this ADA as of December 31, 2015. The terms of Mrs. Moser’s ADA and franchise agreements are commensurate with other franchise agreements executed during the same time period.
In addition, Chris Rondeau and Marc Grondahl are partial owners of PFP Direct Loan LLC and PF Principals, LLC, which directly and indirectly have provided financing to a limited number of qualified Planet Fitness franchisees to fund leasehold improvements and other related expenses, as one of several financing providers available to franchisees. Our Company does not participate in these transactions.
Leases
On June 23, 2008, we entered into a lease agreement with MMC Fox Run, LLC for our headquarters in Newington, New Hampshire. The lease agreement was amended on November 1, 2011 and again on November 8, 2012. On November 8, 2013, we entered into a new office lease. MMC Fox Run, LLC is currently owned by Mr. Chris Rondeau and Mr. Marc Grondahl. Pursuant to the office lease, the initial lease term is for ten years, with two five-year renewal options. In 2015, 2014 and 2013, we paid an aggregate of approximately $412,000, $383,000 and $269,000, respectively, in rent to MMC Fox Run, LLC.
 
128

Table of Contents
On March 1, 2010, we entered into a lease agreement with Matthew Michael Realty, LLC for a corporate-owned store in Dover, New Hampshire. Matthew Michael Realty, LLC is currently owned by Mr. Michael Grondahl, an original co-founder of Planet Fitness and brother of Mr. Marc Grondahl. Pursuant to the lease agreement, the initial lease term is for approximately fourteen years and expires on April 20, 2024. In 2015, 2014 and 2013, we paid approximately $466,000, $466,000 and $466,000, respectively, in rent to Matthew Michael Realty, LLC.
On June 3, 2008, we entered into a lease agreement with PF Melville Realty Co., LLC for our corporate-owned store in Melville, New York. PF Melville Realty Co., LLC is currently owned by Mr. Michael Grondahl. The initial lease term is for fifteen years. In 2015, 2014 and 2013, we paid an aggregate of approximately $525,000, $559,000 and $544,000, respectively, in rent to PF Melville Realty Co., LLC.
For some or all of the periods presented in the consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, the results of operations of Matthew Michael Realty, LLC and PF Melville Realty Co., LLC are included in our consolidated financial statements. For further information, see Notes 2(a) and 3 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
Management services agreement
On December 14, 2012, in connection with our acquisition by investment funds affiliated with TSG, we entered into a management services agreement with TSG6 Management, LLC, an affiliate of TSG (the “Management Company”), pursuant to which the Management Company provided certain management, consulting and advisory services to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. In exchange for these services, we paid the Management Company an aggregate annual management fee equal to $1.0 million, and we reimburse the Management Company for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by it relating to operations of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries and in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the management services agreement. In 2015, 2014 and 2013, we paid $1.9 million, $1.2 million and $1.1 million, respectively, in respect of management services and reimbursable expenses payable to the Management Company under the management services agreement. In addition, we agreed to indemnify the Management Company and certain persons affiliated with the Management Company to the fullest extent permitted by law from and against all losses arising from the Management Company’s performance under the management services agreement.
In connection with the completion of our IPO, the management services agreement was terminated, and we paid a one-time termination fee of $1.0 million to the Management Company in accordance with the terms of the management services agreement. Four of our directors, Messrs. Esserman, Layman, LeComte and Wong, are employees of TSG.
Exchange agreement
In connection with our IPO, we and the Continuing LLC Owners entered into an exchange agreement under which they (or certain permitted transferees) have the right, from time to time and subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, to exchange their Holdings Units, together with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and other similar transactions. At our election, acting by a majority of the disinterested members of our board of directors pursuant to the exchange agreement, we may elect to redeem the Holdings Units for cash when tendered for exchange. We may not elect to pay cash if a registration statement under the Securities Act is available for the issuance in connection with the exchange or the subsequent resale. The exchange agreement also provides that a Continuing LLC Owner will not have the right to exchange Holdings Units if we determine that such exchange would be prohibited by law or regulation or would violate other agreements with us to which the Continuing LLC Owner may be subject. As a Continuing LLC Owner exchanges Holdings Units for shares of Class A common
 
129

Table of Contents
stock, the number of Holdings Units held by Planet Fitness, Inc. is correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged Holdings Units, and a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock are cancelled. Also pursuant to the exchange agreement, to the extent an exchange results in a Company liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax, the Continuing LLC Owners have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received upon exchange). If and when we subsequently realize a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to the relevant Continuing LLC Owner in respect of its contribution. We have agreed in the exchange agreement that we will use commercially reasonable efforts to reduce or eliminate this tax liability, provided it does not materially and adversely impact our net income, including by pursuing a change in the applicable law or by relocating our corporate headquarters to a different state and franchising some or all of our 14 corporate-owned stores located in the State of New Hampshire.
Tax receivable agreements
Pursuant to the exchange agreement described above, from time to time we may be required to acquire Holdings Units in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC from their holders upon exchange for shares of our Class A common stock. Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC intends to have an election under Section 754 of the Internal Revenue Code in effect for taxable years in which such sales of Holdings Units occur. Pursuant to the Section 754 election, sales of Holdings Units are expected to result in an increase in the tax basis of tangible and intangible assets of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. When we acquire Holdings Units from the Continuing LLC Owners, we expect that both the existing basis for certain assets and the anticipated basis adjustments will increase depreciation and amortization deductions allocable to us for tax purposes from Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and therefore reduce the amount of income tax we would otherwise be required to pay in the future to various tax authorities. This increase in tax basis may also decrease gain (or increase loss) on future dispositions of certain capital assets to the extent increased tax basis is allocated to those capital assets
We are party to two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, we generally are required to pay to our Continuing LLC Owners 85% of the applicable cash savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that we are deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to us (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of our Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, we generally are required to pay to the Direct TSG Investors 85% of the amount of cash savings, if any, that we are deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units that we hold in respect of the Direct TSG Investors’ interest in us, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in the 2012 Acquisition, and certain other tax benefits. Under both agreements, we generally retain the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings.
For purposes of these tax receivable agreements, cash savings in tax are calculated by comparing our actual income tax liability to the amount we would have been required to pay had we not been able to utilize any of the tax benefits subject to the tax receivable agreements, unless certain assumptions apply or the tax receivable agreements accelerate, as discussed herein. The term of the tax receivable agreements commenced upon the completion of our IPO and will continue until all such tax benefits have been utilized or expired, unless we exercise our rights to terminate the agreements or payments under the agreements are accelerated in the event that we materially breach any of our material obligations under the agreements or our counterparties elect to accelerate our obligations under the tax receivable agreements (as described below). The actual increase in tax basis, as well as the amount and timing of any payments under these agreements, will vary depending upon a number of factors, including the timing of sales by the holders of Holdings Units, the price of our Class A common stock at the time of the sale, whether such sales are taxable, the amount and timing of the taxable income we generate in the future, the tax rate then applicable and the portion of our payments under the tax receivable agreements constituting imputed interest.
 
130

Table of Contents
The payment obligation under the tax receivable agreements is an obligation of Planet Fitness, Inc., not Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and we expect that the payments we will be required to make under the tax receivable agreements will be substantial. Assuming no material changes in the relevant tax law and that we earn sufficient taxable income to realize all tax benefits that are subject to the tax receivable agreements, we expect that the reduction in tax payments for us associated with sales of the corresponding Holdings Units as described above would aggregate to approximately $88.3 million over the applicable period under the tax receivable agreements based on a price of $19.02 per share of our Class A common stock (the last closing price of our Class A common stock on June 17, 2016), and assuming all future sales had occurred on March 31, 2016. Under such scenario, we would be required to pay the other parties to the tax receivable agreements 85% of such amount, or $75.0 million, over the applicable period under the tax receivable agreements. The actual amounts may materially differ from these hypothetical amounts, as potential future reductions in tax payments for us, and tax receivable agreement payments by us, will be calculated using the market value of the shares at the time of exchange or redemption and the prevailing tax rates applicable to us over the life of the tax receivable agreements, and will be dependent on us generating sufficient future taxable income to realize the benefit. Payments under the tax receivable agreements are not conditioned on the Continuing LLC Owners’ or the Direct TSG Investors’ continued ownership of us.
In addition, although we are not aware of any issue that would cause the IRS to challenge the tax basis increases or tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements, the beneficiaries of the tax receivable agreements will not reimburse us for any payments previously made if such basis increases or other attributes are subsequently disallowed, except that excess payments made to any beneficiary will be netted against payments otherwise to be made, if any, to such beneficiary after our determination of such excess. As a result, in such circumstances, we could make payments under the tax receivable agreements that are greater than our actual cash tax savings.
The tax receivable agreements provide that (i) in the event that we materially breach such tax receivable agreements, (ii) if, at any time, we elect an early termination of the tax receivable agreements, or (iii) upon certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control, our (or our successor’s) obligations under the tax receivable agreements (with respect to all Holdings Units, whether or not they have been sold before or after such transaction) would accelerate and become payable in a lump sum amount equal to the present value of the anticipated future tax benefits calculated based on certain assumptions, including that we would have sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the deductions arising from the tax deductions, tax basis and other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements.
As a result of the foregoing, (i) we could be required to make payments under the tax receivable agreements that are greater than or less than the specified percentage of the actual tax savings we realize in respect of the tax attributes subject to the agreements and (ii) we may be required to make an immediate lump sum payment equal to the present value of the anticipated tax savings, which payment may be made years in advance of the actual realization of such future benefits, if any such benefits are ever realized. In these situations, our obligations under the tax receivable agreements could have a substantial negative impact on our liquidity and could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing certain mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes of control. There can be no assurance that we will be able to finance our obligations under the tax receivable agreements in a manner that does not adversely affect our working capital and growth requirements. For example, if we had elected to terminate the tax receivable agreements as of March 31, 2016, based on a share price of $19.02 per share of our Class A common stock (based on the closing price of our Class A common stock on the New York Stock Exchange as of June 17, 2016) and a discount rate equal to 2.2%, we estimate that we would have been required to pay $652.7 million in the aggregate under the tax receivable agreements.
 
131

Table of Contents
Subject to the discussion above regarding the acceleration of payments under the tax receivable agreements, payments under the tax receivable agreements, if any, will generally be made on an annual basis to the extent we have sufficient taxable income to utilize the increased depreciation and amortization charges and other tax attributes subject to the tax receivable agreements. The availability of sufficient taxable income to utilize the increased depreciation and amortization expense and other tax attributes will not be determined until such time as the financial results for the year in question are known and tax estimates prepared. We generally expect to make payments under the tax receivable agreements, to the extent they are required, within approximately 125 days after our federal income tax return is filed for each fiscal year. The tax receivable agreements will provide for interest, at a rate equal to one-year LIBOR, accrued from the due date (without extensions) of the corresponding tax return to the date of payment specified by the tax receivable agreements. In addition, under certain circumstances where we are unable to make timely payments under the tax receivable agreements, the tax receivable agreements will provide for interest to accrue on unpaid payments, at a rate equal to one-year LIBOR plus 500 basis points.
The impact that the tax receivable agreements will have on our consolidated financial statements will be the establishment of a liability, which will be increased upon the exchanges of Holdings Units for our Class A common stock, generally representing 85% of the estimated future tax benefits, if any, relating to the increase in tax basis associated with the Holdings Unit we receive in this sale.
Decisions made by our Continuing LLC Owners in the course of running our business, such as with respect to mergers, asset sales, other forms of business combinations or other changes in control, may influence the timing and amount of payments that are received by a Continuing LLC Owner under the tax receivable agreements. For example, the earlier disposition of assets following an exchange or acquisition transaction will generally accelerate payments under the tax receivable agreements and increase the present value of such payments, and the disposition of assets before an exchange or acquisition transaction will increase a Continuing LLC Owner’s tax liability without giving rise to any rights of a Continuing LLC Owner to receive payments under the tax receivable agreements.
Because of our structure, our ability to make payments under the tax receivable agreements is dependent on the ability of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC to make distributions to us. The ability of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC to make such distributions will be subject to, among other things, restrictions in our debt documents and the applicable provisions of Delaware law that may limit the amount of funds available for distribution to its members. To the extent that we are unable to make payments under the tax receivable agreements for any reason, such payments will be deferred and will accrue interest until paid.
Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC amended and restated limited liability company agreement
In connection with the recapitalization transactions related to our IPO, the limited liability company agreement of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC was amended and restated (the “New LLC Agreement”). As a result of the recapitalization transactions and our IPO, we hold Holdings Units in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC indirectly through wholly owned subsidiaries and are the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. Accordingly, we operate and control all of the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC and, through Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC and its operating subsidiaries, conduct our business.
Pursuant to the New LLC Agreement, as managing member, Planet Fitness, Inc. has the right to determine when distributions will be made by Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC to holders of Holdings Units and the amount of any such distributions. If a distribution is authorized, such distribution will be made to the holder of Holdings Units (including Planet Fitness, Inc. and its subsidiaries) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Holdings Units.
 
132

Table of Contents
The holders of Holdings Units, including Planet Fitness, Inc. and its subsidiaries, will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their allocable share (determined under relevant tax rules) of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. Net profits and net losses of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will generally be allocated to holders of Holdings Units (including Planet Fitness, Inc.) pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Holdings Units, except to the extent certain rules provide for disproportionate allocations or are otherwise required under applicable tax law.
The New LLC Agreement provides that Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will make cash distributions, which we refer to as “tax distributions,” to the holders of Holdings Units. Generally, these tax distributions will be computed based on the net taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC allocable to the holders of Holdings Units multiplied by an assumed, combined tax rate equal to the maximum rate applicable to an individual or corporate resident in San Francisco, California (taking into account, among other things, the deductibility of certain expenses and certain adjustments relating to the calculation of state taxes). For purposes of determining the taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, such determination will be made by generally disregarding any adjustment to the taxable income of any member of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC that arises under the tax basis adjustment rules of the Code, and is attributable to the acquisition by such member of an interest in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC in our IPO and in future exchange or sale transactions. We expect Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC may make tax distributions periodically to the extent permitted by our agreements governing our indebtedness and necessary to enable us to cover our operating expenses and other obligations, including our tax liability and obligations under the tax receivable agreements, as well as to make dividend payments, if any, to the holders of our Class A common stock.
The New LLC Agreement also provides that substantially all expenses incurred by or attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. (such as expenses incurred in connection with our IPO) will be borne or reimbursed by Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, but Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will not bear the cost of our income tax expenses, obligations incurred by us under the tax receivable agreements or payments on indebtedness incurred by us other than to pay operating expenses that otherwise would be borne by Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC.
Stockholders agreement
In connection with our IPO, we entered into a stockholders agreement with investment funds affiliated with TSG. Pursuant to the stockholders agreement, we are required to take all necessary action to cause the board of directors and its committees to include individuals designated by TSG and to include such individuals in the slate of nominees recommended by the board of directors for election by our stockholders. These nomination rights are described in the sections titled “Management—Board composition and director independence” and “Management—Board committees.” The stockholders agreement also provides that we will obtain customary director indemnity insurance and enter into indemnification agreements with TSG’s director designees, and we have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors generally providing for indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf.
Registration rights agreement
In connection with the recapitalization transactions related to our IPO, we entered into a registration rights agreement with all of the Continuing LLC Owners and Direct TSG Investors, which include the investment funds affiliated with TSG that hold Holdings Units and shares of Class A common stock and certain employees and directors that hold Holdings Units. The registration rights agreement provides TSG with certain demand registration rights, including shelf registration rights, in respect of any shares of our Class A common stock held by it, subject to certain conditions. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of Class A common stock for sale to the public, we will be required to give notice of such registration to TSG and certain employees and directors party to the agreement of our intention to effect such a registration, and, subject to
 
133

Table of Contents
certain limitations, include shares of Class A common stock held by them in such registration. We also will undertake in the registration rights agreement to file a shelf registration statement as soon as we meet the applicable eligibility criteria and to use commercially reasonable efforts to have the shelf registration statement declared effective as soon as practicable and to remain effective in order to register the exchange of Holdings Units together with shares of Class B common stock for shares of Class A common stock by certain employees and directors from time to time. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares pursuant to the agreement. The agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of TSG and the employees and directors party to the agreement, any person who is or might be deemed a control person (within the meaning of the Securities Act and the Exchange Act) and related parties against certain losses and liabilities (including reasonable costs of investigation and legal expenses) arising out of or based upon any filing or other disclosure made by us under the securities laws relating to any such registration.
Indemnification agreements
Prior to the completion of our IPO, we entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals and, in certain cases, affiliates of such individuals, to the fullest extent permissible under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us or at our direction, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.
Related person transactions policy
We have adopted a policy with respect to the review, approval and ratification of related person transactions. Under the policy, our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related person transactions. In the course of its review and approval of related person transactions, our audit committee will consider the relevant facts and circumstances to decide whether to approve such transactions, including whether the transaction is on terms no less favorable than terms generally available to an unaffiliated third party under the same or similar circumstances and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. Related person transactions must be approved or ratified by the audit committee based on full information about the proposed transaction and the related person’s interest.
 
134

Table of Contents
 Principal and selling stockholders
The following table sets forth information with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock for (a) each person, or group of affiliated persons, known by us to own beneficially more than 5% of our outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, (b) each member of our board of directors, (c) each of our named executive officers, (d) all of our directors and executive officers as a group and (e) each of the selling stockholders.
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with SEC rules. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. In general, under these rules a beneficial owner of a security includes any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise has or shares voting power or investment power with respect to such security. A person is also deemed to be a beneficial owner of a security if that person has the right to acquire beneficial ownership of such security within 60 days. To our knowledge, except as otherwise indicated, and subject to applicable community property laws, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock beneficially owned by that person.
In connection with our IPO and the recapitalization transactions, we issued to the Continuing LLC Owners one share of our Class B common stock for each Holdings Unit that they hold. Each Continuing LLC Owner has the right to exchange their Holdings Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of our Class B common stock, for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. In addition, at our election, we may effect a direct exchange of such shares of Class A common stock or cash for such Holdings Units. As a result, the number of shares of Class B common stock listed in the table below correlates to the number of Holdings Units each such Continuing LLC Owner holds. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions.”
 
135

Table of Contents
The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock outstanding and percentage of beneficial ownership before this offering set forth below is computed on the basis of 36,597,985 shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2016, and 62,066,702 shares of our Class B common stock issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2016. The number of shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock and percentage of beneficial ownership after the consummation of this offering set forth below are based on the number of shares to be issued and outstanding immediately after the consummation of this offering. Shares of our Class A common stock that a person has the right to acquire within 60 days of the date of this prospectus (including the right to exchange described above) are deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of such person’s holdings, but are not deemed outstanding for purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person, except with respect to the percentage ownership of all directors and executive officers as a group. Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each beneficial owner listed is c/o Planet Fitness, Inc., 26 Fox Run Road, Newington, New Hampshire 03801.

 	 	 	 	 	 	
   	 	Class A common stock beneficially owned (1)	 	
 	 	Shares of Class A common
stock
beneficially owned
prior to this offering	 	 	Class A
Shares being
offered
(no option)	 	 	Class A
Shares being
offered (with
option)	 	 	Shares of Class A common
stock
beneficially owned after
giving effect to this
offering (no option)	 	 	Shares of Class A common
stock
beneficially owned after
giving effect to this
offering (with option)	 	
   	 	Number	 	 	Percentage	 	 			 			 	Number	 	 	Percentage	 	 	Number	 	 	Percentage	 	
									
Name of beneficial owner	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
5% Stockholders	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
TSG Funds (2)	 	 	64,990,396	  	 	 	80.7%	  	 	 	9,629,887	  	 	 	11,129,887	  	 	 	55,360,509	  	 	 	68.4%	  	 	 	53,860,509	  	 	 	66.6%	  	
AllianceBernstein L.P. (3)	 	 	2,362,034	  	 	 	6.5%	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	2,362,034	  	 	 	5.4%	  	 	 	2,362,034	  	 	 	5.3%	  	
Capital World Investors (4)	 	 	2,276,286	  	 	 	6.2%	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	2,276,286	  	 	 	5.2%	  	 	 	2,276,286	  	 	 	5.1%	  	
									
Directors and Named Executive Officers	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Chris Rondeau (5)	 	 	8,588,310	  	 	 	19.0%	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	8,588,310	  	 	 	16.5%	  	 	 	8,588,310	  	 	 	16.2%	  	
Dorvin Lively (6)	 	 	732,134	  	 	 	2.0%	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	732,134	  	 	 	1.7%	  	 	 	732,134	  	 	 	1.6%	  	
Richard L. Moore (7)	 	 	675,723	  	 	 	1.8%	  	 	 	150,000	  	 	 	150,000	  	 	 	525,723	  	 	 	1.2%	  	 	 	525,723	  	 	 	1.2%	  	
Charles Esserman (8)	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Michael Layman (8)	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Pierre LeComte (8)	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Edward Wong (8)	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Marc Grondahl (9)	 	 	5,367,695	  	 	 	12.8%	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	5,367,695	  	 	 	11.0%	  	 	 	5,367,695	  	 	 	10.8%	  	
Stephen Spinelli, Jr. (10)	 	 	101,355	  	 	 	*	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	101,355	  	 	 	*	  	 	 	101,355	  	 	 	*	  	
David Berg	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (11)	 	 	15,325,217	  	 	 	30.0%	  	 	 	150,000	  	 	 	150,000	  	 	 	15,325,217	  	 	 	26.1%	  	 	 	15,325,217	  	 	 	25.6%	  	
									
Other Selling Stockholders	 				 				 				 				 				 				 				 				
Anna Arico	 	 	101,355	  	 	 	*	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	10,000	  	 	 	91,355	  	 	 	*	  	 	 	91,355	  	 	 	*	  	
Brian Belmont	 	 	638,268	  	 	 	1.7%	  	 	 	150,000	  	 	 	150,000	  	 	 	488,268	  	 	 	1.1%	  	 	 	488,268	  	 	 	1.1%	  	
Corey Benish	 	 	88,215	  	 	 	*	  	 	 	50,000	  	 	 	50,000	  	 	 	38,215	  	 	 	*	  	 	 	38,215	  	 	 	*	  	
Candace Couture	 	 	10,113	  	 	 	*	  	 	 	10,113	  	 	 	10,113	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	

136

Table of Contents

   	  	Class B common stock beneficially owned (1)	 	
 	  	Shares of Class B common
stock
beneficially owned
prior to this offering	 	  	Shares of Class B common
stock
beneficially owned after
this offering (no option)	 	  	Shares of Class B common
stock
beneficially owned after
this offering (with option)	 	
   	  	Number	 	  	Percentage	 	  	Number	 	  	Percentage	 	  	Number	 	  	Percentage	 	
							
Name of beneficial owner	  				  				  				  				  				  				
5% Stockholders	  				  				  				  				  				  				
TSG Funds (2)	  	 	43,917,411	  	  	 	70.7%	  	  	 	37,409,993	  	  	 	67.9%	  	  	 	36,396,364	  	  	 	67.3%	  	
							
Directors and Named Executive Officers	  				  				  				  				  				  				
Chris Rondeau (5)	  	 	8,588,310	  	  	 	13.8%	  	  	 	8,588,310	  	  	 	15.6%	  	  	 	8,588,310	  	  	 	15.9%	  	
Dorvin Lively (6)	  	 	1,407,950	  	  	 	2.3%	  	  	 	1,407,950	  	  	 	2.6%	  	  	 	1,407,950	  	  	 	2.6%	  	
Richard L. Moore (7)	  	 	993,711	  	  	 	1.6%	  	  	 	843,711	  	  	 	1.5%	  	  	 	843,711	  	  	 	1.6%	  	
Charles Esserman (8)	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
Michael Layman (8)	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
Pierre LeComte (8)	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
Edward Wong (8)	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
Marc Grondahl (9)	  	 	5,367,695	  	  	 	8.6%	  	  	 	5,367,695	  	  	 	9.7%	  	  	 	5,367,695	  	  	 	9.9%	  	
Stephen Spinelli, Jr. (10)	  	 	149,052	  	  	 	*	  	  	 	149,052	  	  	 	*	  	  	 	149,052	  	  	 	*	  	
David Berg	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
All executive officers and directors as a group (10 persons) (11)	  	 	16,506,718	  	  	 	26.6%	  	  	 	16,356,718	  	  	 	29.7%	  	  	 	16,356,718	  	  	 	30.2%	  	
							
Other Selling Stockholders	  				  				  				  				  				  				
Anna Arico	  	 	149,052	  	  	 	*	  	  	 	139,052	  	  	 	*	  	  	 	139,052	  	  	 	*	  	
Brian Belmont	  	 	938,630	  	  	 	1.5%	  	  	 	788,630	  	  	 	1.4%	  	  	 	788,630	  	  	 	1.5%	  	
Corey Benish	  	 	169,644	  	  	 	*	  	  	 	119,644	  	  	 	*	  	  	 	119,644	  	  	 	*	  	
Candace Couture	  	 	28,091	  	  	 	*	  	  	 	17,978	  	  	 	*	  	  	 	17,978	  	  	 	*	  	

*	 	Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.	
 
(1)	 	Subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, the Holdings Units held by Continuing LLC Owners are exchangeable for shares of our Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Exchange agreement.” In these tables, beneficial ownership of Holdings Units has been reflected as beneficial ownership of shares of our Class A common stock for which such Holdings Units may be exchanged. When a Holdings Unit is exchanged by a Continuing LLC Owner who holds shares of Class B common stock, a corresponding share of Class B common stock will be cancelled. Accordingly, in the first table above, the percentages of Class A common stock provided also reflect combined voting power for each respective beneficial owner.	
 
(2)	 	Based on a Schedule 13G filed by TSG6 Management L.L.C. with the SEC on February 16, 2016. Shares of Class A common stock shown as beneficially owned by the TSG Funds include: (a) 9,985,179 shares of Class A common stock held by TSG6 AIV II-A L.P. (“AIV II-A”), a Delaware limited partnership whose general partner is TSG6 Management L.L.C. (“TSG6 Management”), a Delaware limited liability company; (b) 11,087,806 shares of Class A common stock held by TSG6 PF Co-Investors A L.P. (“Co-Investors A”), a Delaware limited partnership whose general partner is TSG6 Management; (c) 37,858,904 shares of Class A common stock underlying an identical number of Holdings Units and shares of Class B common stock held by TSG PF Investment L.L.C. (“Investment”), a Delaware limited liability company whose managing member is TSG6 AIV II L.P., whose general partner is TSG6 Management; and (d) 6,058,507 shares of Class A common stock underlying an identical number of Holdings Units and shares of Class B common stock held by TSG PF Investment II L.L.C. (“Investment II” and, together with AIV II-A, Co-Investors A and Investment, the “TSG Funds”), a Delaware limited liability company whose managing member is TSG6 AIV II L.P., whose general partner is TSG6 Management. By virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, TSG6 Management may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the securities held by the TSG Funds. Voting and investment decisions with respect to securities held by the TSG Funds are made by the following managing members of TSG6 Management: Charles Esserman, James O’Hara, Hadley Mullin, Pierre LeComte, Blythe Jack, Brian Krumrei, Jennifer Baxter Moser and Colin Welch. Each of the TSG Funds has an address c/o TSG Consumer Partners, LLC, 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 2900, San Francisco, California 94111.	
 
(3)	 	Based on a Schedule 13G filed by AllianceBernstein L.P. with the SEC on February 16, 2016.	
 
(4)	 	Based on a Schedule 13G filed by Capital World Investors with the SEC on February 12, 2016.	
 
(5)	 	Based on a Schedule 13G filed by Mr. Rondeau on February 12, 2016. Includes 8,588,310 shares of Class A common stock underlying an identical number of Holdings Units and shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Rondeau.	
 
(6)	 	Reflects 1,407,950 shares of Class A common stock underlying an identical number of Holdings Units and shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Lively, 732,134 of which have vested or will vest within 60 days.	
 
137

Table of Contents

(7)	 	Reflects 993,711 shares of Class A common stock underlying an identical number of Holdings Units and shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Moore, 675,723 of which have vested or will vest within 60 days.	
 
(8)	 	Does not include shares of Class A common stock beneficially owned by the TSG Funds. Mr. Esserman is Chief Executive Officer of TSG, Mr. Layman is a Principal of TSG, Mr. LeComte is Managing Director of TSG and Edward Wong is a Senior Vice President of TSG. The address of each of Messrs. Esserman, Layman, LeComte and Wong is c/o TSG Consumer Partners, LLC, 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 2900, San Francisco, California 94111.	
 
(9)	 	Based on a Schedule 13G filed by Mr. Grondahl on February 12, 2016. Includes 5,367,695 shares of Class A common stock underlying an identical number of Holdings Units and shares of Class B common stock held by Mr. Grondahl.	
 
(10)	 	Reflects 149,052 shares of Class A common stock underlying an identical number of Holdings Units and shares of Class B common stock held by Dr. Spinelli, 101,355 of which have vested or will vest within 60 days.	
 
(11)	 	Reflects 16,506,718 shares of Class A common stock underlying an identical number of Holdings Units and shares of Class B common stock held by our current directors and executive officers as a group, 15,465,217 of which have vested or will vest within 60 days.	
 
138

Table of Contents
 Description of certain indebtedness
Senior secured credit facility
General
On December 14, 2012, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC entered into a $230.0 million senior secured credit facility with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. as administrative agent and the other lenders party thereto. The senior secured credit facility originally consisted of a $190.0 million term loan facility and a $40.0 million revolving credit facility. On March 31, 2014, we amended and restated the senior secured credit facility to increase the size of the term loan facility to $390.0 million and to make certain other changes to the pricing terms and certain covenants.
The senior secured credit facility provides that Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC has the right at any time to request additional loans and commitments, and to the extent that the aggregate amount of such additional loans and commitments exceeds $75.0 million, the incurrence thereof is subject to a first lien net leverage ratio being no greater than the first lien net leverage ratio on March 31, 2014, reduced by 0.25. The lenders under these facilities are not under any obligation to provide any such additional term loans or commitments, and any additional term loans or increase in commitments are subject to several conditions precedent and limitations.
On March 31, 2015, we amended our senior secured credit facility to provide for an increase in term loan borrowings to $506.1 million to permit the issuance of a cash dividend of $140.0 million to holders of Class T Units and Class O Units of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and to extend the 1.00% soft-call prepayment premium on our senior secured credit facility until September 30, 2015. The full incremental borrowings of $120.0 million plus $20.0 million from cash on hand were used to fund the dividend payment. The additional incremental term loan borrowings bear a variable rate of interest of the greater of LIBOR or 1.00% plus the applicable margin of 3.50%. All other terms and conditions remained unchanged under the senior secured credit facility.
Interest rates and fees
Borrowings under the senior secured credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the prime rate of JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and (c) the adjusted LIBOR for a one month interest period plus 1% or (2) a LIBOR determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs, provided that LIBOR shall not be lower than 1.00%. The initial applicable margin under the term loan facility was 2.75% and ranges from 2.75% to 2.50% for loans based upon the base rate and ranges from 3.75% to 3.50% for loans based upon the LIBOR, in each case based upon on specified leverage ratios. The applicable margin under the revolving credit facility ranges from 1.75% to 2.25% for loans based upon the base rate and ranges from 2.75% to 3.25% for loans based upon the LIBOR, in each case based upon on specified leverage ratios.
In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior secured credit facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate ranging from 0.35% to 0.45% per annum, based upon on specified leverage ratios. We also pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.
Mandatory prepayments
The credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facility requires Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with: (1) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of indebtedness by Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC or its restricted subsidiaries other than certain
 
139

Table of Contents
indebtedness permitted under the senior secured credit facility, and (2) 100% of the net cash proceeds of non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of assets (including casualty events) by Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC or its restricted subsidiaries, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions.
In general, the mandatory prepayments described above are applied first, in direct order of maturities or otherwise at our direction, to scheduled principal amortization payments, second, to prepay any revolving loans, without any permanent reduction in the commitments under the revolving loan facility and third, to cash collateralize any outstanding letters of credit.
Voluntary repayments
We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior secured credit facility at any time subject to customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans.
Amortization and final maturity
The term loan facility amortizes each year in an amount equal to 1% per annum in equal quarterly installments for the first six and three quarter years, with the balance payable on March 31, 2021. The principal amount outstanding of the loans under the revolving credit facility becomes due and payable on March 31, 2019.
Guarantees and security
The senior secured credit facility is guaranteed by Planet Intermediate, LLC and certain of Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC’s direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries (excluding certain immaterial subsidiaries and subject to certain other exceptions), and is required to be guaranteed by certain of Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC’s future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries. The security of all obligations under the senior secured credit facility and the guarantees of those obligations, subject to certain exceptions, including the mortgages, will be limited to owned real property with a fair market value above a specified threshold. Such obligations and guarantees are secured by (i) substantially all of the assets of Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC and the subsidiary guarantors, including a first-priority pledge of 100% of certain of the capital stock or equity interests held by Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC or any subsidiary guarantor (which pledge, in the case of the stock of any foreign subsidiary (each such entity, a “Pledged Foreign Sub”) (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) and the equity interests of certain U.S. subsidiaries that hold capital stock of foreign subsidiaries and are disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each such entity, a “Pledged U.S. DE”) (with certain agreed-upon exceptions), is limited to 65% of the stock or equity interests of such Pledged Foreign Sub or Pledged U.S. DE, as the case may be), in each case excluding any interests in non-wholly owned restricted subsidiaries (including joint ventures) to the extent such a pledge would violate the governing documents thereof and certain other exceptions; and (ii) a first-priority security interest in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC and each subsidiary guarantor.
Covenants and other matters
The senior secured credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of Planet Intermediate, LLC Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC and its restricted subsidiaries to:
 
•	 	incur additional indebtedness;	
 
•	 	incur certain liens;	
 
140

Table of Contents

•	 	consolidate or merge;	
 
•	 	alter the business conducted by Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC and its restricted subsidiaries;	
 
•	 	make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;	
 
•	 	sell assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;	
 
•	 	enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions;	
 
•	 	enter into certain swap agreements or derivative transactions;	
 
•	 	pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock or certain other indebtedness;	
 
•	 	engage in transactions with affiliates; and	
 
•	 	enter into agreements restricting our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.	
In addition, the credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facility requires Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC and its restricted subsidiaries to comply on a quarterly basis with a maximum total net leverage ratio, which covenant is only for the benefit of the revolving credit facility. This financial maintenance covenant becomes more restrictive over time.
Failure to comply with this covenant would result in an event of default under our senior secured credit facility unless waived by our senior secured credit facility lenders. As of March 31, 2016, we were in compliance with our senior secured credit facility financial covenant with a leverage ratio of 3.4 to 1.0, which was calculated for the 12 months ended March 31, 2016, based upon certain adjustments to EBITDA, as provided for under the terms of our senior secured credit facility.
The credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facility contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default. An event of default under our senior secured credit facility can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facility, which in turn can result in an event of default and possible acceleration of our other indebtedness, if any.
This summary describes the material provisions of the senior secured credit facility, but may not contain all information that is important to you. We urge you to read the provisions of the credit agreement governing the senior secured credit facility, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Where you can find more information.”
 
141

Table of Contents
 Description of capital stock
General
The following description of our capital stock is intended as a summary only and is qualified in its entirety by reference to our restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part, and to the applicable provisions of the DGCL.
Our authorized capital stock consists of 300,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 100,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. Upon the completion of this offering, there will be 43,475,516 shares of our Class A common stock issued and outstanding and 55,093,433 shares of our Class B common stock issued and outstanding.
Common stock
Voting rights.      Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are entitled to cast one vote per share on all matters submitted to stockholders for their approval. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock are not be entitled to cumulate their votes in the election of directors. Holders of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock vote together as a single class on all matters submitted to stockholders for their vote or approval, except with respect to the amendment of certain provisions of our certificate of incorporation that would alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Class B common stock so as to affect them adversely, which amendments must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of the Class B common stock, voting as a separate class, or as otherwise required by applicable law. The voting power of the outstanding Class B common stock (expressed as a percentage of the total voting power of all common stock) is equal to the percentage of Holdings Units not held directly or indirectly by Planet Fitness, Inc.
Generally, all matters to be voted on by stockholders must be approved by a majority of votes cast affirmatively or negatively on a matter by stockholders (or, in the case of election of directors, by a plurality), voting together as a single class. Except as otherwise provided by law, amendments to the certificate of incorporation must be approved by a majority or, in some cases, a super-majority of the combined voting power of all shares entitled to vote, voting together as a single class.
Dividend rights .    Holders of Class A common stock share ratably (based on the number of shares of Class A common stock held) if and when any dividend is declared by the board of directors out of funds legally available therefor, subject to any statutory or contractual restrictions on the payment of dividends and to any restrictions on the payment of dividends imposed by the terms of any outstanding preferred stock. The holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive dividends other than dividends consisting of shares of our Class B common stock paid proportionally with respect to each outstanding share of our Class B common stock.
Liquidation rights .    On our liquidation, dissolution or winding up and after payment in full of all amounts required to be paid to creditors and to the holders of preferred stock having liquidation preferences, if any, each holder of Class A common stock are entitled to a pro rata distribution of any assets available for distribution to common stockholders. Other than their par value, the holders of our Class B common stock do not have any right to receive a distribution upon a liquidation or dissolution of our Company.
Other matters .    No shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock are subject to redemption or have preemptive rights to purchase additional shares of Class A common stock or Class B common stock. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock and Class B common stock do not have subscription, redemption or
 
142

Table of Contents
conversion rights. There are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the Class A common stock or Class B Common Stock. All the outstanding shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
Transfers of Class B common stock .    Pursuant to the recapitalization agreement and the New LLC Agreement, each holder of Class B common stock agrees that:
 
•	 	the holder will not transfer any shares of Class B common stock to any person unless the holder transfers an equal number of Holdings Units to the same person; and	
 
•	 	in the event the holder transfers any Holdings Units to any person, the holder will transfer an equal number of shares of Class B common stock to the same person.	
Preferred stock
Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges and relative participating, optional or special rights, as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the Class A common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our Class A common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our Class A common stock. Under certain circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our board of directors, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our Class A common stock and the market value of our Class A common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there are no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Stockholders agreement
In connection with the IPO, we entered into a stockholders agreement with investment funds affiliated with TSG pursuant to which TSG has specified board representation rights, governance rights and other rights. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Stockholders agreement.”
Registration rights
In connection with the IPO, all of the Continuing LLC Owners and Direct TSG Investors, including the investment funds affiliated with TSG that hold Holdings Units and shares of Class A common stock, and certain employees and directors that hold Holdings Units, are entitled to rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. These registration rights are contained in our registration rights agreement. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Registration rights agreement.”
Anti-takeover effects of our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws
Our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire
 
143

Table of Contents
control of us to first negotiate with the board of directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they may also discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.
These provisions include:
 
•	 	Classified board.     Our certificate of incorporation provides that our board of directors is divided into three classes of directors. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors is elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our board of directors is composed of eight members.	
 
•	 	No cumulative voting.     The DGCL provides that stockholders are not entitled to the right to cumulate votes in the election of directors unless the certificate of incorporation specifically authorizes cumulative voting. Our certificate of incorporation does not authorize cumulative voting.	
 
•	 	Requirements for removal of directors .    Following the date on which the TSG no longer beneficially owns a majority of our common stock, directors may only be removed for cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote thereon.	
 
•	 	Advance notice procedures .    Our bylaws establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the bylaws do not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the bylaws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our Company.	
 
•	 	Actions by written consent; special meetings of stockholders .    Our certificate of incorporation provides that, following the date on which TSG no longer beneficially owns a majority of our common stock, stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by or at the direction of the chairman of the board, a majority of the board of directors, or, until the date on which TSG no longer beneficially owns a majority of our common stock, by the secretary at the request of the holders of 50% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock.	
 
•	 	Supermajority approval requirements .    Following the date on which TSG no longer beneficially owns a majority of our common stock, certain amendments to our certificate of incorporation and shareholder amendments to our bylaws will require the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of our capital stock entitled to vote thereon.	
 
•	 	Authorized but unissued shares .    Our authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock are available for future issuance without stockholder approval. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of us by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.	
 
144

Table of Contents

•	 	Business combinations with interested stockholders .    We have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the DGCL, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. While we will not be subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203, our certificate of incorporation contains provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that investment funds affiliated with TSG will not be deemed to be an “interested stockholder,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by investment funds affiliated with TSG, and accordingly we will not be subject to such restrictions.	
Exclusive forum
Our certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in the name of the Company, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of a fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in specified courts in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers. See “Risk factors—Our certificate of incorporation designates courts in the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.”
Corporate opportunities
Our certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in the business opportunities of TSG and of its officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to one of our directors or officers in his or her capacity as a director or officer.
Limitations on liability and indemnification of directors and officers
Our certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL and requires that we will provide them with customary indemnification. We also entered into customary indemnification agreements with each of our directors that provide them, in general, with customary indemnification in connection with their service to us or on our behalf. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable. We also maintain officers’ and directors’ liability insurance that insures against liabilities that our officers and directors may incur in such capacities.
Transfer agent and registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our Class A common stock is American Stock Transfer and Trust Company, LLC.
Listing
Our Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “PLNT.”
 
145

Table of Contents
 Shares eligible for future sale
Future sales of substantial amounts of our Class A common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after this offering, or the perception that those sales may occur, could cause the prevailing market price for our Class A common stock to fall or impair our ability to raise capital through sales of our equity securities.
After giving effect to this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of 43,475,516 shares of Class A common stock, assuming no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase additional shares. All shares sold in the IPO and in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares purchased by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption from registration, including the safe harbor under Rule 144 of the Securities Act described below.
The remaining 17,950,516 shares of Class A common stock (or 73,043,949 shares of Class A common stock, including shares of our Class A common stock received in exchange for a corresponding number of Holdings Units and shares of Class B common stock) will continue to be, and any shares of Class A common stock issued upon redemption or exchange of Holdings Units will be, “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. These restricted securities are eligible for public sale only if they are registered under the Securities Act or if they qualify for an exemption from registration including the safe harbors afforded by Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act, which are summarized below. However, in connection with the IPO, we entered into a registration rights agreement with the Continuing LLC Owners and the Direct TSG Investors that requires us to register under the Securities Act the resale of these shares of Class A common stock. See “—Registration rights” and “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Registration rights agreement.” Such securities registered under any registration statement will be available for sale in the open market unless restrictions apply.
Lock-up agreements
We and each of our directors, executive officers, the selling stockholders and certain other stockholders, who collectively own 72,782,531 shares of our common stock, or securities exercisable for or exchangeable into shares of our common stock, including Holdings Units, following this offering, have agreed that, without the prior written consent of certain of the underwriters, we and they will not, subject to limited exceptions, directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of common stock for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus. The lock-up restrictions and specified exceptions are described in more detail under “Underwriting.”
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, any person who is not our affiliate and has held their shares of Class A common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, may sell shares without restriction, subject to the availability of current public information about us. In addition, under Rule 144, any person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and has held their shares of Class A common stock for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of Class A common stock immediately upon the completion of this offering without regard to whether current public information about us is available.
 
146

Table of Contents
A person who is our affiliate or who was our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months and who has beneficially owned restricted securities for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, is entitled to sell a number of shares of Class A common stock within any three-month period that does not exceed the greater of: (i) 1% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock outstanding, which will equal approximately 434,755 shares immediately after this offering; and (ii) the average weekly trading volume of our Class A common stock on the NYSE during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to certain manner of sale provisions, notice requirements and the availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
In general, under Rule 701 under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who acquired shares of Class A common stock from us in connection with a written compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement in compliance with Rule 701 is entitled to sell such shares in reliance on Rule 144 but without compliance with certain of the requirements contained in Rule 144. Accordingly, subject to any applicable lock-up agreements, under Rule 701 persons who are not our affiliates may resell those shares without complying with the minimum holding period or public information requirements of Rule 144, and persons who are our affiliates may resell those shares without compliance with Rule 144’s minimum holding period requirements.
Equity incentive plans
We have filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A common stock that are subject to options and other awards issuable pursuant to our equity incentive plans. Shares covered by such registration statement are available for sale in the open market following the effective date, subject to certain Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates and the terms of lock-up agreements applicable to those shares.
Registration rights
Subject to the lock-up agreements described above, certain holders of our Class A common stock, or securities exercisable for or exchangeable into, shares of Class A common stock, including Holdings Units, may demand that we register the sale of their shares under the Securities Act or, if we file another registration statement under the Securities Act other than a Form S-8 covering securities issuable under our equity plans or on Form S-4, may elect to include their shares of Class A common stock in such registration. Following such registered sales, the shares will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, unless held by our affiliates. See “Certain relationships and related party transactions—Registration rights agreement.”
 
147

Table of Contents
 Material U.S. federal income tax considerations for
Non-U.S. Holders
The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of our Class A common stock issued pursuant to this offering by Non-U.S. Holders (defined below). This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relevant to Non-U.S. Holders of shares of our Class A common stock. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), the Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change or differing interpretations at any time, possibly with retroactive effect.
This summary assumes that shares of our Class A common stock are held by a Non-U.S. Holder as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code (generally, property held for investment). This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that might be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax considerations that may be relevant to particular persons subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including, for example, financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities or arrangements, certain U.S. expatriates or former long-term residents of the U.S., tax-exempt organizations, pension plans, “controlled foreign corporations,” “passive foreign investment companies,” corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, or persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold shares of our Class A common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment). In addition, except as explicitly addressed herein with respect to estate tax, this summary does not address estate or any gift tax considerations or considerations arising under the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction or any consideration relating to the alternative minimum tax or the 3.8% tax on net investment income.
For purposes of this summary, a “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our Class A common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is an individual, corporation, estate or trust other than:
 
•	 	an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;	
 
•	 	a corporation, or any other organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, that is created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;	
 
•	 	an estate, the income of which is included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or	
 
•	 	a trust if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.	
If an entity or arrangement that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our Class A common stock, the tax treatment of persons treated as its partners for U.S. federal income tax purposes will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and other entities that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons holding our Class A common stock through a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors.
 
148

Table of Contents
There can be no assurance that the IRS will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS or an opinion of counsel with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of shares of our Class A common stock.
THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE TAX ADVICE. PROSPECTIVE INVESTORS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAXATION AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF SHARES OF OUR CLASS A COMMON STOCK, AS WELL AS THE APPLICATION OF STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS.
Distributions on shares of our Class A common stock
As discussed under “Dividend policy” above, we do not currently anticipate paying cash dividends on shares of our Class A common stock in the foreseeable future. In the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property with respect to shares of our Class A common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles, and will be subject to withholding as described in the next paragraph below. If a distribution exceeds our current or accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the Non-U.S. Holder’s investment, up to such holder’s adjusted tax basis in its shares of our Class A common stock, as determined on a share-per-share basis. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “—Gain on sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our Class A common stock.”
Any dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder with respect to shares of our Class A common stock generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless such Non-U.S. Holder provides the applicable withholding agent with an appropriate and validly completed IRS Form W-8, such as:
 
•	 	IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, that such Non-U.S. Holder is entitled to a reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty; or	
 
•	 	IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, that a dividend paid on shares of our Class A common stock is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with conduct of a trade or business in the United States of the Non-U.S. Holder (in which case such dividend generally will be subject to regular graduated U.S. federal income tax rates on a net income basis as described below).	
The certifications described above must be provided to the applicable withholding agent prior to the payment of dividends and must be updated periodically. The certification also may require a Non-U.S. Holder that provides an IRS form or that claims treaty benefits to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number. Special certification and other requirements apply in the case of certain Non-U.S. Holders that are intermediaries or pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
If dividends are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business in the United States of the Non-U.S. Holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, are attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from the withholding tax described above (provided that the certifications described above are satisfied), will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the U.S. In addition, if such Non-U.S. Holder is taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, such Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings and profits for the taxable year, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise.
 
149

Table of Contents
Non-U.S. Holders that do not timely provide the applicable withholding agent with the required certification, but which are eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an applicable income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.
Any distribution described in this section would also be subject to the discussion below in the section entitled “—Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act.”
Gain on sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our Class A common stock
Subject to the discussion below under “—Backup withholding and information reporting” and “—Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” in general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on any gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our Class A common stock (including a redemption, but only if the redemption would be treated as a sale or exchange rather than a distribution for U.S. federal income tax purposes) unless (i) such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the U.S. for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met, (ii) we are or have been a “U.S. real property holding corporation,” as defined in the Internal Revenue Code (a “USRPHC”), at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period with respect to the applicable shares of our Class A common stock (the “relevant period”) and certain other conditions are met, or (iii) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the U.S. (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment or fixed base maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the U.S.).
If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition.
With respect to the second exception above, although there can be no assurance, we believe we are not, and we do not currently anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we are not currently or will not become a USRPHC in the future. Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus certain other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock by reason of our status as a USRPHC so long as (a) our Class A common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market (within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 897(c)(3)) during the calendar year in which such sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our Class A common stock occurs and (b) such Non-U.S. Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our Class A common stock at any time during the relevant period. If we are a USRPHC and the requirements of (a) or (b) are not met, gain on the disposition of shares of our Class A common stock generally will be taxed in the same manner as gain that is effectively connected with the conduct of a U.S. trade or business, except that the “branch profits tax” generally will not apply. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.
If the third exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis with respect to such gain in the same manner as if such holder were a resident of the U.S., unless
 
150

Table of Contents
otherwise provided in an applicable income tax treaty. In addition, a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a “branch profits tax” on its effectively connected earnings and profits at a rate of 30%, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise.
Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act
Legislation commonly referred to as the Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act, as modified by Treasury regulations and subject to any official interpretations thereof, any applicable intergovernmental agreement between the U.S. and non-U.S. government to implement these rules and improve international tax compliance, or any fiscal or regulatory legislation or rules adopted pursuant to any such intergovernmental agreement (collectively, “FATCA”), generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on payments to certain non-U.S. entities (including certain intermediaries), including dividends on and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our Class A common stock unless such persons comply with a complicated U.S. information reporting, disclosures and certification requirements. This new regime requires, among other things, a broad class of persons to obtain disclose and report information about their investors and account holders. These requirements are different from and in addition to the certification requirements described elsewhere in this discussion. The withholding rules apply currently to payments of dividends on shares of our Class A common stock, and are scheduled to apply to payments of gross proceeds from the sale or other dispositions of our Class A common stock paid after December 31, 2018. If a dividend payment is both subject to withholding under FATCA and subject to the withholding tax discussed above under “—Distributions on shares of our Class A common stock,” the withholding under FATCA may be credited against, and therefore reduce, such other withholding tax. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible impact of these rules on their investment in our Class A common stock, and the entities through which they hold our Class A common stock, including, without limitation, the process and deadlines for meeting the applicable requirements to prevent the imposition of this 30% withholding tax under FATCA.
Backup withholding and information reporting
We or a financial intermediary must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the gross amount of the distributions on shares of our Class A common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to such distributions. These information reporting requirements apply even if withholding was not required. In addition to the requirements described above under “—Foreign Account Tax Compliance Act,” a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to backup withholding at the then applicable rate for dividends paid to such holder unless such holder furnishes a valid IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E (or such other applicable form and documentation as required by the Internal Revenue Code or the Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder) certifying under penalties of perjury that it is a Non-U.S. Holder (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Internal Revenue Code). Dividends paid to Non-U.S. Holders subject to the U.S. federal withholding tax, as described above under “—Distributions on shares of our Class A common stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.
Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the payment of the proceeds of a disposition of shares of our Class A common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or non-U.S., unless the holder certifies that it is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. For information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker, and dispositions otherwise effected through a non-U.S. office generally will not be subject to information reporting. Generally, backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a
 
151

Table of Contents
Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected through a non-U.S. office of a U.S. broker or non-U.S. office of a non-U.S. broker. Prospective investors are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.
Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or is incorporated, under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.
Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment made to a Non-U.S. Holder can be refunded or credited against such Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.
Federal estate tax
Shares of our Class A common stock held (or treated as held) by an individual who is not a U.S. citizen or resident (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of such individual’s death will be included in such individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise, and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.
 
152

Table of Contents
 Underwriting
The selling stockholders are offering the shares of Class A common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Jefferies LLC and Guggenheim Securities, LLC are acting as representatives of the underwriters named below. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of Class A common stock listed next to its name in the following table.

Underwriter	  	Number
of shares	 	
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC	  				
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                   Incorporated	  				
Jefferies LLC	  				
Guggenheim Securities, LLC	  				
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated	  				
William Blair & Company, L.L.C.	  				
Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC	  				
Piper Jaffray & Co.	  				
Cowen and Company, LLC	  				
Total	  	 	10,000,000	  	
 	 	
The underwriters are committed to purchase all the shares of Class A common stock offered by the selling stockholders, other than those covered by the option to purchase additional shares described below, if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.
The underwriters propose to offer the shares of Class A common stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $         per share. Any such dealers may resell shares to certain other brokers or dealers at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
The underwriters have an option to buy up to an additional 1,500,000 shares of Class A common stock to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of Class A common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.
 
153

Table of Contents
The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of Class A common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to the selling stockholders per share of Class A common stock. The underwriting fee is $         per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares

   	  	Paid by the selling stockholders	
   	  	No exercise	 	  	Full exercise	
Per share	  	$	            	  	  		
Total	  	$	            	  	  		
 	
We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $0.7 million. We have agreed to reimburse the underwriters for certain expenses in connection with this offering in the amount not exceeding $25,000. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse certain of our expenses incurred in connection with this offering.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
We have agreed that we will not:
 
•	 	offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition; or	
 
•	 	enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities,	
regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, other than the shares of our common stock to be sold hereunder and subject to certain other limited exceptions.
Our directors, executive officers, the selling stockholders and certain other stockholders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 90 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated:
 
•	 	offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such	
 
154

Table of Contents

 	other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers and stockholders in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition;	
 
•	 	enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock or such other securities, regardless of whether any such transaction is to be settled by delivery of our common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise; or	
 
•	 	make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock.	
We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
Our Class A common stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol “PLNT.”
In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of Class A common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the Class A common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of Class A common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of Class A common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the Class A common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.
The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the Class A common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase Class A common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.
These activities may have the effect of increasing or maintaining the market price of the Class A common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the Class A common stock, and, as a result, the price of the Class A common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NYSE, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.
A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares of Class A common stock to underwriters and selling group members for sale to
 
155

Table of Contents
their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.
Sales of shares of Class A common stock made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters.
Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us, the selling stockholders or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.
Notice to prospective investors in the United Kingdom
This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.
Notice to prospective investors in the European Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) was implemented in that Relevant Member State no offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State other than:
 
•	 	to any legal entity which is a “qualified investor” as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive;	
 
•	 	to fewer than 150 natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive), per Relevant Member State, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the underwriters; or	
 
•	 	in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities shall result in a requirement for us or any underwriter to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive or a supplemental prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the EU Prospectus Directive and each person who initially acquires any securities or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each of the underwriters and us that it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the EU Prospectus Directive.	
 
156

Table of Contents
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC, as amended, including by Directive 2010/73/EU, and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.
Notice to prospective investors in Canada
The shares may be sold only to purchasers purchasing, or deemed to be purchasing, as principal that are accredited investors, as defined in National Instrument 45-106 Prospectus Exemptions or subsection 73.3(1) of the Securities Act (Ontario), and are permitted clients, as defined in National Instrument 31-103 Registration Requirements, Exemptions and Ongoing Registrant Obligations. Any resale of the shares must be made in accordance with an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the prospectus requirements of applicable securities laws.
Securities legislation in certain provinces or territories of Canada may provide a purchaser with remedies for rescission or damages if this prospectus (including any amendment thereto) contains a misrepresentation, provided that the remedies for rescission or damages are exercised by the purchaser within the time limit prescribed by the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory. The purchaser should refer to any applicable provisions of the securities legislation of the purchaser’s province or territory for particulars of these rights or consult with a legal advisor.
Pursuant to section 3A.3 (or, in the case of securities issued or guaranteed by the government of a non-Canadian jurisdiction, section 3A.4) of National Instrument 33-105 Underwriting Conflicts (“NI 33-105”), the underwriters are not required to comply with the disclosure requirements of NI 33-105 regarding underwriter conflicts of interest in connection with this offering.
Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland
The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.
Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company or the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.
 
157

Table of Contents
Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre
This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.
Notice to prospective investors in Australia
No placement document, prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document has been lodged with the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”), in relation to the offering. This prospectus does not constitute a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act 2001 (the “Corporations Act”), and does not purport to include the information required for a prospectus, product disclosure statement or other disclosure document under the Corporations Act.
Any offer in Australia of the shares may only be made to persons (the “Exempt Investors”) who are “sophisticated investors” (within the meaning of section 708(8) of the Corporations Act), “professional investors” (within the meaning of section 708(11) of the Corporations Act) or otherwise pursuant to one or more exemptions contained in section 708 of the Corporations Act so that it is lawful to offer the shares without disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act.
The shares applied for by Exempt Investors in Australia must not be offered for sale in Australia in the period of 12 months after the date of allotment under the offering, except in circumstances where disclosure to investors under Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act would not be required pursuant to an exemption under section 708 of the Corporations Act or otherwise or where the offer is pursuant to a disclosure document which complies with Chapter 6D of the Corporations Act. Any person acquiring shares must observe such Australian on-sale restrictions.
This prospectus contains general information only and does not take account of the investment objectives, financial situation or particular needs of any particular person. It does not contain any securities recommendations or financial product advice. Before making an investment decision, investors need to consider whether the information in this prospectus is appropriate to their needs, objectives and circumstances, and, if necessary, seek expert advice on those matters.
Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong
The securities have not been offered or sold and will not be offered or sold in Hong Kong, by means of any document, other than (a) to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571) of Hong Kong and any rules made under that Ordinance; or (b) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” as defined in the Companies Ordinance (Cap. 32) of Hong Kong or which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of that Ordinance. No advertisement, invitation or document relating to the securities has been or may be issued or has been or may be in the possession of any person for the purposes of issue, whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere, which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public of Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the
 
158

Table of Contents
securities laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to securities which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” as defined in the Securities and Futures Ordinance and any rules made under that Ordinance.
Notice to prospective investors in Japan
The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (Law No. 25 of 1948, as amended) and, accordingly, will not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, in Japan, or for the benefit of any Japanese Person or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to any Japanese Person, except in compliance with all applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines promulgated by relevant Japanese governmental or regulatory authorities in effect at the relevant time. For the purposes of this paragraph, “Japanese Person” shall mean any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan.
Notice to prospective investors in Singapore
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person pursuant to Section 275(1), or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions specified in Section 275, of the SFA, or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 of the SFA by a relevant person which is:
 
 	(a)	 	a corporation (which is not an accredited investor (as defined in Section 4A of the SFA)) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or	
 
 	(b)	 	a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary of the trust is an individual who is an accredited investor,	
securities (as defined in Section 239(1) of the SFA) of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest (howsoever described) in that trust shall not be transferred within six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares pursuant to an offer made under Section 275 of the SFA except:
 
 	(a)	 	to an institutional investor or to a relevant person defined in Section 275(2) of the SFA, or to any person arising from an offer referred to in Section 275(1A) or Section 276(4)(i)(B) of the SFA;	
 
 	(b)	 	where no consideration is or will be given for the transfer;	
 
 	(c)	 	where the transfer is by operation of law;	
 
 	(d)	 	as specified in Section 276(7) of the SFA; or	
 
 	(e)	 	as specified in Regulation 32 of the Securities and Futures (Offers of Investments) (Shares and Debentures) Regulations 2005 of Singapore.	
 
159

Table of Contents
Other relationships
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full-service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.
Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. An affiliate of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC is the administrative agent and a lender and an affiliate of Jefferies LLC is a lender under the credit agreement governing our senior secured credit facility. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.
 
160

Table of Contents
 Legal matters
The validity of the issuance of our Class A common stock offered in this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. The underwriters are being represented by Simpson Thacher  & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.
 Experts
The consolidated financial statements of Planet Fitness, Inc. as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
 Where you can find more information
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of Class A common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits filed therewith. For further information with respect to us and the Class A common stock offered hereby, please refer to the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. A copy of the registration statement and the exhibits filed therewith may be inspected without charge at the public reference room maintained by the SEC, located at 100 F Street N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be obtained from such offices upon the payment of the fees prescribed by the SEC. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information about the public reference room. The SEC also maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. The SEC’s website address is www.sec.gov.
We file periodic reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and website of the SEC referred to above.
 
161

Table of Contents
 Index to financial statements

 	  	Page	 	
Consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 and for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	  				
Report of independent registered public accounting firm	  	 	F-2	  	
		
Consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014	  	 	F-3	  	
		
Consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	  	 	F-4	  	
		
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	  	 	F-5	  	
		
Consolidated statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	  	 	F-6	  	
		
Consolidated statements of changes in equity for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013	  	 	F-7	  	
		
Notes to consolidated financial statements	  	 	F-8	  	
		
Interim condensed consolidated financial statements (unaudited) for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and March 31, 2015	  				
		
Condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015	  	 	F-44	  	
		
Condensed consolidated statements of operations for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015	  	 	F-45	  	
		
Condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015	  	 	F-46	  	
		
Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the quarters ended March 31, 2016 and 2015	  	 	F-47	  	
		
Notes to condensed consolidated financial statements	  	 	F-48	  	
 
F-1

Table of Contents
 Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Planet Fitness, Inc.:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows and changes in equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
March 4, 2016
 
F-2

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated balance sheets
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

   	  	December 31,	 	 	December 31,	 	
   	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	
			
Assets	  				 				
			
Current assets:	  				 				
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	31,430	  	 	$	43,291	  	
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debts of $629 and $399 at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively	  	 	19,079	  	 	 	19,275	  	
Due from related parties	  	 	4,940	  	 	 	1,141	  	
Inventory	  	 	4,557	  	 	 	3,012	  	
Restricted assets—NAF (note 5)	  	 	1,962	  	 	 	—	  	
Notes Receivable, current	  	 	—	  	 	 	1,290	  	
Prepaid expenses	  	 	5,152	  	 	 	4,355	  	
Other current assets	  	 	5,825	  	 	 	2,954	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	72,945	  	 	 	75,318	  	
Property and equipment, net	  	 	56,139	  	 	 	49,579	  	
Intangible assets, net	  	 	273,619	  	 	 	295,162	  	
Goodwill	  	 	176,981	  	 	 	176,981	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	117,358	  	 	 	260	  	
Notes receivable, net of current portion	  	 	—	  	 	 	2,007	  	
Other assets, net	  	 	2,135	  	 	 	2,675	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	699,177	  	 	$	601,982	  	

Liabilities and stockholders’ deficit/members’ equity	  				 				
			
Current liabilities:	  				 				
Current maturities of long-term debt	  	$	5,100	  	 	$	3,900	  	
Accounts payable	  	 	23,950	  	 	 	26,738	  	
Accrued expenses	  	 	13,667	  	 	 	8,494	  	
Equipment deposits	  	 	5,587	  	 	 	6,675	  	
Deferred revenue, current	  	 	14,717	  	 	 	14,549	  	
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, current	  	 	3,019	  	 	 	—	  	
Other current liabilities	  	 	212	  	 	 	529	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	66,252	  	 	 	60,885	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt, net of current maturities	  	 	479,779	  	 	 	375,881	  	
Deferred rent, net of current portion	  	 	4,554	  	 	 	3,012	  	
Deferred revenue, net of current portion	  	 	12,016	  	 	 	9,330	  	
Deferred tax liabilities	  	 	—	  	 	 	606	  	
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, net of current portion	  	 	137,172	  	 	 	—	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	484	  	 	 	519	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total noncurrent liabilities	  	 	634,005	  	 	 	389,348	  	

Commitments and contingencies (note 17)	  				 				
			
Stockholders’/members’ equity:	  				 				
Members’ equity	  	 	—	  	 	 	146,156	  	
Class A common stock, $.0001 par value—300,000 shares authorized, 36,598 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015	  	 	4	  	 	 	—	  	
Class B common stock, $.0001 par value—100,000 shares authorized, 62,112 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015	  	 	6	  	 	 	—	  	
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	  	 	(1,710	) 	 	 	(636	) 	
Additional paid in capital	  	 	352	  	 	 	—	  	
Accumulated deficit	  	 	(14,032	) 	 	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ deficit attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc./members’ equity	  	 	(15,380	) 	 	 	145,520	  	
Non-controlling interests	  	 	14,300	  	 	 	6,229	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ deficit/members’ equity	  	 	(1,080	) 	 	 	151,749	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ deficit/members’ equity	  	$	699,177	  	 	$	601,982	  	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-3

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of operations
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

   	  	For the Year Ended
December 31,	 	
   	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	
				
Revenue:	  				 				 				
Franchise	  	$	71,762	  	 	$	58,001	  	 	$	33,684	  	
Commission income	  	 	16,323	  	 	 	13,805	  	 	 	10,473	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	98,390	  	 	 	85,041	  	 	 	67,364	  	
Equipment	  	 	144,062	  	 	 	122,930	  	 	 	99,488	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	  	 	330,537	  	 	 	279,777	  	 	 	211,009	  	

Operating costs and expenses:	  				 				 				
Cost of revenue	  	 	113,492	  	 	 	100,306	  	 	 	81,353	  	
Store operations	  	 	57,485	  	 	 	49,476	  	 	 	41,692	  	
Selling, general and administrative	  	 	55,573	  	 	 	35,121	  	 	 	23,118	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	32,158	  	 	 	32,341	  	 	 	28,808	  	
Other (gain) loss	  	 	(273	) 	 	 	994	  	 	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs and expenses	  	 	258,435	  	 	 	218,238	  	 	 	174,971	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	  	 	72,102	  	 	 	61,539	  	 	 	36,038	  	

Other expense, net:	  				 				 				
Interest expense, net	  	 	(24,549	) 	 	 	(21,800	) 	 	 	(8,912	) 	
Other expense	  	 	(275	) 	 	 	(1,261	) 	 	 	(694	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other expense, net	  	 	(24,824	) 	 	 	(23,061	) 	 	 	(9,606	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	  	 	47,278	  	 	 	38,478	  	 	 	26,432	  	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	9,148	  	 	 	1,183	  	 	 	633	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	38,130	  	 	 	37,295	  	 	 	25,799	  	
Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests	  	 	19,612	  	 	 	487	  	 	 	361	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  	$	18,518	  	 	$	36,808	  	 	$	25,438	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share of Class A common stock (1) :	  				 				 				
Basic & diluted	  	$	0.11	  	 				 				
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (1) :	  				 				 				
Basic & diluted	  	 	36,244	  	 				 				
Pro forma financial information (note 22, unaudited)	  				 				 				
Historical income before taxes	  	$	47,278	  	 				 				
Pro forma provision for income taxes	  	 	10,036	  	 				 				
	  	 	 	 	 				 				
Pro forma net income	  	 	37,242	  	 				 				
Pro forma net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	  	 	30,837	  	 				 				
	  	 	 	 	 				 				
Pro forma net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  	$	6,405	  	 				 				
	  	 	 	 	 				 				
Pro forma net income per share information (note 22, unaudited)	  				 				 				
Pro forma net income per share of Class A common stock	  				 				 				
Basic	  	$	0.17	  	 				 				
Diluted	  	$	0.17	  	 				 				
Pro forma weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (in thousands)	  				 				 				
Basic	  	 	36,598	  	 				 				
Diluted	  	 	36,598	  	 				 				

(1)	 	Represents earnings per share of Class A common stock and weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding for the period from August 6, 2015 through December 31, 2015, the period following the recapitalization transactions and IPO (see Note 15).	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-4

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income
(Amounts in thousands)

   	 	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
   	 	            2015	 	 	            2014	 	 	            2013	 	
Net income including non-controlling interests	 	$	38,130	  	 	$	37,295	  	 	$	25,799	  	
				
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net:	 				 				 				
Gains (losses) on interest rate swaps, net of tax	 	 	—	  	 	 	(92	) 	 	 	92	  	
Unrealized loss on interest rate caps, net of tax	 	 	(1,388	) 	 	 	(662	) 	 	 	—	  	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	 	 	314	  	 	 	26	  	 	 	—	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net	 	 	(1,074	) 	 	 	(728	) 	 	 	92	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income including non-controlling interests	 	 	37,056	  	 	 	36,567	  	 	 	25,891	  	
Less: total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests	 	 	19,557	  	 	 	487	  	 	 	361	  	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	 	$	17,499	  	 	$	36,080	  	 	$	25,530	  	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-5

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statements of cash flows
(Amounts in thousands)   

   	  	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
   	  	            2015	 	 	            2014	 	 	            2013	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	  				 				 				
Net income	  	$	38,130	  	 	$	37,295	  	 	$	25,799	  	
				
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	  				 				 				
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	32,158	  	 	 	32,341	  	 	 	28,808	  	
Amortization of deferred financing costs	  	 	1,596	  	 	 	1,315	  	 	 	1,582	  	
Amortization of favorable leases and asset retirement obligations	  	 	478	  	 	 	501	  	 	 	246	  	
Amortization of interest rate caps	  	 	28	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Deferred tax (benefit) expense	  	 	6,135	  	 	 	(63	) 	 	 	(1,430	) 	
Gain on decrease in tax benefit arrangement	  	 	(2,549	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Provision for bad debts	  	 	667	  	 	 	139	  	 	 	57	  	
Gain on disposal of property and equipment	  	 	(273	) 	 	 	(545	) 	 	 	(52	) 	
Loss on extinguishment of debt	  	 	—	  	 	 	4,697	  	 	 	—	  	
Equity-based compensation	  	 	4,877	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
				
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions:	  				 				 				
Accounts receivable	  	 	(414	) 	 	 	(3,632	) 	 	 	(3,101	) 	
Notes receivable and due from related parties	  	 	4,210	  	 	 	177	  	 	 	1,281	  	
Inventory	  	 	(1,545	) 	 	 	(769	) 	 	 	(1,750	) 	
Other assets and other current assets	  	 	(5,720	) 	 	 	(1,818	) 	 	 	(776	) 	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	  	 	263	  	 	 	5,042	  	 	 	13,456	  	
Other liabilities and other current liabilities	  	 	99	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	421	  	
Income taxes	  	 	115	  	 	 	(1,670	) 	 	 	(364	) 	
Equipment deposits	  	 	(1,088	) 	 	 	4,028	  	 	 	(1,803	) 	
Deferred revenue	  	 	2,994	  	 	 	842	  	 	 	3,398	  	
Deferred rent	  	 	1,502	  	 	 	1,527	  	 	 	1,171	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	81,663	  	 	 	79,405	  	 	 	66,943	  	

Cash flows from investing activities:	  				 				 				
Additions to property and equipment	  	 	(19,488	) 	 	 	(16,650	) 	 	 	(7,287	) 	
Acquisition of franchises	  	 	—	  	 	 	(38,638	) 	 	 	—	  	
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	  	 	327	  	 	 	926	  	 	 	150	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(19,161	) 	 	 	(54,362	) 	 	 	(7,137	) 	

Cash flows from financing activities:	  				 				 				
Proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock sold in initial public offering, net of underwriting discounts and commissions	  	 	156,946	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Use of proceeds from issuance of Class A common stock to purchase Holdings Units	  	 	(156,946	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	  	 	120,000	  	 	 	390,000	  	 	 	—	  	
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	  	 	(376	) 	 	 	(1,162	) 	 	 	(3,291	) 	
Repayment of long-term debt	  	 	(14,800	) 	 	 	(185,800	) 	 	 	(10,544	) 	
Net repayments on line of credit	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(3,525	) 	
Payment of deferred financing and other debt-related costs	  	 	(1,698	) 	 	 	(7,785	) 	 	 	(19	) 	
Premiums paid for interest rate caps	  	 	(880	) 	 	 	(2,373	) 	 	 	—	  	
Contributions from variable interest entities	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	3,402	  	
Distributions to variable interest entities	  	 	—	  	 	 	(458	) 	 	 	(960	) 	
Distributions to members of Pla-Fit Holdings	  	 	(176,486	) 	 	 	(205,374	) 	 	 	(23,057	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	  	 	(74,240	) 	 	 	(12,952	) 	 	 	(37,994	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	  	 	(123	) 	 	 	(67	) 	 	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	(11,861	) 	 	 	12,024	  	 	 	21,812	  	
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	  	 	43,291	  	 	 	31,267	  	 	 	9,455	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	  	$	31,430	  	 	$	43,291	  	 	$	31,267	  	

Supplemental cash flow information:	  				 				 				
Net cash paid for income taxes	  	$	2,834	  	 	$	1,604	  	 	$	1,826	  	
Cash paid for interest	  	$	23,220	  	 	$	20,756	  	 	$	7,638	  	
				
Non-cash investing activities:	  				 				 				
Non-cash consideration for acquisition of franchises	  	$	—	  	 	$	3,000	  	 	$	—	  	
Non-cash additions to property and equipment	  	$	207	  	 	$	1,049	  	 	$	—	  	
				
Non-cash financing activities:	  				 				 				
Non-cash distributions to members	  	$	—	  	 	$	901	  	 	$	—	  	
 	 	
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.
 
F-6

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
(Amounts in thousands)

   	 	Members’
equity	 	 	Class A common
stock	 	 	Class B common
stock	 	 	Accumu
lated
other
compreh
ensive
income
(loss)	 	 	Additional
paid-in
capital	 	 	Accumu
lated
deficit	 	 	Non-controlling
interests	 	 	Total
equity
(deficit)	 	
   	 			 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 	Shares	 	 	Amount	 	 			 			 			 			 			
Balance at January 1, 2013	 	$	313,242	  	 	 	—	  	 	$	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	$	—	  	 	$	—	  	 	$	—	  	 	$	—	  	 	$	3,397	  	 	$	316,639	  	
Net Income	 	 	25,438	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	361	  	 	 	25,799	  	
Other comprehensive income	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	92	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	92	  	
Contributions from members	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	3,402	  	 	 	3,402	  	
Distributions to members	 	 	(23,057	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(960	) 	 	 	(24,017	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2013	 	$	315,623	  	 	 	—	  	 	$	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	$	—	  	 	$	92	  	 	$	—	  	 	$	—	  	 	$	6,200	  	 	$	321,915	  	
Net Income	 	 	36,808	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	487	  	 	 	37,295	  	
Other comprehensive loss	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(728	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(728	) 	
Distributions to members	 	 	(206,275	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(458	) 	 	 	(206,733	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2014	 	 	146,156	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(636	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	6,229	  	 	 	151,749	  	
Distributions to members prior to the recapitalization transactions	 	 	(164,693	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(164,693	) 	
Net income prior to the recapitalization transactions	 	 	14,412	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	264	  	 	 	14,676	  	
Other comprehensive loss prior to the recapitalization transactions	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(1,054	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(1,054	) 	
Equity-based compensation expense recorded in connection with recapitalization transactions	 	 	4,525	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	4,525	  	
Effect of the recapitalization transactions	 	 	(400	) 	 	 	26,107	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	72,603	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	138	  	 	 	252	  	 	 	—	  	
Issuance of Class A common stock in IPO, net of commissions	 	 	—	  	 	 	10,491	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	(10,491	) 	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
Tax benefit arrangement liability and deferred taxes arising from the recapitalization transactions and IPO	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(18,276	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	(18,276	) 	
Net income subsequent to the recapitalization transactions	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	4,106	  	 	 	19,348	  	 	 	23,454	  	
Equity-based compensation expense subsequent to the recapitalization transactions	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	352	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	352	  	
Distributions to members of Pla-Fit Holdings subsequent to the recapitalization transactions	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(11,793	) 	 	 	(11,793	) 	
Other comprehensive loss subsequent to the recapitalization transactions	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(20	) 	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	(20	) 	
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at December 31, 2015	 	$	—	  	 	 	36,598	  	 	$	4	  	 	 	62,112	  	 	$	6	  	 	$	(1,710	) 	 	$	352	  	 	$	(14,032	) 	 	$	14,300	  	 	$	(1,080	) 	

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
 
F-7

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(1) Business organization
Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “Company”), through its subsidiaries, is a franchisor and operator of fitness centers, with approximately 7.3 million members and 1,124 owned and franchised locations (referred to as stores) in 47 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Dominican Republic and Canada as of December 31, 2015.
The Company serves as the reporting entity for its various subsidiaries that operate three distinct lines of business:
 
•	 	Licensing and selling franchises under the Planet Fitness trade name;	
•	 	Owning and operating fitness centers under the Planet Fitness trade name; and	
•	 	Selling fitness-related equipment to franchisee-owned stores.	
In 2012 investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC (“TSG”), purchased interests in Pla-Fit Holdings.
The Company was formed as a Delaware corporation on March 16, 2015 for the purpose of facilitating an initial public offering (the “IPO”) and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (“Pla-Fit Holdings”). As of August 5, 2015, in connection with the recapitalization transactions discussed below, the Company became the sole managing member and holder of 100% of the voting power and 37.1% of the economic interest of Pla-Fit Holdings. Pla-Fit Holdings owns 100% of Planet Intermediate, LLC which has no operations but is the 100% owner of Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC, a franchisor and operator of fitness centers. With respect to the Company, Pla-Fit Holdings and Planet Intermediate, LLC, each entity owns nothing other than the respective entity below it in the corporate structure and each entity has no other material operations.
Initial Public Offering
On August 11, 2015, the Company completed an IPO pursuant to which the Company and selling stockholders sold an aggregate of 15,525,000 shares of Class A common stock at a public offering price of $16.00 per share. The Company received $156,946 in proceeds from its sale of 10,491,055 shares of Class A common stock, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, which were used to purchase an equal number of limited liability company units (“Holdings Units”) from existing holders (“Continuing LLC Owners”) of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings, at a purchase price per unit equal to the IPO price per share of Class A common stock, net of underwriting discounts and commissions.
Recapitalization Transactions
In connection with the IPO, the Company and Pla-Fit Holdings completed a series of recapitalization transactions on August 5, 2015 which are described below (also see Note 12):
 
•	 	Pla-Fit Holdings amended and restated the limited liability company agreement to, among other things, (i) provide for a new single class of limited liability company units, Holdings Units, (ii) exchange all membership interests of the then-existing holders of Pla-Fit Holdings membership interests for Holdings Units and (iii) appoint the Company as the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings.	
•	 	The Company issued 72,602,810 shares of Class B common stock with voting rights but no economic rights to Pla-Fit Holdings’ existing owners on a one-to-one basis for each Holdings Unit owned.	
 
F-8

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
•	 	The Company merged with Planet Fitness Holdings L.P., a predecessor entity to the Company that held indirect interests in Pla-Fit Holdings, for which the Company issued 26,106,930 shares of Class A common stock to the holders of interests in Planet Fitness Holdings L.P. (the “Direct TSG Investors”).	
Subsequent to the IPO and the related recapitalization transactions, the Company is a holding company whose principal asset is a controlling equity interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. As the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, the Company operates and controls all of the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings, and through Pla-Fit Holdings, conducts its business. As a result, the Company consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings’ financial results and reports a non-controlling interest related to the portion of Holdings Units not owned by the Company. As of December 31, 2015, the Company held 100% of the voting interest, and approximately 37.1% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. As future exchanges of Holdings Units occur, the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings held by Planet Fitness, Inc. will increase.
The recapitalization transactions are considered transactions between entities under common control. As a result, the financial statements for periods prior to the IPO and the recapitalization transactions are the financial statements of Pla-Fit Holdings as the predecessor to the Company for accounting and reporting purposes. Unless otherwise specified, “the Company” refers to both Planet Fitness, Inc. and Pla-Fit Holdings throughout the remainder of these notes.
(2) Summary of significant accounting policies
(a) Basis of presentation and consolidation
The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
As discussed in Note 1, as a result of the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings and Pla-Fit Holdings is considered to be the predecessor to Planet Fitness, Inc. for accounting and reporting purposes. The Company also consolidates entities in which it has a controlling financial interest, the usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. The Company also considers for consolidation certain interests where the controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”), is required to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is considered to possess the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the rights to receive benefits from the VIE that are significant to it. The principal entities in which the Company possesses a variable interest include franchise entities and certain other entities. The Company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary for Planet Fitness franchise entities. Therefore, these entities are not consolidated.
The results of the Company have been consolidated with Matthew Michael Realty LLC (“MMR”) and PF Melville LLC (“PF Melville”) based on the determination that the Company is the primary beneficiary with respect to these VIEs. These entities are real estate holding companies that derive a majority of their financial support from the Company through lease agreements for corporate stores. See Note 3 for further information related to the Company’s VIEs.
 
F-9

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(b) Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results. Significant areas where estimates and judgments are relied upon by management in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, valuation of assets and liabilities in connection with acquisitions, valuation of equity-based compensation awards, the evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, including intangible assets, income taxes, including deferred tax assets and liabilities and reserves for unrecognized tax benefits, and the liability for the Company’s tax benefit arrangements.
(c) Concentrations
Cash and cash equivalents are financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to a concentration of credit risk. The Company invests its excess cash in several major financial institutions, which are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) up to $250,000. The Company maintains balances in excess of these limits, but does not believe that such deposits with its banks are subject to any unusual risk.
The credit risk associated with trade receivables is mitigated due to the large number of customers, generally our franchisees, and their broad dispersion over many different geographic areas. We do not have any concentrations with respect to our revenues.
The Company purchases equipment, both for corporate-owned stores and for sales to franchisee-owned stores, from two primary vendors. For the year ended December 31, 2015 purchases from these two vendors comprised 79% and 18%, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2014 purchases from these two vendors comprised 66% and 25%, respectively, and for the year ended December 31, 2013 purchases from these two vendors comprised 66% and 27%, respectively, of total equipment purchases.
The Company, including Planet Fitness NAF, LLC (“NAF”) uses one primary vendor for advertising services. Purchases from this vendor totaled 49%, 61%, and 68% of total advertising purchases for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively (see Note 5 for further discussion of NAF).
(d) Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of 90 days or less to be cash equivalents. Cash held within the NAF is recorded as a restricted asset (see Note 5).
(e) Revenue recognition
Franchise revenue
The following revenues are generated as a result of transactions with or related to the Company’s franchisees.
Area development fees
Franchisees contractually enter into area development agreements (ADAs) to secure the exclusive right to open franchise stores within a defined geographical area. ADAs establish the timing and number of stores to be
 
F-10

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
developed within the defined geographical area. Pursuant to an ADA, a franchisee is generally required to pay an initial nonrefundable development fee for a minimum number of stores to be developed, as outlined in the respective ADA. ADA fees collected in advance are deferred until the Company provides substantially all required obligations pursuant to the ADA. As the efforts and total cost relating to initial services are affected significantly by the number of stores opened in an area, the respective ADA is treated as a divisible contract. As each new site is accepted under an ADA, a franchisee signs a franchise operating agreement for the respective franchise location. As each store opened under an ADA typically has performance obligations associated with it, the Company recognizes ADA revenue as each individual franchise location is developed in proportion to the total number of stores to be developed under the ADA. These obligations are typically completed once the store is opened or the franchisee executes the individual property lease. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the deferred revenue for ADAs was $10,471 and $8,215, respectively. ADAs generally have an initial term equal to the number of years over which the franchisee is required to open franchise stores, which is typically 5 to 10 years. There is no right of refund for an executed ADA. Upon default, as defined in the agreement, the Company may reacquire the rights pursuant to an ADA, and all remaining deferred revenue is recognized at that time.
Franchise fees and performance fees
For stores opened without an ADA, the Company generally charges an initial upfront nonrefundable franchise fee. Nonrefundable franchise fees are typically deferred until the franchisee executes a lease and receives initial training for the location, which is the point at which the Company has determined it has provided all of its material obligations required to recognize revenue. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company has recorded deferred franchise fees of $473 and $205, respectively, relating to stores to be opened in future years. These amounts are included in deferred revenue as of December 31, 2015 and 2014.
The individual franchise agreements typically have a 10-year initial term, but provide the franchisee with an opportunity to enter into successive renewals subject to certain conditions.
Franchise agreements entered into prior to 2010 may include performance fees, which are fees earned by the Company upon each franchise store reaching a predetermined amount of total monthly membership billings. Performance fees are recognized when the related performance thresholds have been met.
Royalties
Royalties, which represent recurring fees paid by franchisees based on the franchisee-owned stores’ monthly membership billings, are recognized on a monthly basis over the term of the franchise agreement. As specified under certain franchise agreements, the Company recognizes additional royalty fees as the franchisee-owned stores attain contractual monthly membership billing threshold amounts. Beginning in 2010, for all new franchise agreements entered into, the Company began charging a fixed royalty percentage based upon gross membership billings.
Other fees
Online member join fees are paid to the Company by franchisees for processing new membership transactions when a new member signs up for a membership to a franchisee-owned store through the Company’s website.
 
F-11

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
Billing transaction fees are paid to the Company for the processing of franchisee membership dues and annual fees through the Company’s third-party hosted point-of-sale system.
Placement
The Company is generally responsible for assembly and placement of equipment it sells to franchisee-owned stores. Placements revenue is recognized upon completion and acceptance of the services at the franchise location.
Commission income
The Company recognizes commission income from its franchisees’ use of preferred vendor arrangements. Commissions are recognized when amounts have been earned and collectability from the vendor is reasonably assured.
Corporate-owned stores revenue
The following revenues are generated from stores owned and operated by the Company.
Membership dues revenue
Customers are offered multiple membership choices varying in length. Membership dues are earned and recognized over the membership term on a straight-line basis.
Enrollment fee revenue
Enrollment fees are charged to new members at the commencement of their membership. The Company recognizes enrollment fees ratably over the estimated duration of the membership life, which is generally two years.
Annual membership fee revenue
Annual membership fees are annual fees charged to members in addition to and in order to maintain low monthly membership dues. The Company recognizes annual membership fees ratably over the 12-month membership period.
Retail sales
The Company sells Planet Fitness branded apparel, food, beverages, and other accessories. The revenue for these items is recognized at the point of sale.
Equipment revenue
The Company sells and delivers equipment purchased from third-party equipment manufacturers to U.S. based franchisee-owned stores. Equipment revenue is recognized upon the equipment being delivered to and assembled at each store and accepted by the franchisee. Franchisees are charged for all freight costs incurred for the delivery of equipment. Freight revenue is recorded within equipment revenue and freight costs are recorded within cost of revenue. The Company recognizes revenue on a gross basis in these transactions as management has determined the Company to be the principal in these transactions. Management determined
 
F-12

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
the Company to be the principal because the Company is the primary obligor in these transactions, the Company has latitude in establishing prices for the equipment sales to franchisees, the Company has supplier selection discretion and is involved in determination of product specifications, and the Company bears all credit risk associated with obligations to the equipment manufacturers.
Equipment deposits are recognized as a liability on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets until delivery, assembly (if required), and acceptance by the franchisee. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, equipment deposits were $5,587 and $6,675, respectively.
Sales tax
All revenue amounts are recorded net of applicable sales tax.
(f) Deferred revenue
Deferred revenue represents cash received from franchisees for ADAs and franchise fees for which revenue recognition criteria has not yet been met and cash received from members for enrollment fees, membership dues and annual fees for the portion not yet earned based on the membership period.
(g) Cost of revenue
Cost of revenue consists of direct costs associated with equipment sales, including freight costs, direct costs related to the maintenance and support of the Company’s proprietary system-wide point-of-sale system, and the cost of retail merchandise sold in corporate-owned stores. Costs related to the point-of-sale system were $1,236, $3,385, and $1,107 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 respectively. Costs related to retail merchandise were immaterial in all periods presented. Rebates from equipment vendors where the Company has recognized the related equipment revenue and costs are recorded as a reduction to the cost of revenue.
(h) Store operations
Store operations consists of the direct costs related to operating corporate-owned stores, including our store management and staff, rent expense, utilities, supplies, maintenance, and local advertising.
(i) Selling, general and administrative
Selling, general and administrative expenses consist of costs associated with administrative and franchisee support functions related to our existing business as well as growth and development activities. These costs primarily consist of payroll, IT related, marketing, legal and accounting expenses. These expenses include costs related to placement services of $3,452, $2,743, and $2,245, for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
(j) Accounts and notes receivable
Accounts receivable is primarily comprised of amounts owed to the Company resulting from equipment, placement, and commission revenue. Notes receivable arise primarily from financing activities with franchisees. The Company evaluates its accounts and notes receivable on an ongoing basis and may establish an allowance for doubtful accounts based on collections and current credit conditions. Accounts are written off as
 
F-13

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
uncollectible when it is determined that further collection efforts will be unsuccessful. Notes receivable are generally secured by all property, assets, and rights owned by the franchisee. Historically, the Company has not had a significant amount of write-offs.
(k) Leases and asset retirement obligations
The Company recognizes rent expense related to leased office and operating space on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease. The difference between rent expense and rent paid, if any, as a result of escalation provisions and lease incentives, such as tenant improvements provided by lessors, and is recorded as deferred rent in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets.
In accordance with ASC Topic 410, Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations , the Company establishes assets and liabilities for the present value of estimated future costs to return certain leased facilities to their original condition. Such assets are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lease period into operating expense, and the recorded liabilities are accreted to the future value of the estimated restoration costs.
(l) Property and equipment
Property and equipment is recorded at cost and depreciated using the straight-line method over its related estimated useful life. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the shorter of the lease term or the estimated useful life of the related asset, whichever is shorter. Upon sale or retirement, the asset cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts, and any related gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations. Ordinary maintenance and repair costs are expensed as incurred. The estimated useful lives of the Company’s fixed assets by class of asset are as follows:

   	  	Years	
Buildings and building improvements	  	20–40	
Computers and equipment	  	3	
Furniture and fixtures	  	5	
Leasehold improvements	  	Useful life or term of lease whichever is shorter	
Fitness equipment	  	5–7	
Vehicles	  	5	
 	
(m) Advertising expenses
The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. Advertising expenses, net of amounts reimbursed by franchisees, are included within selling, general and administrative expenses and totaled $9,349, $7,272, and $5,731 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. See Note 5 for discussion of the national advertising fund.
(n) Goodwill, long-lived assets, and other intangible assets
Goodwill and other intangible assets that arise from acquisitions are recorded in accordance with ASC Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other . In accordance with this guidance, specifically identified intangible assets must be recorded as a separate asset from goodwill if either of the following two criteria is
 
F-14

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
met: (1) the intangible asset acquired arises from contractual or other legal rights; or (2) the intangible asset is separable. Intangibles are typically trade and brand names, customer relationships, noncompete agreements, reacquired franchise rights, and favorable or unfavorable leases. Transactions are evaluated to determine whether any gain or loss on reacquired franchise rights, based on their fair value, should be recognized separately from identified intangibles. Goodwill is the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired in a business combination.
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortized, but are reviewed annually for impairment or more frequently if impairment indicators arise. Separable intangible assets that are not deemed to have an indefinite life are amortized over their estimated useful lives on either a straight-line or accelerated basis as deemed appropriate, and are reviewed for impairment when events or circumstances suggest that the assets may not be recoverable.
The Company performs its annual test for impairment of goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets on December 31 of each year. For goodwill, the first step of the impairment test is to determine whether the carrying amount of a reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value, the Company would be required to perform a second step of the impairment test as this is an indication that the reporting unit’s goodwill may be impaired. The second step compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill with the carrying amount of that goodwill. Any impairment loss would be recognized in an amount equal to the excess of the carrying value of the goodwill over the implied fair value of the goodwill. The Company is also permitted to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount before applying the two-step goodwill impairment test. If the Company concludes it is not more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it need not perform the two-step impairment test.
For indefinite lived intangible assets, the impairment assessment consists of comparing the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value. To the extent that the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset, an impairment is recorded to reduce the carrying value to its fair value. The Company is also permitted to make a qualitative assessment of whether it is more likely than not an indefinite lived intangible asset’s fair value is less than its carrying value prior to applying the quantitative assessment. If based on the Company’s qualitative assessment it is not more likely than not that the carrying value of the asset is less than its fair value, then a quantitative assessment is not required.
The Company determined that no impairment charges were required during any periods presented.
The Company applies the provisions of ASC Topic 360, Property, Plant and Equipment , which requires that long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets, be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. If circumstances require a long-lived asset or asset group to be tested for impairment, then assets are required to be grouped and evaluated at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset or asset group to the undiscounted future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If such assets are considered to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of the assets. Assets
 
F-15

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell. There were no events or changes in circumstances that required the Company to test for impairment during any of the periods presented.
(o) Income taxes
The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method. Deferred income taxes are recognized for the expected future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the carrying amount of the existing tax assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to be applied in the years in which temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The principal items giving rise to temporary differences are the use of accelerated depreciation and certain basis differences resulting from acquisitions and the recapitalization transactions. Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.
As a result of the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. became the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a partnership, Pla-Fit Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by Pla-Fit Holdings is passed through to and included in the taxable income or loss of its members, including Planet Fitness, Inc. following the recapitalization transactions, on a pro rata basis. Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings following the recapitalization transactions. The Company is also subject to taxes in foreign jurisdictions.
The Company recognizes the effect of income tax positions only if those positions are more likely than not to be sustained. Recognized income tax positions are measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50% likely of being realized. Changes in recognition or measurement are reflected in the period in which the change in judgment occurs (see Note 16).
During 2013 the Company changed its position with respect to taxes due on interest and dividends to the state of New Hampshire that had previously been paid by the members. This resulted in the Company making tax payments in 2013 totaling $4,392 for periods prior to November 7, 2012. This amount is included within other income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2013 and is fully offset by amounts received from the members as reimbursement for the taxes paid, also recorded within other income (expense) for the year ended December 31, 2013. This position is not available for periods subsequent to November 7, 2012 and therefore taxes on interest and dividends due and payable in the periods after 2012 are paid by the members of Pla-Fit Holdings.
(p) Tax benefit arrangements
The Company’s acquisition of Holdings Units in connection with the IPO and future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the Company) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax attributes. In connection with the IPO, the Company entered into two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, the Company generally is required to pay to the Continuing LLC Owners 85% of the applicable tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units
 
F-16

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
sold to the Company (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, the Company generally is required to pay to the Direct TSG Investors 85% of the amount of tax savings, if any, that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units held in respect of the Direct TSG Investors’ interest in the Company, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings in 2012, and certain other tax benefits. Under both agreements, the Company generally retains the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. Also, pursuant to the exchange agreement, to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC incurring a current tax liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax, the Continuing LLC Owners have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received upon exchange). If and when the Company subsequently realizes a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to the relevant Continuing LLC Owner in respect of its contribution.
Based on current projections, the Company anticipates having sufficient taxable income to utilize these tax attributes and receive corresponding tax deductions in future periods. Accordingly, at the completion of the Reorganization Transactions and the IPO, the Company has recorded an initial liability of $142.0 million payable to the Direct TSG Investors and the Continuing LLC Owners under the tax benefit obligations, representing approximately 85% of the calculated tax savings based on the original basis adjustments the Company anticipates being able to utilize in future years. Changes in the projected liability resulting from these tax benefit arrangements may occur based on changes in anticipated future taxable income, changes in applicable tax rates or other changes in tax attributes that may occur and impact the expected future tax benefits to be received by the Company. Changes in the projected liability under these tax benefit arrangements will be recorded as a component of other income (expense) each period. The projection of future taxable income involves significant judgment. Actual taxable income may differ from estimates, which could significantly impact the liability under the tax benefit arrangements and the Company’s consolidated results of operations.
(q) Fair value
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1—Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2—Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3—Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
 
F-17

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The table below presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

   	  	Total fair
value at
December 31,
2015	 	  	Quoted
prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)	 	  	Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)	 	  	Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)	 	
Interest rate caps	  	$	1,147	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	1,147	  	  	$	—	  	

																	
   	  	Total fair
value at
December 31,
2014	 	  	Quoted
prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)	 	  	Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)	 	  	Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)	 	
Interest rate caps	  	$	1,711	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	1,711	  	  	$	—	  	
 	 	
(r) Financial instruments
The carrying values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable and accounts payable approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these instruments. The carrying value of debt also approximates fair value as it is variable rate debt. The Company has determined that the determination of fair value of amounts due from related parties under long-term arrangements is impracticable given the related-party nature of these agreements.
(s) Derivative instruments and hedging activities
The Company recognizes all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities in the balance sheet at their respective fair values. For derivatives designated in hedging relationships, changes in the fair value are either offset through earnings against the change in fair value of the hedged item attributable to the risk being hedged or recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income, to the extent the derivative is effective at offsetting the changes in cash flows being hedged until the hedged item affects earnings.
The Company only enters into derivative contracts that it intends to designate as a hedge of a forecasted transaction or the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (cash flow hedge). For all hedging relationships, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the hedged risk will be assessed prospectively and retrospectively, and a description of the method used to measure ineffectiveness. The Company also formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging relationships are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged transactions. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as part of a cash flow hedging relationship, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative is reported as a component of other comprehensive income and reclassified into earnings in the same period or periods during which the hedged transaction affects earnings. Gains and losses on the derivative representing either hedge ineffectiveness or hedge components excluded from the assessment of effectiveness are recognized in current earnings.
 
F-18

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The Company discontinues hedge accounting prospectively when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the cash flow hedge is de-designated because a forecasted transaction is not probable of occurring, or management determines to remove the designation of the cash flow hedge.
In all situations in which hedge accounting is discontinued and the derivative remains outstanding, the Company continues to carry the derivative at its fair value on the balance sheet and recognizes any subsequent changes in its fair value in earnings. When it is probable that a forecasted transaction will not occur, the Company discontinues hedge accounting and recognizes immediately in earnings gains and losses that were accumulated in other comprehensive income related to the hedging relationship. See Note 10 for further information.
(t) Equity-based compensation
The Company has an equity-based compensation plan under which it receives services from employees as consideration for equity instruments of the Company. The compensation expense is determined based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. Compensation expense is recognized over the vesting period, which is the period over which all of the specified vesting conditions are satisfied. For awards with graded vesting, the fair value of each tranche is recognized over its respective vesting period. See Note 14 for further information.
(u) Guarantees
The Company, as a guarantor, is required to recognize, at inception of the guaranty, a liability for the fair value of the obligation undertaken in issuing the guarantee. See Notes 3 and 17 for further discussion of such obligations guaranteed.
(v) Contingencies
The Company records estimated future losses related to contingencies when such amounts are probable and estimable. The Company includes estimated legal fees related to such contingencies as part of the accrual for estimated future losses.
(w) Reclassifications
Certain amounts have been reclassified to conform to current year presentation, including deferred financing costs, which were previously classified in other assets, net and are now classified as a direct reduction of long-term debt, see Note 2(w).
(x) Recent accounting pronouncements
The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs, in April 2015. This guidance requires reporting entities to present debt issuance costs as a direct deduction from the carrying amount of the related debt liability. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015, with early adoption permitted. A reporting entity must apply this guidance retrospectively to all prior periods presented in the financial statements. The Company has retrospectively adopted this guidance as of December 31, 2015 and accordingly has reclassified $7,294 of deferred financing costs from other assets to long-term debt on its consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2014.
 
F-19

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Income Statement—Consolidation, in February 2015. This guidance affects reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. Specifically, the guidance 1) modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities or voting interest entities, 2) eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership, 3) affects the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships, and 4) provides a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
The FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, in September 2014. This guidance requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of a promised good or service to its customers in an amount that reflects consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for such transfer. This guidance also specifies accounting for certain costs incurred by an entity to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and provides for enhancements to revenue specific disclosures intended to allow users of the financial statements to clearly understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with its customers. This guidance is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2017 for public companies. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
In September 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-16, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Simplifying the Accounting for Measurement-Period Adjustments . This guidance requires that an acquirer recognize adjustments to provisional amounts that are identified during the measurement period in the reporting period in which the adjustment amounts are determined. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company does not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.
In November 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2015-17, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes . This guidance simplifies the presentation of deferred income taxes by requiring that deferred tax liabilities and assets all be classified as noncurrent in a classified statement of financial position. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim reporting periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2016, with early adoption permitted. The Company has adopted this guidance as of December 31, 2015, with no impact to the previously reported amounts.
 
F-20

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(3) Variable interest entities
The carrying values of VIEs included in the consolidated financial statements as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 are as follows:

   	  	December 31, 2015	 	  	December 31, 2014	 	
   	  	Assets	 	  	Liabilities	 	  	Assets	 	  	Liabilities	 	
PF Melville	  	$	3,728	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	3,479	  	  	$	—	  	
MMR	  	 	2,953	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	2,750	  	  	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	6,681	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	6,229	  	  	$	—	  	

The Company also has variable interests in certain franchisees mainly through the guarantee of certain debt and lease agreements as well as financing provided by the Company and by certain related parties to franchisees. The Company’s maximum obligation, as a result of its guarantees of leases and debt, is approximately $1,871 and $2,896 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.
The amount of the Company’s maximum obligation represents a loss that the Company could incur from the variability in credit exposure without consideration of possible recoveries through insurance or other means. In addition, the amount bears no relation to the ultimate settlement anticipated to be incurred from the Company’s involvement with these entities, which is estimated at $0.
(4) Acquisition
On March 31, 2014, the Company purchased certain assets from one of its franchisees, including eight franchisee-owned stores in New York, for consideration of $42,931, including a cash payment of $39,931 and a $3,000 discount to be applied to future equipment purchases. The $3,000 equipment discount was initially recorded as deferred revenue by the Company and is being recognized as equipment sales are made by the Company to the franchisee. In addition, as a result of the transaction, the Company incurred a loss on unfavorable reacquired franchise rights of $1,293, which has been reflected in other operating costs in the statement of operations. The loss incurred reduced the net purchase price to $41,638. The Company financed the purchase through borrowings under its credit facility. The purchase consideration was allocated as follows:

   	  	Amount	 	
Fixed assets	  	$	7,634	  	
Reacquired franchise rights	  	 	8,950	  	
Membership relationships	  	 	5,882	  	
Favorable leases, net	  	 	700	  	
Other assets	  	 	35	  	
Goodwill	  	 	19,771	  	
Liabilities assumed, including deferred revenues	  	 	(1,334	) 	
	  	 	 	 	
	  	$	41,638	  	

 
F-21

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(5) National advertising fund
On July 26, 2011, the Company established Planet Fitness NAF, LLC (“NAF”) for the creation and development of marketing, advertising, and related programs and materials for all Planet Fitness stores located in the United States and Puerto Rico. On behalf of the NAF, the Company collects 2% of gross monthly membership billings from franchisees, in accordance with the provisions of the franchise agreements. The Company also contributes 2% of monthly membership billings from stores owned by the Company to the NAF. The use of amounts received by NAF is restricted to advertising, product development, public relations, merchandising, and administrative expenses and programs to increase sales and further enhance the public reputation of the Planet Fitness brand. The Company consolidates and reports all assets and liabilities held by the NAF within the consolidated financial statements. Amounts received or receivable by NAF are reported as restricted assets and restricted liabilities within current assets and current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. The Company provides administrative services to NAF and charges NAF a fee for providing those services. These services include accounting services, information technology, data processing, product development, legal and administrative support, and other operating expenses, which amounted $1,340, $1,010 and $865 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The fees paid to the Company by NAF are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a reduction in general and administrative expense, where the expense incurred by the Company was initially recorded.
(6) Notes Receivable
Prior to December 31, 2015, the Company had various notes receivable from franchisees to facilitate ongoing business. Notes receivable consisted of unpaid principal and accrued interest. There were two notes receivable as of December 31, 2014, with maturity dates ranging from July 1, 2015 to February 1, 2018, however, all notes receivable were settled in cash during 2015; as such, no amounts are outstanding as of December 31, 2015.
(7) Property and equipment
Property and equipment as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 consists of the following:

   	  	December 31,
2015	 	 	December 31,
2014	 	
Land	  	$	910	  	 	$	910	  	
Equipment	  	 	27,391	  	 	 	22,137	  	
Leasehold improvements	  	 	38,288	  	 	 	27,361	  	
Buildings and improvements	  	 	5,107	  	 	 	5,119	  	
Furniture & fixtures	  	 	3,030	  	 	 	2,309	  	
Other	  	 	2,947	  	 	 	2,096	  	
Construction in progress	  	 	1,991	  	 	 	5,375	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  	 	79,664	  	 	 	65,307	  	
Accumulated Depreciation	  	 	(23,525	) 	 	 	(15,728	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	56,139	  	 	$	49,579	  	

The Company recorded depreciation expense of $11,088, $9,138, and $6,171 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
 
F-22

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(8) Goodwill and intangible assets
A summary of goodwill and intangible assets at December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

December 31, 2015	  	Weighted
average
amortization
period
(years)	 	  	Gross
carrying
amount	 	  	Accumulated
amortization	 	 	Net
carrying
Amount	 	
Customer relationships	  	 	11.1	  	  	$	171,782	  	  	$	(57,741	) 	 	$	114,041	  	
Noncompete agreements	  	 	5.0	  	  	 	14,500	  	  	 	(9,127	) 	 	 	5,373	  	
Favorable leases	  	 	7.5	  	  	 	2,935	  	  	 	(1,256	) 	 	 	1,679	  	
Order backlog	  	 	0.4	  	  	 	3,400	  	  	 	(3,400	) 	 	 	—	  	
Reacquired franchise rights	  	 	5.8	  	  	 	8,950	  	  	 	(2,724	) 	 	 	6,226	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  				  	 	201,567	  	  	 	(74,248	) 	 	 	127,319	  	
Indefinite-lived intangible:	  				  				  				 				
Trade and brand names	  	 	N/A	  	  	 	146,300	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	146,300	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets	  				  	$	347,867	  	  	$	(74,248	) 	 	$	273,619	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill	  				  	$	176,981	  	  	$	—	  	 	$	176,981	  	

 
																	
December 31, 2014	  	Weighted
average
amortization
period
(years)	 	  	Gross
carrying
amount	 	  	Accumulated
amortization	 	 	Net
carrying
Amount	 	
Customer relationships	  	 	11.1	  	  	$	171,782	  	  	$	(41,130	) 	 	$	130,652	  	
Noncompete agreements	  	 	5.0	  	  	 	14,500	  	  	 	(6,229	) 	 	 	8,271	  	
Favorable leases	  	 	7.5	  	  	 	2,935	  	  	 	(779	) 	 	 	2,156	  	
Order backlog	  	 	0.4	  	  	 	3,400	  	  	 	(3,400	) 	 	 	—	  	
Reacquired franchise rights	  	 	5.8	  	  	 	8,950	  	  	 	(1,167	) 	 	 	7,783	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  				  	 	201,567	  	  	 	(52,705	) 	 	 	148,862	  	
Indefinite-lived intangible:	  				  				  				 				
Trade and brand names	  	 	N/A	  	  	 	146,300	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	146,300	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets	  				  	$	347,867	  	  	$	(52,705	) 	 	$	295,162	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill	  				  	$	176,981	  	  	$	—	  	 	$	176,981	  	

 
F-23

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill are as follows:

   	  	Franchise	 	  	Corporate-
owned stores	 	  	Equipment	 	  	Total	 	
As of December 31, 2013	  	$	16,938	  	  	$	47,606	  	  	$	92,666	  	  	$	157,210	  	
Acquisition of franchises	  	 	—	  	  	 	19,771	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	19,771	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
As of December 31, 2014	  	 	16,938	  	  	 	67,377	  	  	 	92,666	  	  	 	176,981	  	
Additions	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
As of December 31, 2015	  	$	16,938	  	  	$	67,377	  	  	$	92,666	  	  	$	176,981	  	

The Company determined that no impairment charges were required during any periods presented.
Amortization expense related to the intangible assets totaled $21,543, $23,698, and $22,883 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Included within these total amortization expense amounts are $473, $495, and $246 related to amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively. Amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases is recorded within store operations as a component of rent expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The anticipated annual amortization expense to be recognized in future years as of December 31, 2015 is as follows:

   	  	Amount	 	
2016	  	$	19,756	  	
2017	  	 	18,215	  	
2018	  	 	14,583	  	
2019	  	 	14,215	  	
2020	  	 	12,517	  	
Thereafter	  	 	48,033	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	127,319	  	

 
F-24

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(9) Long-term debt
Long-term debt as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 consists of the following:

   	  	December 31,
2015	 	 	December 31,
2014	 	
Term loan B requires quarterly installments plus interest through the term of the loan, maturing March 31, 2021. Outstanding borrowings bear interest at LIBOR or base rate (as defined) plus a margin at the election of the borrower (4.75% at December 31, 2015 and 2014)	  	$	492,275	  	 	$	387,075	  	
Revolving credit line, requires interest only payments through the term of the loan, maturing March 31, 2019. Outstanding borrowings bear interest at LIBOR or base rate (as defined) plus a margin at the election of the borrower (4.25% at December 31, 2015 and 2014)	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt, excluding deferred financing costs	  	 	492,275	  	 	 	387,075	  	
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization	  	 	(7,396	) 	 	 	(7,294	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt	  	 	484,879	  	 	 	379,781	  	
Current portion of long-term debt and line of credit	  	 	5,100	  	 	 	3,900	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt, net of current portion	  	$	479,779	  	 	$	375,881	  	

On March 31, 2014, the Company entered into a five-year $430,000 credit facility with a consortium of banks and lenders to refinance its existing indebtedness, as well as to provide funds for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, a $173,900 dividend and general corporate purposes. The facility consisted of a $390,000 Term Loan and a $40,000 Revolving Credit Facility. On March 31, 2015, the Company amended this credit facility to increase the Term Loan to $510,000 to fund a cash dividend of $140,000. The unused portion of the Revolving Credit Facility as of December 31, 2015 was $40,000. The Term Loan calls for quarterly principal installment payments of $1,275 through March 2021.
The credit facility requires the Company to meet certain financial covenants, which the Company was in compliance with as of December 31, 2015. The facility is secured by all of the Company’s assets, excluding the assets attributable to the consolidated VIEs (see Note 3).
Future annual principal payments of long-term debt as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

   	  	Amount	 	
2016	  	$	5,100	  	
2017	  	 	5,100	  	
2018	  	 	5,100	  	
2019	  	 	5,100	  	
2020	  	 	5,100	  	
Thereafter	  	 	466,775	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	492,275	  	

 
F-25

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(10) Derivative instruments and hedging activities
The Company utilizes interest-rate-related derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in interest rates on its variable-rate debt instruments. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging. The Company does not speculate using derivative instruments.
By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is an asset, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is a liability, the Company owes the counterparty and, therefore, the Company is not exposed to the counterparty’s credit risk in those circumstances. The Company minimizes counterparty credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties whose credit rating is higher than A1/A+ at the inception of the derivative transaction. The derivative instruments entered into by the Company do not contain credit-risk-related contingent features.
Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates. The market risk associated with interest-rate contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.
The Company assesses interest rate risk by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate exposures that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The Company monitors interest rate risk attributable to both the Company’s outstanding or forecasted debt obligations as well as the Company’s offsetting hedge positions.
During 2014, the Company utilized LIBOR-based interest rate swap agreements that were entered into to manage fluctuations in cash flows resulting from changes in the benchmark interest rate of LIBOR. It was determined on March 31, 2014 that the hedge was ineffective and expense of $92 was reclassified from other comprehensive income to interest expense. The interest rate swaps were all terminated by September 2014. The Company recorded a loss of $248 within interest expense in the consolidated statement of operations for the year ending December 31, 2014 related to these terminated swap agreements.
In September 2014, the Company entered into a series of LIBOR based interest rate cap agreements in exchange for premium payments of $2,373 to effectively manage interest rate risk above a certain threshold and mitigate exposure to changes in interest rates under the term loan. The interest rate caps entered into in September 2014 were for a total notional amount of $194,000. The term of the interest rate caps began on September 30, 2014 and ends on September 29, 2017. In September 2015, the Company entered into two additional caps for premium payments of $880, which were effective September 30, 2015 and end on September 30, 2018. The interest rate cap agreements are designed to cap the LIBOR interest rate into a fixed interest rate if the LIBOR goes above the set cap amounts of 1.5%. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had interest rate cap agreements with notional amounts of $238,000 outstanding.
Changes in the fair value of interest rate swaps and caps designated as hedging instruments that effectively offset the variability of cash flows associated with variable-rate, long-term debt obligations are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. These amounts subsequently are reclassified into interest expense as a yield adjustment of the hedged interest payments in the same period in which the related interest affects earnings.
 
F-26

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The interest rate cap balances of $1,147 and $1,711 were recorded within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. These amounts have been measured at fair value and are considered to be a Level 2 fair value measurement. The Company recorded a reduction to the value of its interest rate caps of $1,388, net of tax of $28, within other comprehensive loss during the year ended December 31, 2015. The Company recorded a reduction to the interest rate cap of $662 within other comprehensive loss as of December 31, 2014.
As of December 31, 2015, the Company does not expect to reclassify any amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the next 12 months. Transactions and events expected to occur over the next twelve months that will necessitate reclassifying these derivatives’ loss to earnings include the re-pricing of variable-rate debt.
(11) Deferred revenue
The summary set forth below represents the balances in deferred revenue as of December 31, 2015 and 2014:

   	  	December 31,
2015	 	  	December 31,
2014	 	
Prepaid membership fees	  	$	5,134	  	  	$	5,382	  	
Enrollment fees	  	 	1,555	  	  	 	1,692	  	
Equipment discount	  	 	2,968	  	  	 	2,689	  	
Annual membership fees	  	 	6,132	  	  	 	5,696	  	
Area development and franchise fees	  	 	10,944	  	  	 	8,420	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total deferred revenue	  	 	26,733	  	  	 	23,879	  	
Long-term portion of deferred revenue	  	 	12,016	  	  	 	9,330	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Current portion of deferred revenue	  	$	14,717	  	  	$	14,549	  	

Equipment deposits received in advance of delivery, placement and customer acceptance as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $5,587 and $6,675, respectively and are expected to be recognized as revenue in the next twelve months.
(12) Related party transactions
Amounts due from stockholders/members as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 relate to reimbursements for certain taxes owed or paid by the Company.

   	  	December 31,
2015	 	  	December 31,
2014	 	
Accounts receivable—related entities	  	$	39	  	  	$	11	  	
Accounts receivable—stockholders/members	  	 	4,901	  	  	 	1,130	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
	  	 	4,940	  	  	 	1,141	  	
Due from related parties, current portion	  	 	4,940	  	  	 	1,141	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Due from related parties, net of current portion	  	$	—	  	  	$	—	  	

 
F-27

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
Activity with entities considered to be related parties is summarized below.

   	  	For the Year Ended December 31,	 	
   	  	        2015	 	  	        2014	 	  	        2013	 	
Franchise revenue	  	$	1,232	  	  	$	733	  	  	$	1,620	  	
Equipment revenue	  	 	1,686	  	  	 	3,711	  	  	 	855	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total revenue from related parties	  	$	2,918	  	  	$	4,444	  	  	$	2,475	  	

The Company paid management fees to TSG totaling $1,899, $1,211, and $1,136 during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. In connection with the IPO, the Company paid a $1,000 termination fee related to the termination of its management agreement with TSG, which is included in the management fees paid for the year ended December 31, 2015. As of December 31, 2015, the Company had $140,191 payable to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, see Note 16.
(13) Stockholder’s equity
The recapitalization transactions
The Company refers to the Merger, Reclassification and entry into the Exchange agreement, each as described below, as the “recapitalization transactions.” The Merger was effected pursuant to a merger agreement by and among the Company and Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. (a predecessor entity to the Company) and the recapitalization transactions were effected pursuant to a recapitalization agreement by and among the Company, Pla-Fit Holdings, the Continuing LLC Owners and Direct TSG Investors.
Merger
Prior to the Merger, the Direct TSG Investors held interests in Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P., a predecessor entity to the Company that held indirect interests in Pla-Fit Holdings. Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. was formed in October 2014 and had no material assets, liabilities or operations, other than as a holding company owning indirect interests in Pla-Fit Holdings. The Direct TSG Investors consist of investment funds affiliated with TSG. Pursuant to a merger agreement dated June 22, 2015, upon the pricing of the IPO, Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. merged with and into the Company, and the interests in Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. held by the Direct TSG Investors were converted into 26,106,930 shares of Class A common stock of the Company. The Company refers to this as the “Merger.” All shares of Class A common stock have both voting and economic rights in Planet Fitness, Inc.
The Merger was effected on August 5, 2015, prior to the time our Class A common stock was registered under the Exchange Act and prior to the completion of the IPO.
Reclassification
The equity interests of Pla-Fit Holdings previously consisted of three different classes of limited liability company units (Class M, Class T and Class O). Prior to the completion of the IPO, the limited liability company agreement of Pla-Fit Holdings was amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure to create a single new class of units, the Holdings Units. The Company refers to this capital structure modification as the “Reclassification.”
 
F-28

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The Direct TSG Investors’ indirect interest in Pla-Fit Holdings was held through Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. As a result, following the Merger, in which Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. merged with and into the Company, the Direct TSG Investors’ indirect interests in Pla-Fit Holdings are held through the Company. Therefore, the Holdings Units received in the Reclassification were allocated to: (1) the Continuing LLC Owners based on their existing interests in Pla-Fit Holdings; and (2) the Company to the extent of the Direct TSG Investors’ indirect interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. The number of Holdings Units allocated to the Company in the Reclassification was equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that the Direct TSG Investors received in the Merger (on a one-for-one basis).
The Reclassification was effected on August 5, 2015, prior to the time our Class A common stock was registered under the Exchange Act and prior to the completion of the IPO.
Following the Merger and the Reclassification, the Company issued to Continuing LLC Owners 72,602,810 shares of Class B common stock, one share of Class B common stock for each Holdings Unit they held. The shares of Class B common stock have no rights to dividends or distributions, whether in cash or stock, but entitle the holder to one vote per share on matters presented to stockholders of the Company. The Continuing LLC Owners consist of investment funds affiliated with TSG and certain employees and directors.
Pursuant to the LLC agreement that went into effect at the time of the Reclassification (“New LLC Agreement”), the Company was designated as the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings. Accordingly, the Company has the right to determine when distributions will be made by Pla-Fit Holdings to its members and the amount of any such distributions (subject to the requirements with respect to the tax distributions described below). If the Company authorizes a distribution by Pla-Fit Holdings, the distribution will be made to the members of Pla-Fit Holdings, including the Company, pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Holdings Units.
The holders of Holdings Units will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings (as calculated pursuant to the New LLC Agreement). Net profits and net losses of Pla-Fit Holdings will generally be allocated to its members pursuant to the New LLC Agreement pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Holdings Units. The New LLC Agreement provides for cash distributions to the holders of Holdings Units for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Pla-Fit Holdings that is allocated to them, to the extent other distributions from Pla-Fit Holdings for the relevant year have been insufficient to cover such liability. Generally, these tax distributions are computed based on the estimated taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings allocable to the holders of Holdings Units multiplied by an assumed, combined tax rate equal to the maximum rate applicable to an individual or corporation resident in San Francisco, California (taking into account the non-deductibility of certain expenses and the character of the Company’s income).
Exchange agreement
Following the Merger and the Reclassification, the Company and the Continuing LLC Owners entered into an exchange agreement under which the Continuing LLC Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, from time to time and subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, to exchange their Holdings Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the Company) on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate
 
F-29

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and similar transactions. As a Continuing LLC Owner exchanges Holdings Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock, the number of Holdings Units held by the Company will increase by a corresponding amount as it acquires the exchanged Holdings Units and cancels a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock.
Offering transactions
In connection with the completion of the IPO on August 11, 2015, in order to facilitate the disposition of equity interests in Pla-Fit Holdings held by Continuing LLC Owners affiliated with TSG, the Company used the net proceeds received to purchase issued and outstanding Holdings Units from these Continuing LLC Owners that they received in the Reclassification. In connection with the IPO, the Company purchased 10,491,055 issued and outstanding Holdings Units from these Continuing LLC Owners for an aggregate of $156,946. This is in addition to the 26,106,930 Holdings Units that the Company acquired in the Reclassification on a one-for-one basis in relation to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued to the Direct TSG Investors in the Merger. Accordingly, following the IPO, the Company holds 36,597,985 Holdings Units, which is equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that were issued to the Direct TSG Investors and investors in the IPO. The Direct TSG Investors, who did not receive Holdings Units in the Reclassification but received shares of Class A common stock in the Merger, sold 5,033,945 shares of Class A common stock in the IPO as selling stockholders. All expenses of the IPO, other than underwriter discounts and commissions, were borne by Pla-Fit Holdings or reimbursed by Pla-Fit Holdings to the Company and amounted to $7,697 for the year ended December 31, 2015. These amounts were recorded in selling, general, and administrative expense in the accompanying statements of operations and could not be capitalized and offset against the proceeds from the offering because the Company did not retain any of the proceeds from the IPO.
As a result of the recapitalization transactions and the offering transactions, upon completion of the IPO:
 
•	 	the investors in the IPO collectively owned 15,525,000 shares of our Class A common, representing 15.7% of the voting power in the Company and, through the Company, 15.7% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings;	
•	 	the Direct TSG Investors own 21,072,985 shares of our Class A common stock, representing 21.4% of the voting power in the Company and, through the Company, 21.4% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings; and	
•	 	the Continuing LLC Owners collectively hold 62,111,755 Holdings Units, representing 62.9% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings and 62,111,755 shares of our Class B common stock, representing 62.9% of the voting power in the Company.	
(14) Equity-based compensation
2013 Equity Incentive Plan
In 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2013 Plan”). Under the 2013 Plan, the Company has granted awards in the form of Class M Units to employees and directors of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Class M Units receive distributions (other than tax distributions) only upon a liquidity event, as defined, that exceeds a threshold equivalent to the fair value of the Company, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, at the grant date. Eighty percent of the awards vest over five years of
 
F-30

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
continuous employment or service while the other twenty percent only vest in the event of an initial public offering of the Company’s common stock or that of its parent or one of its subsidiaries, subject to the holder of the Class M Units remaining employed or providing services on the date of such initial public offering. All awards include a repurchase option at the election of the Company for the vested portion upon termination of employment or service, and have a ten year contractual term. These awards are accounted for as equity at their fair value as of the grant date.
The fair value of each award was estimated on the date of grant using a Monte Carlo simulation model.
The weighted average assumptions for the grants are provided in the following table. Since the Company’s shares were not publicly traded, expected volatility was estimated based on the average historical volatility of similar entities with publicly traded shares. The term was based on the estimated time to a liquidity event. The risk-free rate for the expected term of the M Unit was is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the date of grant.
Valuation assumptions:

   	  	Year ended
December 31,	 	
   	  	2014	 	  	2013	 	
Expected term (years)	  	 	1.70	  	  	 	3.70	  	
Expected volatility	  	 	36.8%	  	  	 	39.4%	  	
Risk-free interest rate	  	 	0.4%	  	  	 	0.8%	  	
Dividend yield	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
 	 	
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company modified the vesting terms of 10.737 outstanding Class M Units such that those units are fully vested and eligible to receive distributions following a liquidity event. In connection with the IPO and related recapitalization transactions as described in Note 1, all of the outstanding Class M Units were converted into Holdings Units and Class B common shares of Planet Fitness, Inc. in accordance with the terms of the awards. The Company’s IPO constituted a qualifying event under the terms of the awards and as a result 4,238,338 Holdings Units and corresponding Class B Common shares were issued to the existing Class M Unit holders with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $1.52 per share. The Company recorded $4,731 of compensation expense in the year ended December 31, 2015 related to these awards. The amount of total unrecognized compensation cost related to all awards under this plan was $729 as of December 31, 2015, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years.
 
F-31

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
A summary of Class M Unit activity is presented below:

   	  	Class M Units	 	 	Holdings Units	 	  	Weighted
average grant
date fair value	 	
Outstanding at January 1, 2013	  	 	—	  	 	$	—	  	  				
Units granted	  	 	431.577	  	 	 	—	  	  				
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  				
Outstanding at December 31, 2013	  	 	431.577	  	 	 	—	  	  				
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  				
Units granted	  	 	121.051	  	 	 	—	  	  				
Units forfeited	  	 	(47.368	) 	 	 	—	  	  				
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  				
Outstanding at December 31, 2014	  	 	505.260	  	 	 	—	  	  				
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  				
Units granted	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	  				
Units forfeited	  	 	(21.053	) 	 	 	—	  	  				
Units converted upon IPO	  	 	(484.207	) 	 	 	4,238,338	  	  	 	1.52	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	  	 	—	  	 	 	4,238,338	  	  	 	1.52	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2015	  	 	—	  	 	 	4,238,338	  	  	 	1.52	  	

The weighted average grant-date fair value of the Class M Units vested during the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 was $10,047 and $10,656 per unit, respectively. During the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013, 69.052 and 24.421 units vested, respectively, but were not yet exercisable due to the fact that exercisability was contingent on a liquidity event. No distributions were paid under these awards in 2013 or 2014 and no awards were forfeited in 2013.
2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan
Stock Options
In August 2015, the Company adopted the 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) under which the Company may grant options and other equity-based awards to purchase up to 7,896,800 shares to employees, directors and officers. In connection with the IPO, the Company granted options to purchase up to 106,030 shares to certain employees with an exercise price of $16.00 per share. Options to purchase an additional 10,660 shares were granted during the year ended December 31, 2015, with an exercise price of $17.50 per share. All stock options awarded vest annually, on a tranche by tranche basis, over a period of four years.
The fair value of stock option awards granted during the year ended December 31, 2015 was determined on the grant date using the Black-Scholes valuation model based on the following weighted-average assumptions:

Expected term (years) (1)	  	 	6.25	  	
Expected volatility (2)	  	 	35.4%	  	
Risk-free interest rate (3)	  	 	1.82%	  	
Dividend yield (4)	  	 	—	  	

(1)	 	Expected term represents the estimated period of time until an award is exercised and was determined using the simplified method.	
 
F-32

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(2)	 	Expected volatility is based on the historical volatility of a selected peer group over a period equivalent to the expected term.	
(3)	 	The risk-free rate is an interpolation of yields on U.S. Treasury securities with maturities equivalent to the expected term.	
(4)	 	We have assumed a dividend yield of zero as we have no plans to declare dividends in the foreseeable future.	
A summary of stock option activity for the year ended December 31, 2015:

   	  	Stock Options	 	 	Weighted average
exercise price	 	  	Weighted
average
remaining
contractual term
(years)	 	
Outstanding at beginning of period	  	 	—	  	 	$	—	  	  				
Granted	  	 	116,690	  	 	 	16.14	  	  				
Exercised	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	  				
Forfeited	  	 	(8,420	) 	 	 	16.00	  	  				
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  				
Outstanding at December 31, 2015	  	 	108,270	  	 	$	16.15	  	  	 	9.6	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Vested or expected to vest at December 31, 2015	  	 	104,769	  	 	$	16.15	  	  	 	9.6	  	

The weighted-average grant date fair value of stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $6.14. During the year ended December 31, 2015, $131 was recorded to selling, general and administrative expense related to these stock options. As of December 31, 2015, there were 108,270 stock options outstanding none of which were exercisable. The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2015 was $0. As of December 31, 2015, total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options, including an estimate for pre-vesting forfeitures, was $514, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.6 years.
Restricted stock units
During the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company granted 8,160 restricted Class A stock units (“RSUs”) to one member of its Board of Directors under the 2015 Plan. The RSUs granted vest in three equal annual installments beginning on first anniversary of the grant date, provided that the recipient continues to serve on the Board of Directors through the vesting dates.
The weighted-average grant date fair value of RSUs granted during the year ended December 31, 2015 was $18.38. During the year ended December 31, 2015, $26 was recorded to selling, general and administrative expense related to these RSUs. As of December 31, 2015, there were 8,160 RSUs outstanding none of which were exercisable. As of December 31, 2015, total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs, including an estimate for pre-vesting forfeitures was $124, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.7 years.
 
F-33

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(15) Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share of Class A common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. for the period from August 6, 2015 through December 31, 2015, the period following the recapitalization transactions and IPO, by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the same period. Diluted earnings per share of Class A common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding adjusted to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. There were no shares of Class A or Class B common stock outstanding prior to August 6, 2015, therefore no earnings per share information has been presented for any period prior to that date.
Shares of the Company’s Class B common stock do not share in the earnings or losses attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. and are therefore not participating securities. As such, separate presentation of basic and diluted earnings per share of Class B common stock under the two-class method has not been presented. Shares of the Company’s Class B common stock are, however, considered potentially dilutive shares of Class A common stock because shares of Class B common stock, together with the related Holdings Units, are exchangeable into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.
The following table sets forth reconciliations of the numerators and denominators used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share of Class A common stock:

Basic net income per share:	  	August 6, 2015 through
December 31, 2015	 	
Numerator	  				
Net income	  	$	23,454	  	
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests	  	 	19,348	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  	$	4,106	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Denominator	  				
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding—basic	  	 	36,243,557	  	

Earnings per share of Class A common stock—basic	  	$	0.11	  	

Class B common stock was evaluated under the if-converted method for potential dilutive effects and were determined to be anti-dilutive. Stock options in the amount of 108,270 and restricted stock units in the amount of 8,160 were evaluated under the treasury stock method for potential dilutive effects and were determined to be anti-dilutive.
 
F-34

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(16) Income taxes
Income before the provision for income taxes as shown in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations is as follows:

   	  	Year Ended December 31,	 	
   	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	
Domestic	  	$	48,716	  	 	$	39,534	  	 	$	26,432	  	
Foreign	  	 	(1,438	) 	 	 	(1,056	) 	 	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current tax expense	  	 	47,278	  	 	 	38,478	  	 	 	26,432	  	

The provision (benefit) for income taxes consists of the following:

   	  	Year Ended December 31,	 	
   	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	
				
Current:	  				 				 				
Federal	  	$	686	  	 	$	—	  	 	$	—	  	
State	  	 	2,188	  	 	 	1,078	  	 	 	2,063	  	
Foreign	  	 	139	  	 	 	168	  	 	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current tax expense	  	 	3,013	  	 	 	1,246	  	 	 	2,063	  	

Deferred:	  				 				 				
Federal	  	 	5,636	  	 	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
State	  	 	935	  	 	 	217	  	 	 	(1,430	) 	
Foreign	  	 	(436	) 	 	 	(280	) 	 	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax (benefit) expense	  	 	6,135	  	 	 	(63	) 	 	 	(1,430	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Provision for income taxes	  	$	9,148	  	 	$	1,183	  	 	$	633	  	

As a result of the recapitalization transactions, the Company became the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a partnership, Pla-Fit Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by Pla-Fit Holdings is passed through to and included in the taxable income or loss of its members, including the Company following the recapitalization transactions, on a pro rata basis. Planet Fitness, Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings following the recapitalization transactions. The Company is also subject to taxes in foreign jurisdictions.
 
F-35

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
A reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate is as follows:

   	  	Year Ended
December 31,
2015	 	
U.S. statutory tax rate	  	 	35.0%	  	
State and local taxes, net of federal benefit	  	 	6.2%	  	
Rate change on deferred tax asset from recapitalization	  	 	6.9%	  	
Tax benefit arrangement liability adjustment	  	 	(2.1)%	  	
Foreign tax rate differential	  	 	0.3%	  	
Withholding taxes and other	  	 	0.2%	  	
Income attributable to non-controlling interests	  	 	(27.1)%	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Effective tax rate	  	 	19.4%	  	

The Company incurs U.S. federal and state income taxes on its 37.1% share of income flowed through from Pla-Fit Holdings. Our effective tax rate on such income was approximately 39.4%. The provision for income taxes also reflects an effective state tax rate of 2.5% applied to non-controlling interests, representing the remaining 62.9% of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings.
Deferred income taxes are provided for the effects of temporary differences between the tax basis of an asset or liability and its reported amount in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. These temporary differences result in taxable or deductible amounts in future years. Details of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized as follows:

   	  	Year Ended
December 31,	 	
   	  	        2015	 	 	        2014	 	
			
Deferred tax assets:	  				 				
Accrued expense and reserves	  	$	353	  	 	$	75	  	
Deferred revenue	  	 	1,276	  	 	 	182	  	
Goodwill and intangible assets	  	 	113,460	  	 	 	—	  	
Net operating loss	  	 	716	  	 	 	280	  	
Other	  	 	2,841	  	 	 	85	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Deferred tax assets	  	$	118,646	  	 	$	622	  	

Deferred tax liabilities:	  				 				
Prepaid expenses	  	 	(674	) 	 	 	(94	) 	
Goodwill and intangible assets	  	 	—	  	 	 	(717	) 	
Property and equipment	  	 	(614	) 	 	 	(154	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax liabilities	  	$	(1,288	) 	 	$	(965	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total deferred tax assets and liabilities	  	$	117,358	  	 	$	(343	) 	

 
F-36

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The Company has net operating loss carryforwards related to its Canada operations of approximately $716, which begin to expire in 2034. It is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets.
As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the total liability related to uncertain tax positions is $300. The amount of unrecognized tax benefit, if recognized, would reduce income tax expense by $300. The Company does not expect the amount of unrecognized tax benefits to change materially in the next twelve months. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties, if applicable, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Interest and penalties for the year ended December 31, 2015 were not material.
Tax benefit arrangements
The Company’s acquisition of Holdings Units in connection with the IPO and future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the Company) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax attributes. In connection with the IPO, the Company entered into two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, the Company generally is required to pay to the Continuing LLC Owners 85% of the applicable tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to the Company (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, the Company generally is required to pay to the Direct TSG Investors 85% of the amount of tax savings, if any, that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units held in respect of the Direct TSG Investors’ interest in the Company, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings in 2012, and certain other tax benefits. Under both agreements, the Company generally retains the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. Also, pursuant to the exchange agreement (see Note 13), to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC incurring a current tax liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax, the Continuing LLC Owners have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received upon exchange). If and when the Company subsequently realizes a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to the relevant Continuing LLC Owner in respect of its contribution. The Company recorded other income of $2,549 in the year ended December 31, 2015 reflecting a reduction in the tax benefit obligation attributable to a reduction in the expected related tax benefits. The tax benefit obligation was $140,191 as of December 31, 2015.
Projected future payments under the tax benefit arrangements are as follows:

   	  	Amount	 	
2016	  	$	3,019	  	
2017	  	 	7,125	  	
2018	  	 	7,072	  	
2019	  	 	7,125	  	
2020	  	 	7,321	  	
Thereafter	  	 	108,529	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	140,191	  	

 
F-37

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(17) Commitments and contingencies
(a) Operating lease commitments
The Company rents equipment, office, and warehouse space at various locations in the United States and Canada under noncancelable operating leases. Rental expense was $18,186, $16,980, and $13,830 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Approximate annual future commitments under noncancelable operating leases as of December 31, 2015 are as follows:

   	  	Amount	 	
2016	  	$	13,272	  	
2017	  	 	12,700	  	
2018	  	 	11,738	  	
2019	  	 	10,325	  	
2020	  	 	9,245	  	
Thereafter	  	 	44,802	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	102,082	  	

(b) Legal matters
From time to time, and in the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various claims, charges, and litigation, such as employment-related claims and slip and fall cases. The Company is not currently aware of any legal proceedings or claims that the Company believes will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or result of operations.
(c) Purchase commitments
As of December 31, 2015, the Company had advertising purchase commitments of approximately $15,530, including commitments made by the NAF. In addition, the Company had open purchase orders of approximately $14,361 primarily related to equipment to be sold to franchisees.
(d) Guarantees
The Company has guaranteed certain leases and debt agreements of entities that were previously related through common ownership. These guarantees relate to leases for operating space, equipment, and other operating costs of franchises operated by the related entities. The Company’s maximum obligation, as a result of its guarantees of leases and debt, is approximately $1,871 and $2,896 as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, and would only require payment upon default by the primary obligor. The Company has determined the fair value of these guarantees at inception is not material, and as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, no accrual has been recorded for the Company’s potential obligation under its guaranty arrangement.
(e) Performance incentive plan
During 2013, the Company adopted the 2013 Performance Incentive Plan, which called for pre-determined bonuses to be paid to employees of the Company upon a future liquidity event of the Company, including an initial public offering that exceeds a predetermined threshold. In connection with the IPO, the Company paid bonuses and recorded expense of $1,688 related to this plan, which are included in selling, general and administrative expense in the accompanying statement of operations.
 
F-38

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(18) Retirement Plan
The Company maintains a 401(k) deferred tax savings plan (the Plan) for eligible employees. The Plan provides for the Company to make an employer matching contribution currently equal to 100% of employee deferrals up to a maximum of 4% of each eligible participating employees’ wages. Total employer matching contributions expensed in the consolidated statements of operations were approximately $384, $211, and $214 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014, and 2013, respectively.
(19) Segments
The Company has three reportable segments: (i) Franchise; (ii) Corporate-owned stores; and (iii) Equipment.
The Company’s operations are organized and managed by type of products and services and segment information is reported accordingly. The Company’s chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”) is its Chief Executive Officer. The CODM reviews financial performance and allocates resources by reportable segment. There have been no operating segments aggregated to arrive at the Company’s reportable segments.
The Franchise segment includes operations related to the Company’s franchising business in the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada, and Dominican Republic. The Corporate-owned stores segment includes operations with respect to all Corporate-owned stores throughout the United States and Canada. The Equipment segment includes the sale of equipment to franchisee-owned stores.
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, referred to as Segment EBITDA. Revenues for all operating segments include only transactions with unaffiliated customers and include no intersegment revenues.
The tables below summarize the financial information for the Company’s reportable segments for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. The “Corporate and other” column, as it relates to Segment EBITDA, primarily includes corporate overhead costs, such as payroll and related benefit costs and professional services which are not directly attributable to any individual segment.

   	  	Year Ended December 31,	 	
   	  	        2015	 	  	        2014	 	  	        2013	 	
				
Revenue	  				  				  				
Franchise segment revenue—U.S.	  	$	87,299	  	  	$	71,806	  	  	$	44,157	  	
Franchise segment revenue—International	  	 	786	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Franchise segment total	  	 	88,085	  	  	 	71,806	  	  	 	44,157	  	
Corporate-owned stores segment—U.S.	  	 	95,459	  	  	 	85,022	  	  	 	67,364	  	
Corporate-owned stores segment—International	  	 	2,931	  	  	 	19	  	  	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Corporate-owned stores segment total	  	 	98,390	  	  	 	85,041	  	  	 	67,364	  	
Equipment segment—U.S.	  	 	144,062	  	  	 	122,930	  	  	 	99,488	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Equipment segment total	  	 	144,062	  	  	 	122,930	  	  	 	99,488	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total revenue	  	$	330,537	  	  	$	279,777	  	  	$	211,009	  	

 
F-39

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
Franchise segment revenue includes franchise revenue and commission income.
Franchise revenue includes revenue generated from placement services of $9,806, $8,450, and $6,315 for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

   	  	Year Ended December 31,	 	
   	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	
				
Segment EBITDA	  				 				 				
Franchise	  	$	66,030	  	 	$	53,109	  	 	$	30,123	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	36,070	  	 	 	31,705	  	 	 	21,742	  	
Equipment	  	 	31,936	  	 	 	26,447	  	 	 	19,791	  	
Corporate and other	  	 	(30,051	) 	 	 	(18,642	) 	 	 	(7,504	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Segment EBITDA	  	$	103,985	  	 	$	92,619	  	 	$	64,152	  	

The following table reconciles total Segment EBITDA to income before taxes:

   	  	Year Ended December 31,	 	
   	  	2015	 	 	2014	 	 	2013	 	
Total Segment EBITDA	  	$	103,985	  	 	$	92,619	  	 	$	64,152	  	
Less:	  				 				 				
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	32,158	  	 	 	32,341	  	 	 	28,808	  	
Other expense	  	 	(275	) 	 	 	(1,261	) 	 	 	(694	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	  	 	72,102	  	 	 	61,539	  	 	 	36,038	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	(24,549	) 	 	 	(21,800	) 	 	 	(8,912	) 	
Other expense	  	 	(275	) 	 	 	(1,261	) 	 	 	(694	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	  	$	47,278	  	 	$	38,478	  	 	$	26,432	  	

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets by reportable segment:

   	  	December 31,
2015	 	  	December 31,
2014	 	
Franchise	  	$	206,997	  	  	$	216,985	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	151,620	  	  	 	157,868	  	
Equipment	  	 	208,168	  	  	 	220,367	  	
Unallocated	  	 	132,392	  	  	 	6,762	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total consolidated assets	  	$	699,177	  	  	$	601,982	  	

The table above includes $3,149 and $2,011 of long-lived assets located in the Company’s international corporate-owned stores as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Assets by segment as of December 31, 2014 has been adjusted to be consistent with the Company’s current presentation of certain intercompany amounts by segment.
 
F-40

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill by reportable segment:

   	  	December 31,
2015	 	  	December 31,
2014	 	
Franchise	  	$	16,938	  	  	$	16,938	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	67,377	  	  	 	67,377	  	
Equipment	  	 	92,666	  	  	 	92,666	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total consolidated goodwill	  	$	176,981	  	  	$	176,981	  	

(20) Corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores
The following table shows changes in our corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013:

   	  	Year Ended December 31,	 	
   	  	    2015	 	 	    2014	 	 	    2013	 	
				
Franchisee-owned stores:	  				 				 				
Stores operated at beginning of period	  	 	863	  	 	 	704	  	 	 	562	  	
New stores opened	  	 	206	  	 	 	169	  	 	 	148	  	
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)	  	 	(3	) 	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	(6	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores operated at end of period	  	 	1,066	  	 	 	863	  	 	 	704	  	

Corporate-owned stores:	  				 				 				
Stores operated at beginning of period	  	 	55	  	 	 	45	  	 	 	44	  	
New stores opened	  	 	3	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	1	  	
Stores acquired from franchisees	  	 	—	  	 	 	8	  	 	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores operated at end of period	  	 	58	  	 	 	55	  	 	 	45	  	

Total stores:	  				 				 				
Stores operated at beginning of period	  	 	918	  	 	 	749	  	 	 	606	  	
New stores opened	  	 	209	  	 	 	171	  	 	 	149	  	
Stores debranded, sold or consolidated (1)	  	 	(3	) 	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	(6	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores operated at end of period	  	 	1,124	  	 	 	918	  	 	 	749	  	

 
(1)	 	The term “debrand” refers to a franchisee-owned store whose right to use the Planet Fitness brand and marks has been terminated due to non-compliance with brand standards in accordance with the franchise agreement. We retain the right to prevent debranded stores from continuing to operate as fitness centers. The term “consolidated” refers to the combination of a franchisee’s store with another store located in close proximity with our prior approval. This often coincides with an enlargement, re-equipment and/or refurbishment of the remaining store.	
 
F-41

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(21) Quarterly financial data (unaudited)

   	  	For the quarter ended	 	
   	  	March 31,
2015	 	  	June 30,
2015	 	  	September 30,
2015	 	  	December 31,
2015	 	
Total revenue	  	$	76,923	  	  	$	78,952	  	  	$	68,817	  	  	$	105,845	  	
Income from operations	  	 	14,304	  	  	 	18,667	  	  	 	10,338	  	  	 	28,793	  	
Net income	  	 	8,541	  	  	 	11,612	  	  	 	737	  	  	 	17,240	  	

									
Earnings per share (1) :	  	August 6 through
September 30,
2015	 	  	For the quarter
ended December 31,
2015	 	
Class A—Basic	  	$	0.05	  	  	$	0.06	  	
Class A—Diluted	  	$	0.04	  	  	$	0.06	  	

																	
   	  	For the quarter ended	 	
   	  	March 31,
2014	 	  	June 30,
2014	 	  	September 30,
2014	 	  	December 31,
2014	 	
Total revenue	  	$	57,594	  	  	$	62,697	  	  	$	63,467	  	  	$	96,019	  	
Income from operations	  	 	13,539	  	  	 	14,706	  	  	 	13,956	  	  	 	19,338	  	
Net income	  	 	6,259	  	  	 	8,950	  	  	 	8,303	  	  	 	13,783	  	

(1)	 	Represents earnings per share of Class A common stock and weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding for the periods from August 6, 2015 through September 30, 2015 and the quarter ended December 31, 2015, the periods following the recapitalization transactions and IPO (see Note 15).	
(22) Pro forma financial information (unaudited)
The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects the effects of the recapitalization transactions and the IPO on the allocation of pro forma net income between noncontrolling interests and Planet Fitness, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 2015. After the recapitalization transactions and the IPO, Planet Fitness Inc. held a 37.1% economic ownership in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and as such, 62.9% of pro forma net income is attributable to the noncontrolling interests.
The unaudited pro forma financial information also reflects an adjustment to the provision for income taxes to reflect an effective tax rate of 39.4%, applied to the 37.1% portion of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, that represents the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC held by Planet Fitness Inc. upon completion of recapitalization transactions and the IPO. The unaudited pro forma financial information also reflects an effective tax rate of 2.5% applied to noncontrolling interests representing the remaining 62.9% portion of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. The sum of these amounts represents total pro forma provision for income taxes of $10,036 for the year ended December 31, 2015.
 
F-42

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Consolidated financial statements
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The unaudited pro forma net income per share has been prepared using pro forma net income, as set forth above, which reflects the pro forma effects on provision for income taxes and the allocation of pro forma net income between noncontrolling interests and Planet Fitness, Inc., resulting from the recapitalization transactions and the IPO divided by pro forma weighted average shares outstanding which includes Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc. outstanding after the recapitalization transactions and the IPO.

   	  	Year ended
December 31,
2015	 	
Pro forma net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  	$	                  6,405	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Pro forma weighted average shares of Class A common stock—basic and diluted	  	 	36,598	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Pro forma net income per share—basic and diluted	  	$	0.17	  	

F-43

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Condensed consolidated balance sheets
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

   	  	March 31,	 	 	December 31,	 	
   	  	2016	 	 	2015	 	
			
Assets	  				 				
			
Current assets:	  				 				
Cash and cash equivalents	  	$	38,268	  	 	$	31,430	  	
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for bad debts of $637 and $629 at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively	  	 	10,446	  	 	 	19,079	  	
Due from related parties	  	 	1,005	  	 	 	4,940	  	
Inventory	  	 	1,476	  	 	 	4,557	  	
Restricted assets—national advertising fund	  	 	5,300	  	 	 	1,962	  	
Other current assets	  	 	12,318	  	 	 	10,977	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	68,813	  	 	 	72,945	  	
Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $25,197 as of March 31, 2016 and $23,525 as of December 31, 2015	  	 	54,302	  	 	 	56,139	  	
Intangible assets, net	  	 	268,679	  	 	 	273,619	  	
Goodwill	  	 	176,981	  	 	 	176,981	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	115,523	  	 	 	117,358	  	
Other assets, net	  	 	1,368	  	 	 	2,135	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	685,666	  	 	$	699,177	  	

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)	  				 				
			
Current liabilities:	  				 				
Current maturities of long-term debt	  	$	5,100	  	 	$	5,100	  	
Accounts payable	  	 	10,090	  	 	 	23,950	  	
Accrued expenses	  	 	9,853	  	 	 	13,667	  	
Equipment deposits	  	 	5,253	  	 	 	5,587	  	
Deferred revenue, current	  	 	15,477	  	 	 	14,717	  	
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, current	  	 	5,870	  	 	 	3,019	  	
Other current liabilities	  	 	253	  	 	 	212	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	51,896	  	 	 	66,252	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt, net of current maturities	  	 	478,875	  	 	 	479,779	  	
Deferred rent, net of current portion	  	 	4,665	  	 	 	4,554	  	
Deferred revenue, net of current portion	  	 	10,277	  	 	 	12,016	  	
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements, net of current portion	  	 	132,208	  	 	 	137,172	  	
Other liabilities	  	 	484	  	 	 	484	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total noncurrent liabilities	  	 	626,509	  	 	 	634,005	  	

Commitments and contingencies (note 11)	  				 				
			
Stockholders’ equity (deficit):	  				 				
Class A common stock, $.0001 par value—300,000 shares authorized, 36,598 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015	  	 	4	  	 	 	4	  	
Class B common stock, $.0001 par value—100,000 shares authorized, 62,067 shares issued and outstanding as of March 31, 2016, and 62,112 shares issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2015	  	 	6	  	 	 	6	  	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	  	 	(2,387	) 	 	 	(1,710	) 	
Additional paid in capital	  	 	577	  	 	 	352	  	
Accumulated deficit	  	 	(11,805	) 	 	 	(14,032	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ deficit attributable to Planet Fitness Inc.	  	 	(13,605	) 	 	 	(15,380	) 	
Non-controlling interests	  	 	20,866	  	 	 	14,300	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)	  	 	7,261	  	 	 	(1,080	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity (deficit)	  	$	685,666	  	 	$	699,177	  	

					
 	
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-44

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Condensed consolidated statements of operations
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except per share amounts)

   	  	For the three
months ended
March 31,	 	
   	  	2016	 	 	2015	 	
Revenue:	  				 				
Franchise	  	$	21,491	  	 	$	16,967	  	
Commission income	  	 	6,186	  	 	 	4,790	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	25,697	  	 	 	23,546	  	
Equipment	  	 	29,969	  	 	 	31,619	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total revenue	  	 	83,343	  	 	 	76,922	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating costs and expenses:	  				 				
Cost of revenue	  	 	23,639	  	 	 	25,946	  	
Store operations	  	 	14,732	  	 	 	14,341	  	
Selling, general and administrative	  	 	11,845	  	 	 	14,138	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	7,703	  	 	 	8,201	  	
Other gain	  	 	(186	) 	 	 	(6	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total operating costs and expenses	  	 	57,733	  	 	 	62,620	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	  	 	25,610	  	 	 	14,302	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Other expense, net:	  				 				
Interest expense, net	  	 	(6,367	) 	 	 	(4,756	) 	
Other income (expense)	  	 	393	  	 	 	(736	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other expense, net	  	 	(5,974	) 	 	 	(5,492	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	  	 	19,636	  	 	 	8,810	  	
Provision for income taxes	  	 	3,291	  	 	 	272	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income	  	 	16,345	  	 	 	8,538	  	
Less net income attributable to non-controlling interests	  	 	12,977	  	 	 	113	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  	$	3,368	  	 	$	8,425	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net income per share of Class A common stock (1) :	  				 				
Basic and diluted	  	$	0.09	  	 				
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (1) :	  				 				
Basic and diluted	  	 	36,598	  	 				
Pro forma financial information (note 15)	  				 				
Income before taxes	  				 	$	8,810	  	
Pro forma provision for income taxes	  				 	 	1,190	  	
	  				 	 	 	 	
Pro forma net income	  				 	 	7,620	  	
Pro forma net income attributable to noncontrolling interests	  				 	 	6,205	  	
	  				 	 	 	 	
Pro forma net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  				 	$	1,415	  	
	  				 	 	 	 	
Pro forma net income per share information (note 15)	  				 				
Pro forma net income per share of Class A common stock	  				 				
Basic and diluted	  				 	$	0.04	  	
Pro forma weighted average shares of Class A common stock outstanding (in thousands)	  				 				
Basic and diluted	  				 	 	36,598	  	

(1)	 	Represents earnings per share of Class A common stock and weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding for the period following the recapitalization transactions and IPO (see Note 9).	
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-45

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Condensed consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss)
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands)

   	  	For the three months
ended March 31,	 	
   	  	            2016	 	 	            2015	 	
Net income including non-controlling interests	  	$	16,345	  	 	$	8,538	  	
			
Other comprehensive income (loss), net:	  				 				
Unrealized loss on interest rate caps, net of tax	  	 	(583	) 	 	 	(779	) 	
Foreign currency translation adjustments	  	 	(93	) 	 	 	101	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total other comprehensive loss, net	  	 	(676	) 	 	 	(678	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income including non-controlling interests	  	 	15,669	  	 	 	7,860	  	
Less: total comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interests	  	 	12,491	  	 	 	113	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  	$	3,178	  	 	$	7,747	  	

See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-46

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Condensed consolidated statements of cash flows
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands) 

   	  	For the three months
ended March 31,	 	
   	  	            2016	 	 	            2015	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	  				 				
Net income	  	$	16,345	  	 	$	8,538	  	
			
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:	  				 				
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	7,703	  	 	 	8,201	  	
Amortization of deferred financing costs	  	 	371	  	 	 	305	  	
Amortization of favorable leases and asset retirement obligations	  	 	99	  	 	 	113	  	
Amortization of interest rate caps	  	 	75	  	 	 	—	  	
Deferred tax expense	  	 	1,354	  	 	 	7	  	
Provision for bad debts	  	 	7	  	 	 	11	  	
Gain on disposal of property and equipment	  	 	(186	) 	 	 	(6	) 	
Equity-based compensation	  	 	576	  	 	 	—	  	
			
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, excluding effects of acquisitions:	  				 				
Accounts receivable	  	 	8,864	  	 	 	9,792	  	
Notes receivable and due from related parties	  	 	3,544	  	 	 	50	  	
Inventory	  	 	3,081	  	 	 	1,001	  	
Other assets and other current assets	  	 	(4,632	) 	 	 	422	  	
Accounts payable and accrued expenses	  	 	(16,202	) 	 	 	(16,745	) 	
Other liabilities and other current liabilities	  	 	30	  	 	 	15	  	
Income taxes	  	 	(2,314	) 	 	 	290	  	
Payable to related parties pursuant to tax benefit arrangements	  	 	(2,113	) 	 	 	—	  	
Equipment deposits	  	 	(334	) 	 	 	(230	) 	
Deferred revenue	  	 	(1,091	) 	 	 	(717	) 	
Deferred rent	  	 	85	  	 	 	992	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by operating activities	  	 	15,262	  	 	 	12,039	  	

Cash flows from investing activities:	  				 				
Additions to property and equipment	  	 	(865	) 	 	 	(5,326	) 	
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment	  	 	20	  	 	 	6	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(845	) 	 	 	(5,320	) 	

Cash flows from financing activities:	  				 				
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt	  	 	—	  	 	 	120,000	  	
Principal payments on capital lease obligations	  	 	(12	) 	 	 	(140	) 	
Repayment of long-term debt	  	 	(1,275	) 	 	 	(975	) 	
Payment of deferred financing and other debt-related costs	  	 	—	  	 	 	(1,698	) 	
Distributions to Continuing LLC Members	  	 	(6,411	) 	 	 	(139,688	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	  	 	(7,698	) 	 	 	(22,501	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents	  	 	119	  	 	 	23	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	  	 	6,838	  	 	 	(15,759	) 	
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period	  	 	31,430	  	 	 	43,291	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period	  	$	38,268	  	 	$	27,532	  	

Supplemental cash flow information:	  				 				
Net cash paid for income taxes	  	$	4,336	  	 	$	211	  	
Cash paid for interest	  	$	5,815	  	 	$	4,614	  	
			
Non-cash investing activities:	  				 				
Non-cash additions to property and equipment	  	$	170	  	 	$	384	  	
			
Non-cash financing activities:	  				 				
Unsettled distributions to members	  	$	—	  	 	$	7,496	  	
 	 	
See accompanying notes to condensed consolidated financial statements.
 
F-47

Table of Contents
 Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
(1) Business organization
Planet Fitness, Inc. (the “Company”), through its subsidiaries, is a franchisor and operator of fitness centers, with more than 8.3 million members and 1,171 owned and franchised locations (referred to as stores) in 47 states, the District of Columbia, Puerto Rico, Canada and the Dominican Republic as of March 31, 2016.
The Company serves as the reporting entity for its various subsidiaries that operate three distinct lines of business:
 
•	 	Licensing and selling franchises under the Planet Fitness trade name.	
•	 	Owning and operating fitness centers under the Planet Fitness trade name.	
•	 	Selling fitness-related equipment to franchisee-owned stores.	
The Company was formed as a Delaware corporation on March 16, 2015 for the purpose of facilitating an initial public offering (the “IPO”) which was completed on August 11, 2015 and related transactions in order to carry on the business of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC and its subsidiaries (“Pla-Fit Holdings”). As of August 5, 2015, in connection with the recapitalization transactions that occurred prior to the IPO, the Company became the sole managing member and holder of 100% of the voting power of Pla-Fit Holdings and 37.1% of the economic interest. Pla-Fit Holdings owns 100% of Planet Intermediate, LLC which has no operations but is the 100% owner of Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC, a franchisor and operator of fitness centers. With respect to the Company, Pla-Fit Holdings and Planet Intermediate, LLC, each entity owns nothing other than the respective entity below it in the corporate structure and each entity has no other material operations.
Subsequent to the IPO and the related recapitalization transactions, the Company is a holding company whose principal asset is a controlling equity interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. As the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, the Company operates and controls all of the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings, and through Pla-Fit Holdings, conducts its business. As a result, the Company consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings’ financial results and reports a non-controlling interest related to the portion of limited liability company units of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC (“Holdings Units”) not owned by the Company. As of March 31, 2016, the Company owned 100% of the voting interest, and 37.1% of the economic interest of Pla-Fit Holdings. As future exchanges of Holdings Units occur, the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings held by Planet Fitness, Inc. will increase.
The recapitalization transactions are considered transactions between entities under common control. As a result, the financial statements for periods prior to the IPO and the recapitalization transactions are the financial statements of Pla-Fit Holdings as the predecessor to the Company for accounting and reporting purposes. Unless otherwise specified, “the Company” refers to both Planet Fitness, Inc. and Pla-Fit Holdings throughout the remainder of these notes.
(2) Summary of significant accounting policies
(a) Basis of presentation and consolidation
The accompanying unaudited interim condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP) for interim financial information and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange
 
F-48

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
Commission (the “SEC”). Accordingly, these interim financial statements do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring adjustments) necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations, financial position and cash flows for the periods presented have been reflected. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
The condensed consolidated financial statements as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2016 are unaudited. The condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2015 has been derived from the audited financial statements at that date but does not include all of the disclosures required by U.S. GAAP. These interim condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2015 (the “Annual Report”) filed with the SEC on March 4, 2016 . Operating results for the interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the full year.
As discussed in Note 1, as a result of the recapitalization transactions, Planet Fitness, Inc. consolidates Pla-Fit Holdings and Pla-Fit Holdings is considered to be the predecessor to Planet Fitness, Inc. for accounting and reporting purposes. The Company also consolidates entities in which it has a controlling financial interest, the usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. The Company also considers for consolidation certain interests where the controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (“VIE”), is required to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary of a VIE is considered to possess the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the rights to receive benefits from the VIE that are significant to it. The principal entities in which the Company possesses a variable interest include franchise entities and certain other entities. The Company is not deemed to be the primary beneficiary for Planet Fitness franchise entities. Therefore, these entities are not consolidated.
The results of the Company have been consolidated with Matthew Michael Realty LLC (“MMR”) and PF Melville LLC (“PF Melville”) based on the determination that the Company is the primary beneficiary with respect to these VIEs. These entities are real estate holding companies that derive a majority of their financial support from the Company through lease agreements for corporate stores. See Note 3 for further information related to the Company’s VIEs.
(b) Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Although these estimates are based on management’s knowledge of current events and actions it may undertake in the future, they may ultimately differ from actual results. Significant areas where estimates and judgments are relied upon by management in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements include revenue recognition, valuation of assets and liabilities in connection with acquisitions, valuation of equity-based compensation awards, the evaluation of the recoverability of goodwill and long-lived assets, including intangible assets, income taxes, including deferred tax assets and liabilities and reserves for unrecognized tax benefits, and the liability for the Company’s tax benefit arrangements.
 
F-49

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(c) Fair Value
ASC 820,  Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures , establishes a three-level valuation hierarchy for disclosure of fair value measurements. The valuation hierarchy is based upon the transparency of inputs to the valuation of an asset or liability as of the measurement date. Categorization within the valuation hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The three levels are defined as follows:
Level 1—Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2—Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the financial instrument.
Level 3—Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement.
The table below presents information about the Company’s assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015:

   	  	Total fair
value at
March 31,
2016	 	  	Quoted
prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)	 	  	Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)	 	  	Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)	 	
Interest rate caps	  	$	376	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	376	  	  	$	—	  	

																	
   	  	Total fair
value at
December 31,
2015	 	  	Quoted
prices
in active
markets
(Level 1)	 	  	Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)	 	  	Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)	 	
Interest rate caps	  	$	1,147	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	1,147	  	  	$	—	  	
 	 	
(d) Recent accounting pronouncements
The FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, in September 2014. This guidance requires that an entity recognize revenue to depict the transfer of a promised good or service to its customers in an amount that reflects consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for such transfer. This guidance also specifies accounting for certain costs incurred by an entity to obtain or fulfill a contract with a customer and provides for enhancements to revenue specific disclosures intended to allow users of the financial statements to clearly understand the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from an entity’s contracts with its customers. This guidance is effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2017 for public companies. In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-08, which further clarifies the implementation guidance on principal versus agent considerations contained in ASU 2014-09. This guidance is to be applied either retrospectively or as a cumulative-effect adjustment as of the date of adoption. The Company is currently evaluating the impact, if any, the adoption of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
 
F-50

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-02, Income Statement—Consolidation , in February 2015. This guidance affects reporting entities that are required to evaluate whether they should consolidate certain legal entities. Specifically, the guidance 1) modifies the evaluation of whether limited partnerships and similar legal entities are variable interest entities or voting interest entities, 2) eliminates the presumption that a general partner should consolidate a limited partnership, 3) affects the consolidation analysis of reporting entities that are involved with VIEs, particularly those that have fee arrangements and related party relationships, and 4) provides a scope exception from consolidation guidance for reporting entities with interests in legal entities that are required to comply with or operate in accordance with requirements that are similar to those in Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act of 1940 for registered money market funds. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company adopted ASU No. 2015-02 as of January 1, 2016, noting no material impact to the consolidated financial statements.
The FASB issued ASU No. 2015-05:  Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software: Customer’s Accounting for Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement , in April 2015. The amendments in this update provide guidance to customers about whether a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a software license, the update specifies that the customer should account for the software license element of the arrangement consistent with the acquisition of other software licenses. The update further specifies that the customer should account for a cloud computing arrangement as a service contract if the arrangement does not include a software license. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years, and for interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company adopted ASU No. 2015-05 as of January 1, 2016 on a prospective basis, noting no material impact to the consolidated financial statements.
The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-02, Leases , in February 2016. This guidance is intended to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. This guidance is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, including interim periods within those fiscal years for public companies. Early application of the amendments in this update is permitted for all entities. The Company is currently evaluating the effect that implementation of this guidance will have on its consolidated financial statements.
The FASB issued ASU No. 2016-09, Stock Compensation , in March 2016. This guidance is intended to simplify several aspects of the accounting for share-based payment award transactions. This guidance will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2016, including interim periods within that year. The Company is currently evaluating the effect of the standard on its consolidated financial statements.
 
F-51

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(3) Variable interest entities
The carrying values of VIEs included in the consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 are as follows:

   	  	March 31, 2016	 	  	December 31, 2015	 	
   	  	Assets	 	  	Liabilities	 	  	Assets	 	  	Liabilities	 	
PF Melville	  	$	3,790	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	3,728	  	  	$	—	  	
MMR	  	 	3,025	  	  	 	—	  	  	 	2,953	  	  	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	6,815	  	  	$	—	  	  	$	6,681	  	  	$	—	  	

The Company also has variable interests in certain franchisees mainly through the guarantee of certain debt and lease agreements as well as financing provided by the Company and by certain related parties to franchisees. The Company’s maximum obligation, as a result of its guarantees of leases and debt, is approximately $1,730 and $1,871 as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively.
The amount of the Company’s maximum obligation represents a loss that the Company could incur from the variability in credit exposure without consideration of possible recoveries through insurance or other means. In addition, the amount bears no relation to the ultimate settlement anticipated to be incurred from the Company’s involvement with these entities, which is estimated at $0.
(4) Goodwill and intangible assets
A summary of goodwill and intangible assets at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 is as follows:

March 31, 2016	  	Weighted
average
amortization
period
(years)	 	  	Gross
carrying
amount	 	  	Accumulated
amortization	 	 	Net
carrying
Amount	 	
Customer relationships	  	 	11.1	  	  	$	171,782	  	  	 	(61,469	) 	 	$	110,313	  	
Noncompete agreements	  	 	5.0	  	  	 	14,500	  	  	 	(9,852	) 	 	 	4,648	  	
Favorable leases	  	 	7.5	  	  	 	2,935	  	  	 	(1,354	) 	 	 	1,581	  	
Order backlog	  	 	0.4	  	  	 	3,400	  	  	 	(3,400	) 	 	 	—	  	
Reacquired franchise rights	  	 	5.8	  	  	 	8,950	  	  	 	(3,113	) 	 	 	5,837	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  				  	 	201,567	  	  	 	(79,188	) 	 	 	122,379	  	
					
Indefinite-lived intangible:	  				  				  				 				
Trade and brand names	  	 	N/A	  	  	 	146,300	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	146,300	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets	  				  	$	347,867	  	  	$	(79,188	) 	 	$	268,679	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill	  				  	$	176,981	  	  	$	—	  	 	$	176,981	  	

 
F-52

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

December 31, 2015	  	Weighted
average
amortization
period
(years)	 	  	Gross
carrying
amount	 	  	Accumulated
amortization	 	 	Net
carrying
Amount	 	
Customer relationships	  	 	11.1	  	  	$	171,782	  	  	$	(57,741	) 	 	$	114,041	  	
Noncompete agreements	  	 	5.0	  	  	 	14,500	  	  	 	(9,127	) 	 	 	5,373	  	
Favorable leases	  	 	7.5	  	  	 	2,935	  	  	 	(1,256	) 	 	 	1,679	  	
Order backlog	  	 	0.4	  	  	 	3,400	  	  	 	(3,400	) 	 	 	—	  	
Reacquired franchise rights	  	 	5.8	  	  	 	8,950	  	  	 	(2,724	) 	 	 	6,226	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
	  				  	 	201,567	  	  	 	(74,248	) 	 	 	127,319	  	
					
Indefinite-lived intangible:	  				  				  				 				
Trade and brand names	  	 	N/A	  	  	 	146,300	  	  	 	—	  	 	 	146,300	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total intangible assets	  				  	$	347,867	  	  	$	(74,248	) 	 	$	273,619	  	
	  				  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Goodwill	  				  	$	176,981	  	  	$	—	  	 	$	176,981	  	

The Company determined that no impairment charges were required during any periods presented.
Amortization expense related to the intangible assets totaled $4,940 and $5,383 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Included within these total amortization expense amounts are $99 and $113 related to amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases is recorded within store operations as a component of rent expense in the consolidated statements of operations. The anticipated annual amortization expense to be recognized in future years as of March 31, 2016 is as follows:

   	  	Amount	 	
Remainder of 2016	  	$	14,816	  	
2017	  	 	18,215	  	
2018	  	 	14,583	  	
2019	  	 	14,215	  	
2020	  	 	12,517	  	
Thereafter	  	 	48,033	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	122,379	  	

 
F-53

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(5) Long-term debt
Long-term debt as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 consists of the following:

   	  	March 31,
2016	 	 	December 31,
2015	 	
Term loan B requires quarterly installments plus interest through the term of the loan, maturing March 31, 2021. Outstanding borrowings bear interest at LIBOR or base rate (as defined) plus a margin at the election of the borrower (4.50% at March 31, 2016 and 4.75% at December 31, 2015)	  	$	491,000	  	 	$	492,275	  	
Revolving credit line, requires interest only payments through the term of the loan, maturing March 31, 2019. Outstanding borrowings bear interest at LIBOR or base rate (as defined) plus a margin at the election of the borrower (4.25% at March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015)	  	 	—	  	 	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt, excluding deferred financing costs	  	 	491,000	  	 	 	492,275	  	
Deferred financing costs, net of accumulated amortization	  	 	(7,025	) 	 	 	(7,396	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total debt	  	 	483,975	  	 	 	484,879	  	
Current portion of long-term debt and line of credit	  	 	5,100	  	 	 	5,100	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Long-term debt, net of current portion	  	$	478,875	  	 	$	479,779	  	

Future annual principal payments of long-term debt as of March 31, 2016 are as follows:

   	  	Amount	 	
Remainder of 2016	  	$	3,825	  	
2017	  	 	5,100	  	
2018	  	 	5,100	  	
2019	  	 	5,100	  	
2020	  	 	5,100	  	
Thereafter	  	 	466,775	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	491,000	  	

(6) Derivative instruments and hedging activities
The Company utilizes interest-rate-related derivative instruments to manage its exposure related to changes in interest rates on its variable-rate debt instruments. The Company does not enter into derivative instruments for any purpose other than cash flow hedging. The Company does not speculate using derivative instruments.
By using derivative financial instruments to hedge exposures to changes in interest rates, the Company exposes itself to credit risk and market risk. Credit risk is the failure of the counterparty to perform under the terms of the derivative contract. When the fair value of a derivative contract is an asset, the counterparty owes the Company, which creates credit risk for the Company. When the fair value of a derivative contract is a liability,
 
F-54

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
the Company owes the counterparty and, therefore, the Company is not exposed to the counterparty’s credit risk in those circumstances. The Company minimizes counterparty credit risk in derivative instruments by entering into transactions with high-quality counterparties whose credit rating is higher than A1/A+ at the inception of the derivative transaction. The derivative instruments entered into by the Company do not contain credit-risk-related contingent features.
Market risk is the adverse effect on the value of a derivative instrument that results from a change in interest rates. The market risk associated with interest-rate contracts is managed by establishing and monitoring parameters that limit the types and degree of market risk that may be undertaken.
The Company assesses interest rate risk by continually identifying and monitoring changes in interest rate exposures that may adversely impact expected future cash flows and by evaluating hedging opportunities. The Company monitors interest rate risk attributable to both the Company’s outstanding or forecasted debt obligations as well as the Company’s offsetting hedge positions.
In September 2014 and September 2015, the Company entered into a series of interest rate caps. As of March 31, 2016, the Company had interest rate cap agreements with notional amounts of $224,000 outstanding that were entered into in order to hedge LIBOR greater than 1.5%.
The interest rate cap balances of $376 and $1,147 were recorded within other assets in the condensed consolidated balance sheets as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. These amounts have been measured at fair value and are considered to be a Level 2 fair value measurement. The Company recorded a reduction to the value of its interest rate caps of $583, net of tax of $113, within other comprehensive loss during the three months ended March 31, 2016.
As of March 31, 2016, the Company does not expect to reclassify any amounts included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings during the next 12 months. Transactions and events expected to occur over the next 12 months that will necessitate reclassifying these derivatives’ loss to earnings include the re-pricing of variable-rate debt.
(7) Related party transactions
Amounts due from related parties consist of:

   	  	March 31,
2016	 	  	December 31,
2015	 	
Accounts receivable—related entities	  	$	47	  	  	$	39	  	
Accounts receivable—stockholders/members	  	 	958	  	  	 	4,901	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Due from related parties	  	$	1,005	  	  	$	4,940	  	

Amounts due from stockholders/members as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 relate to reimbursements for certain taxes owed or paid by the Company.
 
F-55

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
Activity with entities considered to be related parties is summarized below:

   	  	For the three months ended
March 31,	 	
   	  	    2016	 	  	    2015	 	
Franchise revenue	  	$	421	  	  	$	262	  	
Equipment revenue	  	 	593	  	  	 	55	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total revenue from related parties	  	$	1,014	  	  	$	317	  	

The Company paid management fees to TSG Consumer Partners, LLC (“TSG”) totaling $0 and $265 during the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively. In connection with the IPO, the management agreement with TSG was terminated.
(8) Stockholder’s equity
The recapitalization transactions
We refer to the Merger, Reclassification and entry into the Exchange agreement, each as described below, as the “recapitalization transactions.” The Merger was effected pursuant to a merger agreement by and among the Company and Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. (a predecessor entity to the Company that held indirect interests in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC) and the recapitalization transactions were effected pursuant to a recapitalization agreement by and among the Company, Pla-Fit Holdings, existing holders (“Continuing LLC Owners”) of Holdings Units, and holders of Class A common stock issued to holders of interests in Planet Fitness Holdings L.P. (“Direct TSG Investors”).
Merger
Prior to the Merger, the Direct TSG Investors held interests in Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. was formed in October 2014 and had no material assets, liabilities or operations, other than as a holding company owning indirect interests in Pla-Fit Holdings. The Direct TSG Investors consist of investment funds affiliated with TSG. Pursuant to a merger agreement dated June 22, 2015, Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. merged with and into the Company, and the interests in Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. held by the Direct TSG Investors were converted into 26,106,930 shares of Class A common stock of the Company. We refer to this as the “Merger.” All shares of Class A common stock have both voting and economic rights in Planet Fitness, Inc.
The Merger was effected on August 5, 2015, prior to the time our Class A common stock was registered under the Exchange Act and prior to the completion of the IPO.
Reclassification
The equity interests of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC previously consisted of three different classes of limited liability company units (Class M, Class T and Class O). Prior to the completion of the IPO, the limited liability company agreement of Pla-Fit Holdings was amended and restated to, among other things, modify its capital structure to create a single new class of units, the Holdings Units. We refer to this capital structure modification as the “Reclassification.”
 
F-56

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The Direct TSG Investors’ indirect interest in Pla-Fit Holdings was held through Planet Fitness Holdings, L.P. As a result, following the Merger, the Direct TSG Investors’ indirect interests in Pla-Fit Holdings are held through the Company. Therefore, the Holdings Units received in the Reclassification were allocated to: (1) the Continuing LLC Owners based on their existing interests in Pla-Fit Holdings; and (2) the Company to the extent of the Direct TSG Investors’ indirect interest in Pla-Fit Holdings. The number of Holdings Units allocated to the Company in the Reclassification was equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that the Direct TSG Investors received in the Merger (on a one-for-one basis).
The Reclassification was effected on August 5, 2015, prior to the time our Class A common stock was registered under the Exchange Act and prior to the completion of the IPO.
Following the Merger and the Reclassification, the Company issued to Continuing LLC Owners 72,602,810 shares of Class B common stock, one share of Class B common stock for each Holdings Unit they held. The shares of Class B common stock have no rights to dividends or distributions, whether in cash or stock, but entitle the holder to one vote per share on matters presented to stockholders of the Company. The Continuing LLC Owners consist of investment funds affiliated with TSG and certain current and former employees and directors.
Pursuant to the LLC agreement that went into effect at the time of the Reclassification (“New LLC Agreement”), the Company was designated as the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings. Accordingly, the Company has the right to determine when distributions will be made by Pla-Fit Holdings to its members and the amount of any such distributions (subject to the requirements with respect to the tax distributions described below). If the Company authorizes a distribution by Pla-Fit Holdings, the distribution will be made to the members of Pla-Fit Holdings, including the Company, pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Holdings Units.
The holders of Holdings Units will incur U.S. federal, state and local income taxes on their allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings (as calculated pursuant to the New LLC Agreement). Net profits and net losses of Pla-Fit Holdings will generally be allocated to its members pursuant to the New LLC Agreement pro rata in accordance with the percentages of their respective Holdings Units. The New LLC Agreement provides for cash distributions to the holders of Holdings Units for purposes of funding their tax obligations in respect of the income of Pla-Fit Holdings that is allocated to them, to the extent other distributions from Pla-Fit Holdings for the relevant year have been insufficient to cover such liability. Generally, these tax distributions are computed based on the estimated taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings allocable to the holders of Holdings Units multiplied by an assumed, combined tax rate equal to the maximum rate applicable to an individual or corporation resident in San Francisco, California (taking into account the non-deductibility of certain expenses and the character of the Company’s income).
Exchange agreement
Following the Merger and the Reclassification, the Company and the Continuing LLC Owners entered into an exchange agreement under which the Continuing LLC Owners (or certain permitted transferees thereof) have the right, from time to time and subject to the terms of the exchange agreement, to exchange their Holdings Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the Company) on a one-for-one basis, subject to customary conversion rate
 
F-57

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
adjustments for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications and similar transactions. As a Continuing LLC Owner exchanges Holdings Units, along with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, for shares of Class A common stock, the number of Holdings Units held by the Company will be correspondingly increased as it acquires the exchanged Holdings Units and cancels a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock.
Offering transactions
In connection with the completion of the IPO on August 11, 2015, in order to facilitate the disposition of equity interests in Pla-Fit Holdings held by Continuing LLC Owners affiliated with TSG, the Company used the net proceeds received to purchase issued and outstanding Holdings Units from these Continuing LLC Owners that they received in the Reclassification. In connection with the IPO, the Company purchased 10,491,055 issued and outstanding Holdings Units from these Continuing LLC Owners for an aggregate of $156,946. This is in addition to the 26,106,930 Holdings Units that the Company acquired in the Reclassification on a one-for-one basis in relation to the number of shares of Class A common stock issued to the Direct TSG Investors in the Merger. Accordingly, following the IPO, the Company holds 36,597,985 Holdings Units, which is equal to the number of shares of Class A common stock that were issued to the Direct TSG Investors and investors in the IPO. The Direct TSG Investors, who did not receive Holdings Units in the Reclassification but received shares of Class A common stock in the Merger, sold 5,033,945 shares of Class A common stock in the IPO as selling stockholders.
As a result of the recapitalization transactions and the offering transactions, upon completion of the IPO:
 
•	 	the investors in the IPO collectively owned 15,525,000 shares of our Class A common, representing 15.7% of the voting power in the Company and, through the Company, 15.7% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings;	
•	 	the Direct TSG Investors own 21,072,985 shares of our Class A common stock, representing 21.4% of the voting power in the Company and, through the Company, 21.4% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings; and	
•	 	the Continuing LLC Owners collectively held 62,111,755 Holdings Units, representing 62.9% of the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings and 62,111,755 shares of our Class B common stock, representing 62.9% of the voting power in the Company.	
(9) Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share of Class A common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding during the same period. Diluted earnings per share of Class A common stock is computed by dividing net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. by the weighted-average number of shares of Class A common stock outstanding adjusted to give effect to potentially dilutive securities. There were no shares of Class A or Class B common stock outstanding prior to August 6, 2015, therefore no earnings per share information has been presented for the three months ended March 31, 2015.
Shares of the Company’s Class B common stock do not share in the earnings or losses attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc. and are therefore not participating securities. As such, separate presentation of basic and diluted
 
F-58

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
earnings per share of Class B common stock under the two-class method has not been presented. Shares of the Company’s Class B common stock are, however, considered potentially dilutive shares of Class A common stock because shares of Class B common stock, together with the related Holdings Units, are exchangeable into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis.
The following table sets forth reconciliations used to compute basic and diluted earnings per share of Class A common stock:

Basic net income per share:	  	For the three months ended
March 31, 2016	 	
Numerator	  				
Net income	  	$	16,345	  	
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests	  	 	12,977	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  	$	3,368	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Denominator	  				
Weighted-average shares of Class A common stock outstanding—basic	  	 	36,597,985	  	

Earnings per share of Class A common stock—basic & diluted	  	$	0.09	  	

Class B common stock was evaluated under the if-converted method for potential dilutive effects and were determined to be anti-dilutive. Stock options in the amount of 134,870 and 8,160 restricted stock units were evaluated under the treasury stock method for potential dilutive effects and were determined to be anti-dilutive.
(10) Income taxes
As a result of the recapitalization transactions, the Company became the sole managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, which is treated as a partnership for U.S. federal and most applicable state and local income tax purposes. As a partnership, Pla-Fit Holdings is not subject to U.S. federal and certain state and local income taxes. Any taxable income or loss generated by Pla-Fit Holdings is passed through to and included in the taxable income or loss of its members, including the Company following the recapitalization transactions, on a pro rata basis. Planet Fitness Inc. is subject to U.S. federal income taxes, in addition to state and local income taxes with respect to our allocable share of any taxable income of Pla-Fit Holdings following the recapitalization transactions. The Company is also subject to taxes in foreign jurisdictions.
The Company incurs U.S. federal and state income taxes on its 37.1% share of income flowed through from Pla-Fit Holdings. Our effective tax rate on such income was approximately 39.4%. The provision for income taxes also reflects an effective state tax rate of 2.5% applied to non-controlling interests, representing the remaining 62.9% of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings.
 
F-59

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
Net deferred tax assets of $115,523 and $117,358 as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, relate primarily to the tax effects of temporary differences in the book basis as compared to the tax basis of our investment in Pla-Fit Holdings as a result of the recapitalization transactions and IPO. The Company has net operating loss carryforwards related to its Canada operations of approximately $2,411, which begin to expire in 2034. It is more likely than not that the results of future operations will generate sufficient taxable income to realize the deferred tax assets.
As of March 31, 2016, the total liability related to uncertain tax positions is $300. The Company recognizes interest accrued and penalties, if applicable, related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. Interest and penalties for the three months ended March 31, 2016 were not material.
Tax benefit arrangements
The Company’s acquisition of Holdings Units in connection with the IPO and future and certain past exchanges of Holdings Units for shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (or cash at the option of the Company) are expected to produce and have produced favorable tax attributes. In connection with the IPO, the Company entered into two tax receivable agreements. Under the first of those agreements, the Company generally is required to pay to the Continuing LLC Owners 85% of the applicable tax savings, if any, in U.S. federal and state income tax that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of certain tax attributes of their Holdings Units sold to the Company (or exchanged in a taxable sale) and that are created as a result of (i) the sales of their Holdings Units for shares of Class A common stock and (ii) tax benefits attributable to payments made under the tax receivable agreement (including imputed interest). Under the second tax receivable agreement, the Company generally is required to pay to the Direct TSG Investors 85% of the amount of tax savings, if any, that the Company is deemed to realize as a result of the tax attributes of the Holdings Units held in respect of the Direct TSG Investors’ interest in the Company, which resulted from the Direct TSG Investors’ purchase of interests in Pla-Fit Holdings in 2012, and certain other tax benefits. Under both agreements, the Company generally retains the benefit of the remaining 15% of the applicable tax savings. Also, pursuant to the exchange agreement (see Note 8), to the extent an exchange results in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC incurring a current tax liability relating to the New Hampshire business profits tax, the Continuing LLC Owners have agreed that they will contribute to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC an amount sufficient to pay such tax liability (up to 3.5% of the value received upon exchange). If and when the Company subsequently realizes a related tax benefit, Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC will distribute the amount of any such tax benefit to the relevant Continuing LLC Owner in respect of its contribution. As of March 31, 2016, the Company has a liability of $138,078 related to its projected obligations under the tax benefit arrangements. Projected future payments under the tax benefit arrangements are as follows:

   	  	Amount	 	
Remainder of 2016	  	$	906	  	
2017	  	 	7,389	  	
2018	  	 	7,336	  	
2019	  	 	7,389	  	
2020	  	 	7,585	  	
Thereafter	  	 	107,473	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	138,078	  	

 
F-60

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(11) Commitments and contingencies
From time to time, and in the ordinary course of business, the Company is subject to various claims, charges, and litigation, such as employment-related claims and slip and fall cases. The Company is not currently aware of any legal proceedings or claims that the Company believes will have, individually or in the aggregate, a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position or result of operations.
(12) Segments
The Company has three reportable segments: (i) Franchise; (ii) Corporate-owned stores; and (iii) Equipment.
The Company’s operations are organized and managed by type of products and services and segment information is reported accordingly. The Company’s chief operating decision maker (the “CODM”) is its Chief Executive Officer. The CODM reviews financial performance and allocates resources by reportable segment. There have been no operating segments aggregated to arrive at the Company’s reportable segments.
The Franchise segment includes operations related to the Company’s franchising business in the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada and the Dominican Republic. The Corporate-owned stores segment includes operations with respect to all Corporate-owned stores throughout the United States and Canada. The Equipment segment includes the sale of equipment to franchisee-owned stores.
The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those described in Note 2. The Company evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on revenue and earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization, referred to as Segment EBITDA. Revenues for all operating segments include only transactions with unaffiliated customers and include no intersegment revenues.
The tables below summarize the financial information for the Company’s reportable segments for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015. The “Corporate and other” category, as it relates to Segment EBITDA, primarily includes corporate overhead costs, such as payroll and related benefit costs and professional services which are not directly attributable to any individual segment.

   	  	Three months ended March 31,	 	
   	  	        2016	 	  	        2015	 	
Revenue	  				  				
Franchise segment revenue—U.S.	  	$	27,230	  	  	$	21,757	  	
Franchise segment revenue—International	  	 	447	  	  	 	—	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Franchise segment total	  	 	27,677	  	  	 	21,757	  	
Corporate-owned stores—U.S.	  	 	24,698	  	  	 	23,270	  	
Corporate-owned stores—International	  	 	999	  	  	 	276	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Corporate-owned stores total	  	 	25,697	  	  	 	23,546	  	
Equipment segment—U.S.	  	 	29,969	  	  	 	31,619	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Equipment segment total	  	 	29,969	  	  	 	31,619	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total revenue	  	$	83,343	  	  	$	76,922	  	

 
F-61

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
Franchise segment revenue includes franchise revenue and commission income.
Franchise revenue includes revenue generated from placement services of $2,075 and $1,974 for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

   	  	Three months ended March 31,	 	
   	  	        2016	 	 	        2015	 	
			
Segment EBITDA	  				 				
Franchise	  	$	23,813	  	 	$	13,578	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	10,162	  	 	 	7,798	  	
Equipment	  	 	6,318	  	 	 	6,763	  	
Corporate and other	  	 	(6,587	) 	 	 	(6,372	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Segment EBITDA	  	$	33,706	  	 	$	21,767	  	

The following table reconciles total Segment EBITDA to income before taxes:

   	  	Three months ended March 31,	 	
   	  	        2016	 	 	        2015	 	
Total Segment EBITDA	  	$	33,706	  	 	$	21,767	  	
Less:	  				 				
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	7,703	  	 	 	8,201	  	
Other expense	  	 	393	  	 	 	(736	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income from operations	  	 	25,610	  	 	 	14,302	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	(6,367	) 	 	 	(4,756	) 	
Other expense	  	 	393	  	 	 	(736	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Income before income taxes	  	$	19,636	  	 	$	8,810	  	

The following table summarizes the Company’s assets by reportable segment:

   	  	March 31,
2016	 	  	December 31,
2015	 	
Franchise	  	$	214,464	  	  	$	206,997	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	151,470	  	  	 	151,620	  	
Equipment	  	 	193,261	  	  	 	208,168	  	
Unallocated	  	 	126,471	  	  	 	132,392	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total consolidated assets	  	$	685,666	  	  	$	699,177	  	

The table above includes $3,239 and $3,149 of long-lived assets located in the Company’s corporate-owned stores in Canada as of March 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively. All other assets are located in the U.S.
 
F-62

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
The following table summarizes the Company’s goodwill by reportable segment:

   	  	March 31,
2016	 	  	December 31,
2015	 	
Franchise	  	$	16,938	  	  	$	16,938	  	
Corporate-owned stores	  	 	67,377	  	  	 	67,377	  	
Equipment	  	 	92,666	  	  	 	92,666	  	
	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Consolidated goodwill	  	$	176,981	  	  	$	176,981	  	

(13) Corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores
The following table shows changes in our corporate-owned and franchisee-owned stores for the three months ended March 31, 2016 and 2015:

   	  	For the three months
ended March 31,	 	
   	  	        2016	 	 	        2015	 	
			
Franchisee-owned stores:	  				 				
Stores operated at beginning of period	  	 	1,066	  	 	 	863	  	
New stores opened	  	 	48	  	 	 	59	  	
Stores debranded or consolidated (1)	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	(3	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores operated at end of period	  	 	1,113	  	 	 	919	  	

Corporate-owned stores:	  				 				
Stores operated at beginning of period	  	 	58	  	 	 	55	  	
New stores opened	  	 	—	  	 	 	2	  	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores operated at end of period	  	 	58	  	 	 	57	  	

Total stores:	  				 				
Stores operated at beginning of period	  	 	1,124	  	 	 	918	  	
New stores opened	  	 	48	  	 	 	61	  	
Stores debranded or consolidated (1)	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	(3	) 	
	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Stores operated at end of period	  	 	1,171	  	 	 	976	  	

 
(1)	 	The term “debrand” refers to a franchisee-owned store whose right to use the Planet Fitness brand and marks has been terminated in accordance with the franchise agreement. We retain the right to prevent debranded stores from continuing to operate as fitness centers. The term “consolidated” refers to the combination of a franchisee’s store with another store located in close proximity, with our prior approval. This often coincides with an enlargement, re-equipment and/or refurbishment of the remaining store.	
 
F-63

Table of Contents
Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries
Notes to Condensed Consolidated financial statements
(Unaudited)
(Amounts in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
 
(14) Subsequent events
On May 10, 2016 the Company announced that its Board of Directors had authorized a stock buyback program to repurchase up to $20,000 of the Company’s Class A common shares from time to time on the open market or in privately negotiated transactions. The timing and amount of any shares that may be repurchased will be determined by the Company’s management based on its evaluation of market conditions, such as current stock price, and other factors. The Company may elect to implement a 10b5-1 repurchase program, which would permit shares to be repurchased when the Company might otherwise be precluded from doing so under insider trading laws. The buyback program does not have a fixed expiration date but may be suspended or discontinued at any time. The buyback program will be funded using the Company’s existing working capital.
 
(15) Pro forma financial information
The unaudited pro forma financial information reflects the effects of the recapitalization transactions and the IPO on the allocation of pro forma net income between noncontrolling interests and Planet Fitness, Inc. for the quarter ended March 31, 2015. After the recapitalization transactions and the IPO, Planet Fitness, Inc. held a 37.1% economic ownership in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, and as such, 62.9% of pro forma net income is attributable to the noncontrolling interests.
The unaudited pro forma financial information also reflects an adjustment to the provision for income taxes to reflect an effective tax rate of 39.4%, applied to the 37.1% portion of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, that represents the economic interest in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC held by Planet Fitness Inc. upon completion of recapitalization transactions and the IPO. The unaudited pro forma financial information also reflects an effective tax rate of 2.5% applied to noncontrolling interests representing the remaining 62.9% portion of income before taxes, excluding income from variable interest entities, related to Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC. The sum of these amounts represents total pro forma provision for income taxes of $1,190 for the quarter ended March 31, 2015.
The unaudited pro forma net income per share has been prepared using pro forma net income, as set forth above, which reflects the pro forma effects on provision for income taxes and the allocation of pro forma net income between noncontrolling interests and Planet Fitness, Inc., resulting from the recapitalization transactions and the IPO divided by pro forma weighted average shares outstanding, which includes Class A common stock of Planet Fitness, Inc. outstanding after the recapitalization transactions and the IPO.

   	  	Quarter ended
March 31,
2015	 	
Pro forma net income attributable to Planet Fitness, Inc.	  	$	                  1,415	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Pro forma weighted average shares of Class A common stock—basic and diluted	  	 	36,598	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Pro forma net income per share—basic and diluted	  	$	0.04	  	

F-64

Table of Contents
10,000,000 shares
Planet Fitness, Inc.
Class A common stock

Prospectus
J.P. Morgan
BofA Merrill Lynch
Jefferies
Guggenheim Securities
Baird
William Blair
Credit Suisse
Piper Jaffray
Cowen and Company
                    , 2016

Table of Contents
Part II
Information not required in prospectus
Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution
The following table sets forth the costs and expenses, other than the underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by the registrant in connection with the sale of Class A common stock being registered. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the FINRA filing fee.

Item	  	Amount to be
paid	 	
SEC registration fee	  	$	20,278	  	
FINRA filing fee	  	 	30,705	  	
Printing and engraving expenses	  	 	150,000	  	
Legal fees and expenses	  	 	275,000	  	
Accounting fees and expenses	  	 	260,000	  	
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses	  	 	13,600	  	
Miscellaneous expenses	  	 	35,000	  	
	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	$	784,583	  	
 	 	
Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers
Section 145(a) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”) grants each corporation organized thereunder the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation), by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that such person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.
Section 145(b) of the DGCL grants each corporation organized thereunder the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and
 
II-1

Table of Contents
except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Delaware Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
Section 102(b)(7) of the DGCL enables a corporation in its certificate of incorporation or an amendment thereto to eliminate or limit the personal liability of a director to the corporation or its stockholders of monetary damages for violations of the director’s fiduciary duty, except (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL (providing for liability of directors for unlawful payment of dividends or unlawful stock purchases or redemptions) or (iv) for any transaction from which a director derived an improper personal benefit. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL.
We have also entered into indemnification agreements with certain of our directors. Such agreements generally provide for indemnification by reason of being our director, as the case may be. These agreements are in addition to the indemnification provided by our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, we have been informed that in the opinion of the SEC such indemnification is against public policy and is therefore unenforceable.
The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Please see the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.
Our amended and restated bylaws indemnify the directors and officers to the full extent of the DGCL and also allow the board of directors to indemnify all other employees. Such right of indemnification is not exclusive of any right to which such officer or director may be entitled as a matter of law and shall extend and apply to the estates of deceased officers and directors. Section 145(f) of the DGCL further provides that a right to indemnification or to advancement of expenses arising under a provision of the bylaws shall not be eliminated or impaired by an amendment to such provision after the occurrence of the act or omission which is the subject of the civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding for which indemnification or advancement of expenses is sought.
We also maintain a directors’ and officers’ insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions that are normal and customary for policies of this type. Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under that section.
 
II-2

Table of Contents
Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities
In March 2015, the registrant issued 100 shares of common stock to Christopher Rondeau for aggregate consideration of $1. The shares were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis that the transaction did not involve a public offering.
In connection with the recapitalization transactions described in the accompanying prospectus, the registrant issued shares of Class B common stock to investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC, and certain members of our management and our board of directors. The shares of Class B common stock described above were issued in reliance on the exemption contained in Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis that the transaction will not involve a public offering. No underwriters will be involved in the transaction.
In connection with our IPO, which constituted a qualifying event under the terms of the grants of Class M Units in Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, 4,238,338 Holdings Units and corresponding Class B Common shares were issued to the existing Class M Unit holders with a weighted-average grant date fair value of $1.52 per share.
Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules
(a) Exhibits
See Exhibit Index following the signature page.
(b) Financial statement schedules
Schedules not listed above have been omitted because the information required to be set forth therein is not applicable or is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.
Item 17. Undertakings
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(2) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) For the purpose of determining liability under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser, if the registrant is subject to Rule 430C, each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.
 
II-3

Table of Contents
(4) The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(5) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
(6) To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
II-4

Table of Contents
Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Newington, State of New Hampshire, on June 21, 2016.

	
PLANET FITNESS, INC.	
		
By:	 	/s/ Christopher Rondeau	
Name:	 	Christopher Rondeau	
Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer	
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	  	Title	 	Date	
			
/s/ Christopher Rondeau
Christopher Rondeau	  	Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)	 	June 21, 2016	
			
/s/ Dorvin Lively
Dorvin Lively	  	Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	 	June 21, 2016	
			
*
David Berg	  	Director	 	June 21, 2016	
			
*
Charles Esserman	  	Director	 	June 21, 2016	
			
*
Marc Grondahl	  	Director	 	June 21, 2016	
			
*
Michael Layman	  	Director	 	June 21, 2016	
			
*
Pierre LeComte	  	Director	 	June 21, 2016	
			
*
Stephen Spinelli, Jr.	  	Director	 	June 21, 2016	
			
*
Edward Wong	  	Director	 	June 21, 2016	

*By:	  	/s/ Dorvin Lively
Attorney-in-Fact	  	 	  	 	
 
II-5

Table of Contents
Exhibit index

Exhibit
number	  	Description of exhibit	
		
    1.1	  	Form of Underwriting Agreement	
		
    3.1	  	Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Planet Fitness, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, filed on June 22, 2015)	
		
    3.2	  	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Planet Fitness, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015	
		
    4.1	  	Form of Class A Common Stock Certificate (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015)	
		
    5.1	  	Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP	
		
  10.1	  	Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2014 among Planet Intermediate, LLC, as Holdings, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC, as Borrower, the other loan parties thereto, and the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015)	
		
  10.2	  	Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2015 among Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC, the lenders party thereto and JP Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2	
		
  10.3	  	Amended and Restated Pledge and Security Agreement dated as of March 31, 2014 by and between Planet Intermediate, LLC, Planet Fitness Holdings, LLC, as Borrower, and Borrower Grantors from time to time party thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent for the lenders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015)	
		
  10.4	  	Form of Amended and Restated Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC Operating Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, July 15, 2015)	
		
  10.5	  	Form of Tax Receivable Agreement with the Continuing LLC Owners (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, July 15, 2015)	
		
  10.6	  	Form of Tax Receivable Agreement with the Direct TSG Investors (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, July 15, 2015)	
		
  10.7	  	Form of Registration Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, July 15, 2015)	
		
  10.8	  	Form of Stockholders Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, July 15, 2015)	
		
  10.9	  	Form of Exchange Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, July 15, 2015)	
		
  10.10	  	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Christopher Rondeau (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015)	
		
  10.11	  	Form of Director Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, July 15, 2015)	
		
  10.12	  	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Dorvin Lively (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015)	

Table of Contents

Exhibit
number	  	Description of exhibit	
		
  10.13	  	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement with Richard Moore (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015)	
		
  10.14	  	Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.14 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015)	
		
  10.15	  	Form of Class M Unit Award under Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC 2013 Equity Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015)	
		
  10.16	  	Form of Planet Fitness, Inc. 2015 Omnibus Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015)	
		
  10.17	  	Form of Planet Fitness, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, June 22, 2015)	
		
  10.18	  	Form of Recapitalization Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, July 15, 2015)	
		
  10.19	  	Form of Stock Option Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, July 15, 2015)	
		
  10.20	  	Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.20 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1, File No. 333-205141, July 15, 2015)	
		
  21.1	  	Subsidiaries of the Registrant (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 21.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K, File No. 001-37534, March 4, 2016)	
		
  23.1	  	Consent of KPMG LLP	
		
   23.2	  	Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)	
		
  24.1*	  	Power of Attorney (included in the signature pages to this Registration Statement)	
		
101*	  	Interactive Data Files Pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T: (i) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements	

*	 	Previously filed.	

Exhibit 1.1
PLANET FITNESS, INC.
10,000,000 Shares of Class A Common Stock
Underwriting Agreement
June [●], 2016
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                     Incorporated
Jefferies LLC
Guggenheim Securities, LLC
As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 hereto
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179
c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                            Incorporated
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
c/o Jefferies LLC
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
c/o Guggenheim Securities, LLC
330 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Certain stockholders of Planet Fitness, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”) named in Schedule 2 hereto (the “ Selling Stockholders, ” which shall include the Selling Stockholders identified on Schedule 2 hereto as Specified Selling Stockholders (each, a “ Specified Selling Stockholder ”)) propose to sell to the several underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Underwriters ”), for whom you are acting as representatives (the “ Representatives ”), an aggregate of 10,000,000 shares of Class A common stock of the Company (the “ Underwritten Shares ”). In addition, the Selling Stockholders propose to sell, at the option of the Underwriters, up to an additional 1,500,000 shares of Class A common stock of the Company

(the “ Option Shares ”). The Underwritten Shares and the Option Shares are herein referred to as the “ Shares .” The Shares will consist of (i) up to 3,608,840 issued and outstanding shares of Class A common stock held by certain investment funds affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC (the “ Direct TSG Investors ”), and (ii) up to 7,891,160 shares of Class A common stock that are issuable upon exchange for (x) limited liability company units (the “ Holdings Units ”) of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Pla-Fit Holdings ”), and (y) a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Class B Stock ”), of the Company, held by certain holders of Holdings Units affiliated with TSG Consumer Partners, LLC (the “ TSG Continuing LLC Owners ”) and the Specified Selling Stockholders. The shares of Class A common stock of the Company to be outstanding after giving effect to the sale of the Shares are referred to herein as the “ Stock .”
As the managing member of Pla-Fit Holdings, the Company operates and controls all of the business and affairs of Pla-Fit Holdings and, through Pla-Fit Holdings and its subsidiaries, conducts its business. The Company and Pla-Fit Holdings are collectively referred to herein as the “Planet Fitness Parties,” and each of the Company and Pla-Fit Holdings are sometimes individually referred to herein as a “Planet Fitness Party.”
Each Planet Fitness Party and the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, hereby confirm their agreement with the several Underwriters concerning the purchase and sale of the Shares, as follows:
1. Registration Statement . The Company has prepared and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “ Securities Act ”), a registration statement (File No. 333-211698), including a prospectus, relating to the Shares. Such registration statement, as amended at the time it became effective, including the information, if any, deemed pursuant to Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act to be part of the registration statement at the time of its effectiveness (“ Rule 430 Information ”), is referred to herein as the “ Registration Statement ”; and as used herein, the term “ Preliminary Prospectus ” means each prospectus included in such registration statement (and any amendments thereto) before effectiveness, any prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(a) under the Securities Act and the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time of its effectiveness that omits Rule 430 Information, and the term “ Prospectus ” means the prospectus in the form first used (or made available upon request of purchasers pursuant to Rule 173 under the Securities Act) in connection with confirmation of sales of the Shares. If the Company has filed an abbreviated registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act (the “ Rule 462 Registration Statement ”), then any reference herein to the term “ Registration Statement ” shall be deemed to include such Rule 462 Registration Statement. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.
At or prior to the Applicable Time (as defined below), the Company had prepared the following information (collectively with the pricing information set forth on Annex A hereto, the “ Pricing Disclosure Package ”): a Preliminary Prospectus dated June [●], 2016 and each “free-writing prospectus” (as defined pursuant to Rule 405 under the Securities Act) listed on Annex A hereto.
 
-2-

“ Applicable Time ” means [●] [A.M/P.M.], New York City time, on June [●], 2016.
2. Purchase of the Shares by the Underwriters . (a) Each of the Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, to sell the Underwritten Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and each Underwriter, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, agrees, severally and not jointly, to purchase at a price per share (the “ Purchase Price ”) of $[●] from each of the Selling Stockholders the number of Underwritten Shares (to be adjusted by you so as to eliminate fractional shares) determined by multiplying the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be sold by each of the Selling Stockholders as set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule 2 hereto by a fraction, the numerator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by such Underwriter as set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto and the denominator of which is the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares to be purchased by all the Underwriters from all of the Selling Stockholders hereunder.
In addition, each of the Selling Stockholders agrees, severally and not jointly, as and to the extent indicated in Schedule 2 hereto, to sell the Option Shares to the several Underwriters as provided in this Agreement, and the Underwriters, on the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements set forth herein and subject to the conditions set forth herein, shall have the option to purchase, severally and not jointly, from each Selling Stockholder at the Purchase Price less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Company and payable on the Underwritten Shares but not payable on the Option Shares. If any Option Shares are to be purchased, the number of Option Shares to be purchased by each Underwriter shall be the number of Option Shares which bears the same ratio to the aggregate number of Option Shares being purchased as the number of Underwritten Shares set forth opposite the name of such Underwriter in Schedule 1 hereto (or such number increased as set forth in Section 12 hereof) bears to the aggregate number of Underwritten Shares being purchased from the Selling Stockholders by the several Underwriters, subject, however, to such adjustments to eliminate any fractional Shares as the Representatives in their sole discretion shall make. Any such election to purchase Option Shares shall be made in proportion to the maximum number of Option Shares to be sold by each Selling Stockholder as set forth in Schedule 2 hereto.
The Underwriters may exercise the option to purchase Option Shares at any time in whole, or from time to time in part, on or before the thirtieth day following the date of the Prospectus, by written notice from the Representatives to the Selling Stockholders (and, in the case of the Specified Selling Stockholders, to their respective Attorneys-in-Fact). Such notice shall set forth the aggregate number of Option Shares as to which the option is being exercised and the date and time when the Option Shares are to be delivered and paid for, which may be the same date and time as the Closing Date but shall not be earlier than the Closing Date nor later than the tenth full business day (as hereinafter defined) after the date of such notice (unless such time and date are postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 12 hereof). Any such notice that is given prior to the Closing Date shall be given at least two business days prior to the
 
-3-

date and time of delivery specified therein; any such notice that is given on or after the Closing Date and prior to the twenty-eighth day following the date of the Prospectus shall be given at least three business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein; and any such notice that is given on the twenty-eighth day following the date of the Prospectus shall be given at least two business days prior to the date and time of delivery specified therein.
(b) The Selling Stockholders understand that the Underwriters intend to make a public offering of the Shares as soon after the effectiveness of this Agreement as in the judgment of the Representatives is advisable, and initially to offer the Shares on the terms set forth in the Prospectus. The Selling Stockholders acknowledge and agree that the Underwriters may offer and sell Shares to or through any affiliate of an Underwriter.
(c) Payment for the Shares shall be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the accounts specified by the Selling Stockholders (with respect to the Specified Selling Stockholders, by the Attorneys-in-Fact on behalf of such Specified Selling Stockholders) or any of them to the Representatives, in the case of the Underwritten Shares, at the offices of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, 425 Lexington Avenue, New York, New York 10017, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on June [●], 2016, or at such other time or place on the same or such other date, not later than the fifth business day thereafter, as the Representatives and the Selling Stockholders (with respect to the Specified Selling Stockholders, the Attorneys-in-Fact on behalf of such Specified Selling Stockholders) may agree upon in writing or, in the case of the Option Shares, on the date and at the time and place specified by the Representatives in the written notice of the Underwriters’ election to purchase such Option Shares. The time and date of such payment for the Underwritten Shares is referred to herein as the “ Closing Date ,” and the time and date for such payment for the Option Shares, if other than the Closing Date, is herein referred to as the “ Additional Closing Date .”
Payment for the Shares to be purchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall be made against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the several Underwriters of the Shares to be purchased on such date with any transfer taxes payable in connection with the sale of such Shares duly paid by the Selling Stockholders. Delivery of the Shares shall be made through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) unless the Representatives shall otherwise instruct.
(d) Each Planet Fitness Party and Selling Stockholder acknowledges and agrees that the Underwriters are acting solely in the capacity of an arm’s length contractual counterparty to the Planet Fitness Parties and the Selling Stockholders with respect to the offering of Shares contemplated hereby (including in connection with determining the terms of the offering) and not as a financial advisor or a fiduciary to, or an agent of, the Planet Fitness Parties, the Selling Stockholders or any other person. Additionally, neither the Representatives nor any other Underwriter is advising the Planet Fitness Parties, the Selling Stockholders or any other person as to any legal, tax, investment, accounting or regulatory matters in any jurisdiction. The Planet Fitness Parties and the Selling Stockholders shall consult with their own advisors concerning such matters, each shall be responsible for making its own independent investigation and appraisal of the transactions contemplated hereby and the Underwriters shall have no responsibility or liability to the Planet Fitness Parties or the Selling Stockholders with respect
 
-4-

thereto. Any review by the Underwriters of the Planet Fitness Parties, the transactions contemplated hereby or other matters relating to such transactions will be performed solely for the benefit of the Underwriters and shall not be on behalf of the Planet Fitness Parties or the Selling Stockholders.
3. Representations and Warranties of the Planet Fitness Parties . Each Planet Fitness Party represents and warrants, jointly and severally, to each Underwriter and the Selling Stockholders that:
(a) Preliminary Prospectus. No order preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus has been issued by the Commission, and each Preliminary Prospectus included in the Pricing Disclosure Package, at the time of filing thereof, complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, and no Preliminary Prospectus, at the time of filing thereof, contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Planet Fitness Parties make no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in any Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.
(b) Pricing Disclosure Package . The Pricing Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Planet Fitness Parties make no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Pricing Disclosure Package, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.
(c) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus. Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, the Company (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any “written communication” (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act) that constitutes an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy the Shares (each such communication by the Company or its agents and representatives (other than a communication referred to in clause (i) below) an “ Issuer Free Writing Prospectus ”) other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Representatives. Each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus complied in all material respects with the Securities Act, has been or will be (within the time period specified in Rule 433) filed in accordance with the Securities
 
-5-

Act (to the extent required thereby) and does not conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Pricing Disclosure Package, and, when taken together with the Preliminary Prospectus accompanying, or delivered prior to delivery of, such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Planet Fitness Parties make no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in each such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or Preliminary Prospectus, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.
(d) Emerging Growth Company . From the time of initial filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission through the date hereof, the Company has been and is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act (an “ Emerging Growth Company ”).
(e) Registration Statement and Prospectus. The Registration Statement has been declared effective by the Commission. No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued by the Commission, and no proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act against the Company or related to the offering of the Shares has been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened by the Commission; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment complied and will comply in all material respects with the Securities Act, and did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the Planet Fitness Parties make no representation and warranty with respect to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in Section 9(c) hereof.
(f) Financial Statements. The financial statements (including the related notes thereto) included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), as applicable, and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the entities indicated as of the
 
-6-

dates indicated and the results of their operations and the changes in their cash flows for the periods specified; such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, and any supporting schedules included in the Registration Statement present fairly, in all material respects, the information required to be stated therein; the other financial information included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus has been derived from the accounting records of the Planet Fitness Parties and their consolidated subsidiaries, as applicable, and presents fairly the information shown thereby; and the pro forma financial information and the related notes thereto included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus have been prepared in accordance with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the assumptions underlying such pro forma financial information are reasonable and are set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(g) No Material Adverse Change.  Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, since the date of the most recent financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) there has not been any change in the capital stock (other than the issuance of shares of Stock upon exercise of stock options and warrants described as outstanding in, the grant of options and awards under equity incentive plans described in, the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus), short-term debt or long-term debt of either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries, or any dividend or distribution of any kind declared, set aside for payment, paid or made by either Planet Fitness Party on any class of capital stock, or any material adverse change, or any development involving a prospective material adverse change, in or affecting the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations of the Planet Fitness Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole; (ii) neither Planet Fitness Party nor any of its subsidiaries has entered into any transaction or agreement (whether or not in the ordinary course of business) that is material to the Planet Fitness Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, that is material to the Planet Fitness Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole; and (iii) neither Planet Fitness Party nor any of its subsidiaries has sustained any loss or interference with its business that is material to the Planet Fitness Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole and that is either from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor disturbance or dispute or any action, order or decree of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority.
(h) Organization and Good Standing.  Each Planet Fitness Party and each of its subsidiaries have been duly organized and are validly existing and in good standing (or the equivalent thereof with respect to the law of foreign countries, if applicable) under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of organization, are duly qualified to do business and are in good standing (or the equivalent thereof with respect to the law of foreign countries, if applicable) in each jurisdiction in which their respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold their respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which they are engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing (or the equivalent thereof with respect to the law of foreign countries, if applicable) or have such power or authority would not,
 
-7-

individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on the business, properties, management, financial position, stockholders’ equity or results of operations or prospects of the Planet Fitness Parties and their subsidiaries taken as a whole or on the performance by the Planet Fitness Parties of their respective obligations under this Agreement (a “ Material Adverse Effect ”). The Planet Fitness Parties do not own or control, directly or indirectly, any corporation, association or other entity other than the subsidiaries listed in Exhibit 21 to the Registration Statement.
(i) Capitalization. As of March 31, 2016, the Company had an authorized capitalization as set forth in the historical column under “Capitalization” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, after giving effect to the offering of the Shares (including Shares offered by the TSG Continuing LLC Owners and the Specified Selling Stockholders following the exchange of certain of their Holdings Units (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class B Stock) for Shares in connection therewith) as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, the Company would have an authorized capitalization as set forth in the pro forma column under “Capitalization;” all the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (including the Shares to be sold by the Selling Stockholders) have been duly and validly authorized and issued and are fully paid and non-assessable and are not subject to any pre-emptive or similar rights that have not been effectively waived or satisfied; except as described in or expressly contemplated by the Registration Statement, Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no outstanding rights (including, without limitation, pre-emptive rights), warrants or options to acquire, or instruments convertible into or exchangeable for, any shares of capital stock or other equity interest in either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries, or any contract, commitment, agreement, understanding or arrangement of any kind relating to the issuance of any capital stock of such Planet Fitness Party or any such subsidiary, any such convertible or exchangeable securities or any such rights, warrants or options; the capital stock of the Company conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and all the outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of each subsidiary owned, directly or indirectly, by each Planet Fitness Party will have been duly and validly authorized and issued, are fully paid and non-assessable and are owned directly or indirectly by the Planet Fitness Parties, free and clear of any lien, charge, encumbrance, security interest, restriction on voting or transfer or any other claim of any third party, except for those under the senior credit facility of Pla-Fit Holdings, as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and Prospectus (the “ Senior Credit Facility ”).
(j) Equity Awards.   To the knowledge of each Planet Fitness Party, except as would not be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole, with respect to any equity or equity-based awards (the “ Equity Awards ”) granted pursuant to the equity compensation plans of either Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries (the “ Equity Compensation Plans ”), (i) each grant of an Equity Award was duly authorized no later than the date on which the grant of such Equity Award was by its terms to be effective (the “ Grant Date ”) by all necessary corporate action, including, as applicable, approval by the board of directors or board of managers of the applicable Planet Fitness Party (or a duly constituted and authorized committee thereof) and any required stockholder or member approval by the necessary number of votes or written consents,
 
-8-

and the award agreement governing such grant (if any) was duly executed and delivered by each party thereto, (ii) each such grant was made in accordance with the terms of the Equity Compensation Plans and any applicable laws or regulatory rules or requirements, including the rules of The New York Stock Exchange and (iii) each such grant was properly accounted for in accordance with GAAP in the financial statements (including the related notes) of the applicable Planet Fitness Party.
(k) Due Authorization.  Each Planet Fitness Party has full right, power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement, and to perform its obligations hereunder; and all action required to be taken for the due and proper authorization, execution and delivery by it of this Agreement and the consummation by it of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby has been duly and validly taken.
(l) Underwriting Agreement. This Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Planet Fitness Party.
(m) Description of the Underwriting Agreement . This Agreement conforms in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(n) The Shares . The Shares to be sold by the Direct TSG Investors hereunder have been duly authorized by the Company and duly and validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable and conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Shares to be issued to, and sold by, the TSG Continuing LLC Owners and the Specified Selling Stockholders have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered upon exchange of Holdings Units and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Stock, as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, such Shares will be duly and validly issued, will be fully paid and nonassessable and will conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(o) No Violation or Default.  Neither Planet Fitness Party nor any of its subsidiaries is (i) in violation of its charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents; (ii) in default, and no event has occurred that, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute such a default, in the due performance or observance of any term, covenant or condition contained in any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which such Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries is subject; or (iii) in violation of any law or statute applicable to such Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (ii) and (iii) above, for any such default or violation that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
 
-9-

(p) No Conflicts.   The execution, delivery and performance by each Planet Fitness Party of this Agreement, the issuance of Shares by the Company to the TSG Continuing LLC Owners and the Specified Selling Stockholders in connection therewith and the consummation by each Planet Fitness Party of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries is a party or by which either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries is bound or to which any of the property or assets of either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute applicable to such Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority having jurisdiction over such Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(q) No Consents Required.  No consent, approval, authorization, order, license, registration or qualification of or with any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory authority is required for the execution, delivery and performance by each Planet Fitness Party of this Agreement, the issuance of Shares by the Company to the TSG Continuing LLC Owners and the Specified Selling Stockholders in connection therewith and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except for (i) the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act; (ii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as have already been obtained or made; and (iii) such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as may be required by the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“ FINRA ”) and under applicable state securities laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.
(r) Legal Proceedings. Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no legal, governmental or regulatory investigations, actions, suits or proceedings pending to which either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries is or, to either Planet Fitness Party’s knowledge, may be a party or to which any property of either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries is or, to either Planet Fitness Party’s knowledge, may be the subject that, individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely to either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries, would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (i) to the knowledge of the Planet Fitness Parties, other than as set forth in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no such investigations, actions, suits or proceedings are threatened or contemplated by any governmental or regulatory authority or threatened by others; (ii) there are no current or pending legal, governmental or regulatory actions, suits or proceedings that are required under the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure
 
-10-

Package and the Prospectus and (iii) there are no statutes, regulations or contracts or other documents that are required under the Securities Act to be filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus that are not so filed as exhibits to the Registration Statement or described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(s) Independent Accountants . KPMG LLP, who have certified certain financial statements of the Company, Pla-Fit Holdings and their respective subsidiaries, is an independent registered public accounting firm with respect to the Company, Pla-Fit Holdings and their respective subsidiaries within the applicable rules and regulations adopted by the Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) and as required by the Securities Act.
(t) Title to Real and Personal Property.  Each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries have good and marketable title in fee simple (in the case of real property) to, or have valid and marketable rights to lease or otherwise use, all items of real and personal property and assets that are material to their respective businesses, in each case free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, defects and imperfections of title except those that (i) do not materially interfere with the use made and proposed to be made of such property by such Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries or materially affect the value of such property, (ii) would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) exist under the Senior Credit Facility.
(u) Title to Intellectual Property.  Except for those the failure to own or have such legal right to use would not be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (i) each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries own or possess the right to use all patents, patent applications, trademarks, service marks, trade names, trademark registrations, service mark registrations, copyrights, licenses and know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures) necessary for the conduct of their respective businesses as currently conducted and as proposed to be conducted, and (ii) the conduct of their respective businesses will not conflict in any material respect with any such rights of others. Except as disclosed in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries have not received any notice of any claim of infringement, misappropriation or conflict with any such rights of others in connection with its patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights and know-how, which would reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(v) No Undisclosed Relationships.  No relationship, direct or indirect, exists between or among either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries, on the one hand, and the directors, officers, stockholders, customers or suppliers of either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries, on the other, that is required by the Securities Act to be described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and that is not so described in such documents and in the Pricing Disclosure Package.
 
-11-

(w) Investment Company Act. Each Planet Fitness Party is not and, after giving effect to the offering and sale of the Shares and the application of the proceeds thereof as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, will not be required to register as an “investment company” or an entity “controlled” by an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder (collectively, the “ Investment Company Act ”).
(x) Taxes.  Each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries have paid all federal, state, local and foreign taxes required to be paid and filed all tax returns required to be paid or filed through the date hereof, in each case except for such failures to pay or file that would not, individually or in the aggregate, be reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as otherwise disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no tax deficiency that has been, or would reasonably be expected to be, asserted against either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries or any of their respective properties or assets.
(y) Licenses and Permits.  Each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries possess all licenses, certificates, permits and other authorizations issued by, and have made all declarations and filings with, the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign governmental or regulatory authorities that are necessary for the ownership or lease of their respective properties or the conduct of their respective businesses as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, except where the failure to possess or make the same would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, neither Planet Fitness Party nor any of its subsidiaries has received notice of any revocation or modification of any such license, certificate, permit or authorization, in each case, except where such revocation, modification or non-renewal would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(z) No Labor Disputes. No labor disturbance by or dispute with employees of either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries exists or, to the knowledge of the Planet Fitness Parties, is threatened, and neither Planet Fitness Party is aware of any existing or imminent labor disturbance by, or dispute with, the employees of any of its or its subsidiaries’ principal suppliers, contractors or customers, except as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
(aa) Compliance with and Liability under Environmental Laws. (i) Each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries (a) are, and at all prior times were, in compliance with any and all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws, rules, regulations, requirements, decisions, judgments, decrees, orders and the common law relating to pollution or the protection of the environment, natural resources or human health or safety, including those relating to the generation, storage, treatment, use, handling, transportation, Release (as defined below) or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials (as defined below) (collectively, “ Environmental Laws ”), (b) have received and are in compliance with all permits, licenses, certificates or other authorizations or approvals required of them under applicable Environmental Laws to conduct their respective
 
-12-

businesses, (c) have not received notice of any actual or potential liability under or relating to, or actual or potential violation of, any Environmental Laws, including for the investigation or remediation of any Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, and have no knowledge of any event or condition that would reasonably be expected to result in any such notice, (d) are not conducting or paying for, in whole or in part, any investigation, remediation or other corrective action pursuant to any Environmental Law at any location, and (e) are not a party to any order, decree or agreement that imposes any obligation or liability under any Environmental Law, and (ii) there are no costs or liabilities associated with Environmental Laws of or relating to either Planet Fitness Party or its subsidiaries, except in the case of each of (i) and (ii) above, for any such matter, as would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (iii) except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, (a) there are no proceedings that are pending, or to the knowledge of the Planet Fitness Parties, contemplated, against either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries under any Environmental Laws in which a governmental entity is also a party, other than such proceedings regarding which it is reasonably believed no monetary sanctions of $100,000 or more will be imposed, (b) neither Planet Fitness Party nor any of its subsidiaries is aware of any facts or issues regarding compliance with Environmental Laws, or liabilities or other obligations under Environmental Laws, including the Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials, that would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) neither Planet Fitness Party nor any of its subsidiaries currently anticipates material capital expenditures relating to any Environmental Laws.
(bb) Hazardous Materials . There has been no storage, generation, transportation, use, handling, treatment, Release or threat of Release of Hazardous Materials by, relating to or caused by either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries (or, to the knowledge of either Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries, any predecessor) for whose acts or omissions either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries is or would reasonably be expected to be liable) at, on, under or from any property or facility now or previously owned, operated or leased by either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries, or at, on, under or from any other property or facility, in violation of any Environmental Laws or in a manner or amount or to a location that would reasonably be expected to result in any liability under any Environmental Law, except for any violation or liability which would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. “ Hazardous Materials ” means any material, chemical, substance, waste, pollutant, contaminant, compound, mixture, or constituent thereof, in any form or amount, including petroleum (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) and petroleum products, natural gas liquids, asbestos and asbestos containing materials, naturally occurring radioactive materials, brine, and drilling mud, regulated or which can give rise to liability under any Environmental Law. “ Release ” means any spilling, leaking, seepage, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, disposing, depositing, dispersing, or migrating in, into or through the environment, or in, into, from or through any building or structure.
(cc) Compliance with ERISA. Except as would not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) each employee benefit plan, within the meaning of Section 3(3) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ ERISA ”), that either Planet Fitness Party or any member of its “Controlled
 
-13-

Group” (defined as any organization which is a member of a controlled group of corporations within the meaning of Section 414 of the Code)sponsors or maintains (each, a “ Plan ”) has been maintained in compliance with its terms and the requirements of any applicable statutes, orders, rules and regulations, including but not limited to, ERISA and the Code; (ii) no non-exempt prohibited transaction, within the meaning of Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code, has occurred with respect to any Plan; (iii) no “reportable event” (within the meaning of Section 4043(c) of ERISA) has occurred (other than any such event for which the applicable 30-day notice period has been waived) with respect to any Plan; (iv) there is no pending audit or investigation by the Internal Revenue Service, the U.S. Department of Labor, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any other governmental agency with respect to any Plan; (v) no Plan is subject to Title IV of ERISA; and (vi) neither Planet Fitness Party nor any member of their Controlled Group has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA (including for contributions to a plan or premiums to the PBGC) in respect of any plan (including a “multiemployer plan,” within the meaning of Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA).
(dd) Disclosure Controls . Each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries maintain an effective system of “disclosure controls and procedures” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) of the Exchange Act) that complies with the requirements of the Exchange Act and that has been designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms, including controls and procedures designed to ensure that such information is accumulated and communicated to management as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Planet Fitness Parties and their subsidiaries have carried out evaluations of the effectiveness of their disclosure controls and procedures as required by Rule 13a-15 of the Exchange Act.
(ee) Accounting Controls. Each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries maintain systems of “internal control over financial reporting” (as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act) that comply with the requirements of the Exchange Act and have been designed by, or under the supervision of, their respective principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, including, but not limited to, internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorizations; (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain asset accountability; (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization; and (iv) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences. Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there are no material weaknesses in any Planet Fitness Party’s internal controls (it being understood that the Planet Fitness Parties are not required as of the date hereof to comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002). The auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of: (i) all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal controls over financial reporting which have adversely
 
-14-

affected or are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Planet Fitness Parties’ ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and (ii) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Planet Fitness Parties’ internal controls over financial reporting.
(ff) Insurance.   Each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries have insurance covering their respective properties, operations, personnel and businesses, including business interruption insurance, which insurance is in amounts and insures against such losses and risks as are reasonably adequate to protect each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries and their respective businesses, except where the failure to carry such insurance would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and neither Planet Fitness Party nor any of its subsidiaries has (i) received notice from any insurer or agent of such insurer that capital improvements or other expenditures are required or necessary to be made in order to continue such insurance or (ii) any reason to believe that it will not be able to renew its existing insurance coverage as and when such coverage expires or to obtain similar coverage at reasonable cost from similar insurers as may be necessary to continue its business.
(gg) No Unlawful Payments.  Neither Planet Fitness Party nor any of its subsidiaries, nor any director or officer, to the knowledge of the Planet Fitness Parties, any employee, agent, controlled or controlling affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries has (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expense relating to political activity; (ii) made or taken an act in furtherance of an offer, promise or authorization of any direct or indirect unlawful payment or benefit to any foreign or domestic government official or employee, including of any government-owned or controlled entity or of a public international organization, or any person acting in an official capacity for or on behalf of any of the foregoing, or any political party or party official or candidate for political office; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or any applicable law or regulation implementing the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions, or committed an offence under the Bribery Act 2010 of the United Kingdom, or any other applicable anti-bribery or anti-corruption law; or (iv) made, offered, agreed, requested or taken an act in furtherance of any unlawful bribe or other unlawful benefit, including, without limitation, any rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful or improper payment or benefit. Each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries have instituted, maintain and enforce, and will continue to maintain and enforce policies and procedures designed to promote and ensure compliance with all applicable anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws.
(hh) Compliance with Anti-Money Laundering Laws . The operations of each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements, including those of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the applicable money laundering statutes of all jurisdictions where either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries conducts business, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines, issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Anti-Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or
 
-15-

governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries with respect to the Anti-Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the knowledge of the Planet Fitness Parties, threatened.
(ii) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws.   Neither Planet Fitness Party nor any of its subsidiaries, directors or officers, nor, to the knowledge of the Planet Fitness Parties, any employee, agent, controlled or controlling affiliate or other person associated with or acting on behalf of either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions administered or enforced by the U.S. government (including, without limitation, the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the U.S. Department of State and including, without limitation, the designation as a “specially designated national” or “blocked person”), the United Nations Security Council, the European Union, Her Majesty’s Treasury or other relevant sanctions authority (collectively, “ Sanctions ”), nor is either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a country or territory that is the subject or target of Sanctions, including, without limitation, Cuba, Iran, North Korea, Sudan, Syria and Crimea (each, a “ Sanctioned Country ”). For the past five years, the Planet Fitness Parties and their subsidiaries have not knowingly engaged in and are not now knowingly engaged in any dealings or transactions with any person that at the time of the dealing or transaction is or was the subject or the target of Sanctions or with any Sanctioned Country.
(jj) No Restrictions on Subsidiaries . Except as described in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no subsidiary of either Planet Fitness Party is currently prohibited, directly or indirectly, under any agreement or other instrument to which it is a party or is subject, from paying any dividends to either Planet Fitness Party, from making any other distribution on such subsidiary’s capital stock, from repaying to either Planet Fitness Party any loans or advances to such subsidiary from either Planet Fitness Party or from transferring any of such subsidiary’s properties or assets to either Planet Fitness Party or any other subsidiary of either Planet Fitness Party.
(kk) No Broker’s Fees. Neither Planet Fitness Party nor any of its subsidiaries is a party to any contract, agreement or understanding with any person (other than this Agreement) that would give rise to a valid claim against either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries or any Underwriter for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or like payment in connection with the offering and sale of the Shares.
(ll) No Registration Rights . Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, no person has the right to require either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries to register any securities for sale under the Securities Act by reason of the filing of the Registration Statement with the Commission or, to the knowledge of the Planet Fitness Parties, the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders hereunder.
(mm) No Stabilization.  Neither Planet Fitness Party has taken, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.
 
-16-

(nn) Forward-Looking Statements.  No forward-looking statement (within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Exchange Act) contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus has been made or reaffirmed without a reasonable basis or has been disclosed other than in good faith.
(oo) Statistical and Market Data.  Nothing has come to the attention of either Planet Fitness Party that has caused such Planet Fitness Party to believe that the statistical and market-related data included in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus is not based on or derived from sources that are reliable and accurate in all material respects.
(pp) Sarbanes-Oxley Act . There is and has been no failure on the part of the Company or any of the Company’s directors or officers, in their capacities as such, to comply with any provision of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended and the rules and regulations promulgated in connection therewith, including Section 402 related to loans and Sections 302 and 906 related to certifications.
(qq) Status Under the Securities Act . At the time of filing the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, at the earliest time thereafter that the Company or any offering participant made a bona fide offer (within the meaning of Rule 164(h)(2) under the Securities Act) of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not and is not an “ineligible issuer,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act. The Company has paid the registration fee for this offering pursuant to Rule 456(b)(1) under the Securities Act or will pay such fee within the time period required by such rule (without giving effect to the proviso therein) and in any event prior to the Closing Date.
(rr) No Ratings . There are (and prior to the Closing Date, will be) no debt securities or preferred stock issued or guaranteed by either Planet Fitness Party or any of its subsidiaries that are rated by a “nationally recognized statistical rating organization,” as such term is defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act.
4. Representations and Warranties of the Selling Stockholders . Each of the Selling Stockholders (or Specified Selling Stockholder, as applicable), severally and not jointly, represents and warrants to each Underwriter and the Planet Fitness Parties that:
(a) Authority; No Consents . Such Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder; this Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Selling Stockholder, or, in the case of a Specified Selling Stockholder, such Specified Selling Stockholder has entered into a Power of Attorney (the “Power of Attorney”) and a Custody Agreement (the “Custody Agreement”) for the sale and delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Specified Selling Stockholder; and such Specified Selling Stockholder has full right, power and authority to enter into this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement and to sell, assign, transfer and deliver the Shares to be sold by such Specified Selling Stockholder hereunder; this Agreement, the Power of Attorney and the Custody
 
-17-

Agreement have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such Specified Selling Stockholder. No consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental agency or body is required for the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for such consents, approvals, authorizations, orders and registrations or qualifications as have been already obtained or made or as may be required by FINRA, The New York Stock Exchange or under applicable securities law in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters.
(b) No Conflicts . The execution, delivery and performance by such Selling Stockholder of this Agreement (and, if such Selling Stockholder is a Specified Selling Stockholder, the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement), the sale of the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder and the consummation by such Selling Stockholder of the transactions contemplated herein will not (i) conflict with or result in a breach or violation of any of the terms or provisions of, or constitute a default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of such Selling Stockholder pursuant to, any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan agreement or other agreement or instrument to which such Selling Stockholder is a party or by which such Selling Stockholder is bound or to which any of the property or assets of such Selling Stockholder is subject, (ii) result in any violation of the provisions of the charter or by-laws or similar organizational documents of such Selling Stockholder or (iii) result in the violation of any law or statute applicable to such Selling Stockholder or any judgment, order, rule or regulation of any court or arbitrator or governmental or regulatory agency having jurisdiction over such Selling Stockholder, except, in the case of clauses (i) and (iii) above, for any such conflict, breach, violation or default that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of such Selling Stockholder to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.
(c) Title to Shares. Such Selling Stockholder (if such Selling Stockholder is a Specified Selling Stockholder, subject to the Power of Attorney and the Custody Agreement) has good and valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code, as amended (the “ UCC ”) in respect of, the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Stockholder hereunder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; such Selling Stockholder will have, immediately prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, good and valid title to, or a valid “security entitlement” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC in respect of, the Shares to be sold at the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, by such Selling Stockholder, free and clear of all liens, encumbrances, equities or adverse claims; and, such Selling Stockholder has a security entitlement (within the meaning of Section 8-102(a)(17) of the UCC) to the Shares maintained in a securities account on the books of DTC free and clear of any action that may be asserted based on an adverse claim with respect to such security entitlement, and assuming that each Underwriter acquires its interest in the Shares it has purchased without notice of any adverse claim (within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC),
 
-18-

upon the credit of such Shares to the securities account of such Underwriter maintained with DTC and payment therefor by such Underwriter, as provided herein, such Underwriter will have acquired a security entitlement to such securities, and no action based on any adverse claim may be asserted against such Underwriter with respect to such security entitlement.
(d) No Stabilization.  Such Selling Stockholder has not taken and will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Shares.
(e) Pricing Disclosure Package, Registration Statement and Prospectus . The Pricing Disclosure Package, at the Applicable Time did not, and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, will not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; as of the applicable effective date of the Registration Statement and any post-effective amendment thereto, the Registration Statement and any such post-effective amendment did not and will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading; and as of the date of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto and as of the Closing Date and as of the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Prospectus will not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided that the representations and warranties set forth in this Section 4(e) shall only apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information related to such Selling Stockholder furnished to the Company by such Selling Stockholder expressly for use therein in connection with the disclosure required by Form S-1, it being understood that such information solely consists of (A) the name of such Selling Stockholder, (B) the information relating to such Selling Stockholder’s holdings of shares of Stock in the beneficial ownership table, (C) the information set forth in the applicable footnote relating to such Selling Stockholder under the beneficial ownership table and (D) the number of Shares to be offered by such Selling Stockholder, in each case as set forth under the caption “Principal and selling stockholders” in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (the “ Selling Stockholder Information ”).
(f) Issuer Free Writing Prospectus.   Other than the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus and the Prospectus, such Selling Stockholder (including its agents and representatives, other than the Underwriters in their capacity as such) has not prepared, used, authorized, approved or referred to and will not prepare, use, authorize, approve or refer to any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, other than (i) any document not constituting a prospectus pursuant to Section 2(a)(10)(a) of the Securities Act or Rule 134 under the Securities Act or (ii) the documents listed on Annex A hereto, each electronic road show and any other written communications approved in writing in advance by the Company and the Representatives.
 
-19-

(g) No Conflicts with Sanctions Laws. Neither the Selling Stockholder nor any of its directors or officers nor, to the knowledge of the Selling Stockholder, any agent or employee of the Selling Stockholder acting on behalf of the Selling Stockholder is currently the subject or the target of any sanctions, nor is such Selling Stockholder nor, any of its subsidiaries located, organized or resident in a Sanctioned Country; and such Selling Stockholder will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the offering of the Shares hereunder, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary, joint venture partner or other person or entity (i) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business with any person that, at the time of such funding or facilitation, is the subject or target of Sanctions, (ii) to fund or facilitate any activities of or business in any Sanctioned Country or (iii) in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction, whether as underwriter, advisor, investor or otherwise) of Sanctions.
(h) Organization and Good Standing . Such Selling Stockholder has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its respective jurisdictions of organization, is duly qualified to do business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its respective ownership or lease of property or the conduct of their respective businesses requires such qualification, and have all power and authority necessary to own or hold its respective properties and to conduct the businesses in which it is engaged, except where the failure to be so qualified or in good standing or have such power or authority would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.
(i) Delivery of Shares.  If such Selling Stockholder holds certificates in negotiable form representing the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder, such Selling Stockholder shall deposit such certificates, promptly upon the later of the execution this Agreement or such Shares becoming certificated, with American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC, the transfer agent and registrar for the Company’s Common Stock (the “ Transfer Agent ”). Such Selling Stockholder specifically agrees that the Shares represented by the certificates so deposited will, from the time they are so deposited, be subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, and that the arrangements made by such Selling Stockholder for such deposit will not be revoked prior to the earlier of the sales of such Shares hereunder or the expiration of the Underwriters’ option to purchase the Option Shares. Such Selling Stockholder specifically agrees that the obligations of such Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law by the dissolution of such partnership, corporation or organization, or by the occurrence of any other event. If any such partnership, corporation or similar organization should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates representing such Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
If such Selling Stockholder holds the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder in book-entry form, then upon payment of the purchase price for the Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder pursuant to this Agreement, delivery of such
 
-20-

Shares, as directed by the Underwriters, to Cede & Co. (“Cede”) or such other nominee as may be designated by DTC (unless delivery of such Shares is unnecessary because such Shares are already in possession of Cede or such nominee), registration of such Shares in the name of Cede or such other nominee (unless registration of such Shares is unnecessary because such Shares are already registered in the name of Cede or such nominee), and the crediting of such Shares on the books of DTC to accounts of the Underwriters (assuming that neither DTC nor any Underwriter has “notice of an adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-105 of the UCC, with respect to such Shares), (A) DTC shall be a “protected purchaser” of such Shares within the meaning of Section 8-303 of the UCC and will acquire its interest in the Shares (including, without limitation, all rights that such Selling Stockholder had or has the power to transfer in such Shares) free and clear of any “adverse claim” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, (B) under Section 8-501 of the UCC, the Underwriters will acquire a valid security entitlement in respect of such Shares and (C) no action based on any “adverse claim,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC, to such Shares may be asserted against the Underwriters with respect to such security entitlement; provided that, for purposes of this representation, such Selling Stockholder may assume that when such payment, delivery (if necessary) and crediting occur, (x) such Shares will have been registered in the name of Cede or another nominee designated by DTC, in each case on the Company’s share registry in accordance with its certificate of incorporation, bylaws and applicable law, (y) DTC will be registered as a “clearing corporation,” within the meaning of Section 8-102 of the UCC and (z) appropriate entries to the accounts of the Underwriters on the records of DTC will have been made pursuant to the UCC.
(j) Specified Selling Stockholders . All of the Shares to be sold by such Specified Selling Stockholder hereunder have been placed in custody under a Custody Agreement relating to such Shares, in the form heretofore furnished to you, duly executed and delivered by such Specified Selling Stockholder to the Transfer Agent, as custodian (the “Custodian”), and such Specified Selling Stockholder has duly executed and delivered a Power of Attorney, in the form heretofore furnished to you, appointing the person or persons specified therein as Attorneys-in-Fact with authority to execute and deliver this Agreement on behalf of such Specified Selling Stockholder, to determine the purchase price to be paid by the Underwriters to the Specified Selling Stockholder as provided herein, to authorize the delivery of the Shares to be sold by such Specified Selling Stockholder hereunder and otherwise to act on behalf of such Specified Selling Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the Custody Agreement.
Such Specified Selling Stockholder agrees that the Shares held in custody for such Specified Selling Stockholder under the Custody Agreement are subject to the interests of the Underwriters hereunder, and that the arrangements made by such Specified Selling Stockholder for such custody, and the appointment by such Specified Selling Stockholder of the Attorneys-in-Fact by the Power of Attorney, are to that extent irrevocable. Such Specified Selling Stockholder agrees that the obligations of such Specified Selling Stockholder hereunder shall not be terminated by operation of law, whether by the death or incapacity of any individual Specified Selling Stockholder, or, in the case of an estate
 
-21-

or trust, by the death or incapacity of any executor or trustee or the termination of such estate or trust, or in the case of a partnership, corporation or similar organization, by the dissolution of such partnership, corporation or organization, or by the occurrence of any other event. If any individual Specified Selling Stockholder or any such executor or trustee should die or become incapacitated, or if any such estate or trust should be terminated, or if any such partnership, corporation or similar organization should be dissolved, or if any other such event should occur, before the delivery of the Shares hereunder, certificates representing such Shares shall be delivered by or on behalf of such Specified Selling Stockholder in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and the Custody Agreement, and actions taken by the Attorneys-in-Fact pursuant to the Powers of Attorney shall be as valid as if such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event had not occurred, regardless of whether or not the Custodian, the Attorneys-in-Fact, or any of them, shall have received notice of such death, incapacity, termination, dissolution or other event.
5. Further Agreements of the Planet Fitness Parties . Each of the Planet Fitness Parties, jointly and severally, covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:
(a) Required Filings.  The Company will file the final Prospectus with the Commission within the time periods specified by Rule 424(b) and Rule 430A, 430B or 430C under the Securities Act, will file any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act; and will furnish copies of the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus (to the extent not previously delivered) to the Underwriters in New York City prior to 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on the business day next succeeding the date of this Agreement in such quantities as the Representatives may reasonably request.
(b) Delivery of Copies. The Company will deliver, without charge, (i) to the Representatives, two signed copies of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto, in each case including all exhibits and consents filed therewith; and (ii) to each Underwriter (A) a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and each amendment thereto (without exhibits) upon request of such Underwriter and (B) during the Prospectus Delivery Period (as defined below), as many copies of the Prospectus (including all amendments and supplements and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus) as the Representatives may reasonably request. As used herein, the term “ Prospectus Delivery Period ” means such period of time after the first date of the public offering of the Shares as in the opinion of counsel for the Underwriters a prospectus relating to the Shares is required by law to be delivered (or required to be delivered but for Rule 172 under the Securities Act) in connection with sales of the Shares by any Underwriter or dealer.
(c) Amendments or Supplements, Issuer Free Writing Prospectuses.  Before using, authorizing, approving, referring to or filing any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, and before filing any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement or the Prospectus, the Company will furnish to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters a copy of the proposed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, amendment or
 
-22-

supplement for review and will not use, authorize, approve, refer to or file any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or file any such proposed amendment or supplement to which the Representatives reasonably object in a timely manner.
(d) Notice to the Representatives.  The Company will advise the Representatives promptly, and confirm such advice in writing, (i) when the Registration Statement has become effective; (ii) when any amendment to the Registration Statement has been filed or becomes effective; (iii) when any supplement to the Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus or any amendment to the Prospectus has been filed or distributed; (iv) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or the receipt of any comments from the Commission relating to the Registration Statement or any other request by the Commission for any additional information; (v) of the issuance by the Commission of any order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for that purpose or pursuant to Section 8A of the Securities Act; (vi) of the occurrence of any event or development within the Prospectus Delivery Period as a result of which the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus, the Pricing Disclosure Package or any such Issuer Free Writing Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading; and (vii) of the receipt by the Company of any notice with respect to any suspension of the qualification of the Shares for offer and sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any proceeding for such purpose; and the Company will use its best efforts to prevent the issuance of any such order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, preventing or suspending the use of any Preliminary Prospectus, any of the Pricing Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or suspending any such qualification of the Shares and, if any such order is issued, will obtain as soon as possible the withdrawal thereof.
(e) Ongoing Compliance.  (1) If during the Prospectus Delivery Period (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which the Prospectus as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Prospectus to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate such amendments or supplements to the Prospectus as may be necessary so that the statements in the Prospectus as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Prospectus will comply with law and (2) if at any time prior to the Closing Date (i) any event or development shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which
 
-23-

the Pricing Disclosure Package as then amended or supplemented would include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading or (ii) it is necessary to amend or supplement the Pricing Disclosure Package to comply with law, the Company will promptly notify the Underwriters thereof and forthwith prepare and, subject to paragraph (c) above, file with the Commission (to the extent required) and furnish to the Underwriters and to such dealers as the Representatives may designate, such amendments or supplements to the Pricing Disclosure Package as may be necessary so that the statements in the Pricing Disclosure Package as so amended or supplemented will not, in the light of the circumstances existing when the Pricing Disclosure Package is delivered to a purchaser, be misleading or so that the Pricing Disclosure Package will comply with law.
(f) Blue Sky Compliance.  The Company will, in cooperation with the Representatives, qualify the Shares for offer and sale under the securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives shall reasonably request and will continue such qualifications in effect so long as required for distribution of the Shares; provided that the Company shall not be required to (i) qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities in any such jurisdiction where it would not otherwise be required to so qualify, (ii) file any general consent to service of process in any such jurisdiction or (iii) subject itself to taxation in any such jurisdiction if it is not otherwise so subject.
(g) Earning Statement.   The Company will timely file such reports pursuant to the Exchange Act as are necessary in order to make generally available to its security holders and the Representatives as soon as practicable an earning statement that satisfies the provisions of Section 11(a) of the Securities Act and Rule 158 of the Commission promulgated thereunder covering a period of at least twelve months beginning with the first fiscal quarter of the Company occurring after the “effective date” (as defined in Rule 158) of the Registration Statement.
(h) Clear Market. For a period of 90 days after the date of the Prospectus, neither Planet Fitness Party will (i) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of Stock or Class B Stock of the Company (together with the Stock, the “ Common Stock ”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing, or (ii) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or any such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (i) or (ii) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated other than (a) the Shares to be sold hereunder; (b)
 
-24-

the issuance of Shares to be sold hereunder to the TSG Continuing LLC Owners and the Specified Selling Stockholders; (c) any shares of Stock of the Company issued upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of options, restricted stock units or other awards granted under or covered by equity incentive plans disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (d) the grant by the Company of awards under equity incentive plans disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (e) the filing of a registration statement on Form S-8 (or equivalent form) with the Commission in connection with an employee stock compensation plan or agreement of the Company, which plan or agreement is disclosed in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; (f) the issuance of Class A common stock upon exchange of limited liability company units of Pla-Fit Holdings (together with a corresponding number of shares of Class B Stock) to any holders of such units that are not subject to a “lock-up” agreement with the Representatives substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto; and (g) the issuance of shares of Stock or other securities (including securities convertible into shares of Stock) in connection with the acquisition by the Company or any of its subsidiaries of the securities, businesses, properties or other assets of another person or entity or pursuant to any employee benefit plan assumed by the Company in connection with any such acquisition; provided that in the case of clause (g), the aggregate number of shares of Stock issued in all such acquisitions and transactions does not exceed 5% of the issued and outstanding Stock of the company on the Closing Date and any recipients of such shares of Stock shall deliver a “lock-up” agreement to the Representatives substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
(i) No Stabilization.  Neither Planet Fitness Party will take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.
(j) Reports.  For a period of three years from the date of this Agreement, the Company will furnish to the Representatives, as soon as they are available, copies of all reports or other communications (financial or other) furnished to holders of the Shares, and copies of any reports and financial statements furnished to or filed with the Commission or any national securities exchange or automatic quotation system; provided the Company will be deemed to have furnished such reports and financial statements to the Representatives to the extent they are filed on the Commission’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval System (or any successor system) (“EDGAR”).
(k) Record Retention . The Company will, pursuant to reasonable procedures developed in good faith, retain copies of each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus that is not filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 433 under the Securities Act.
(l) Emerging Growth Company . The Company will promptly notify the Representatives if the Company ceases to be an Emerging Growth Company at any time prior to the later of (i) completion of the distribution of Shares within the meaning of the Securities Act and (ii) completion of the 90-day restricted period referred to in Section 5(h) hereof.
 
-25-

6. Further Agreements of the Selling Stockholders . Each of the Selling Stockholders, severally and not jointly, covenants and agrees with each Underwriter that:
(a) Clear Market . It has delivered a lock-up agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto.
(b) No Stabilization.  Such Selling Stockholder will not take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to or that would reasonably be expected to cause or result in any stabilization or manipulation of the price of the Stock.
(c) Tax Form. It will deliver to the Representatives prior to or at the Closing Date a properly completed and executed United States Treasury Department Form W-9 (or other applicable form or statement specified by the Treasury Department regulations in lieu thereof) in order to facilitate the Underwriters’ documentation of their compliance with the reporting and withholding provisions of the Tax Equity and Fiscal Responsibility Act of 1982 with respect to the transactions herein contemplated.
7. Certain Agreements of the Underwriters . Each Underwriter hereby represents and agrees that:
(a) It has not used, authorized use of, referred to or participated in the planning for use of, and will not use, authorize use of, refer to or participate in the planning for use of, any “free writing prospectus,” as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act (which term includes use of any written information furnished to the Commission by the Company and not incorporated by reference into the Registration Statement and any press release issued by the Company) other than (i) a free writing prospectus that contains no “issuer information” (as defined in Rule 433(h)(2) under the Securities Act) that was not included in the Preliminary Prospectus or a previously filed Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, (ii) any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus listed on Annex A or prepared pursuant to Section 3(c) or Section 4(c) above (including any electronic road show), or (iii) any free writing prospectus prepared by such underwriter and approved by the Company in advance in writing.
(b) It has not and will not, without the prior written consent of the Company, use any free writing prospectus that contains the final terms of the Shares unless such terms have previously been included in a free writing prospectus filed with the Commission; provided that Underwriters may use a term sheet substantially in the form of Annex B hereto without the consent of the Company; provided further that any Underwriter using such term sheet shall notify the Company, and provide a copy of such term sheet to the Company, prior to, or substantially concurrently with, the first use of such term sheet.
(c) It is not subject to any pending proceeding under Section 8A of the Securities Act with respect to the offering (and will promptly notify the Company and the Selling Stockholders if any such proceeding against it is initiated during the Prospectus Delivery Period).
 
-26-

8. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations.  The obligation of each Underwriter to purchase the Underwritten Shares on the Closing Date or the Option Shares on the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, as provided herein is subject to the performance by each of the Planet Fitness Parties and the Selling Stockholders of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder and to the following additional conditions:
(a) Registration Compliance; No Stop Order.  No order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall be in effect, and no proceeding for such purpose or pursuant to Section 8A under the Securities Act shall be pending before or threatened by the Commission; the Prospectus and each Issuer Free Writing Prospectus shall have been timely filed with the Commission under the Securities Act (in the case of an Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, to the extent required by Rule 433 under the Securities Act) and in accordance with Section 5(a) hereof; and all requests by the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Representatives.
(b) Representations and Warranties.  The respective representations and warranties of each Planet Fitness Party and the Selling Stockholders contained herein shall be true and correct on the date hereof and on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be; and the statements of each Planet Fitness Party and its officers and of each of the Selling Stockholders and their officers made in any certificates delivered pursuant to this Agreement shall be true and correct on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(c) No Material Adverse Change.  No event or condition of a type described in Section 3(g) hereof shall have occurred or shall exist, which event or condition is not described in the Pricing Disclosure Package (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the Prospectus (excluding any amendment or supplement thereto) and the effect of which in the judgment of the Representatives makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
(d) Officers’ Certificates.  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, (x) a certificate, which shall be delivered on behalf of the Company and not the signatories in their individual capacities, of the chief financial officer or chief accounting officer of each Planet Fitness Party and one additional senior executive officer of each Planet Fitness Party who is satisfactory to the Representatives (i) confirming that such officers have carefully reviewed the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus and, to the knowledge of such officers, the representations of the applicable Planet Fitness Party set forth in Sections 3(b), 3(c) and 3(e) hereof are true and correct, (ii) confirming that the other representations and warranties of such Planet Fitness Party in this Agreement are true and correct and that such Planet Fitness Party has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing
 
-27-

Date, as the case may be, and (iii) to the effect set forth in paragraphs (a) and (c) above and (y) a certificate of each of the Selling Stockholders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, (A) confirming that the representations of such Selling Stockholder set forth in Sections 4(e) and 4(f) hereof is true and correct and (B) confirming that the other representations and warranties of such Selling Stockholder in this agreement are true and correct and that such Selling Stockholder has complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied hereunder at or prior to such Closing Date.
(e) Comfort Letters. On the date of this Agreement and on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, KPMG LLP shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Planet Fitness Parties, letters, dated the respective dates of delivery thereof and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives, containing statements and information of the type customarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; provided , that the letter delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall use a “cut-off” date no more than three business days prior to such Closing Date or such Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(f) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Planet Fitness Parties.  Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Planet Fitness Parties, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Planet Fitness Parties, their written opinion and 10b-5 statement, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
(g) Opinion of Counsel for the Selling Stockholders. Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Selling Stockholders, shall have furnished to the Representatives, at the request of the Selling Stockholders, their written opinion, dated the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, and addressed to the Underwriters, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Representatives.
(h) Opinion and 10b-5 Statement of Counsel for the Underwriters.  The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, an opinion and 10b-5 statement of Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, with respect to such matters as the Representatives may reasonably request, and such counsel shall have received such documents and information as they may reasonably request to enable them to pass upon such matters.
(i) No Legal Impediment to Issuance and/or Sale.  No action shall have been taken and no statute, rule, regulation or order shall have been enacted, adopted or issued by any federal, state or foreign governmental or regulatory authority that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance of
 
-28-

Shares by the Company to the TSG Continuing LLC Owners and the Specified Selling Stockholders in connection herewith or the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders; and no injunction or order of any federal, state or foreign court shall have been issued that would, as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, prevent the issuance of Shares by the Company to the TSG Continuing LLC Owners and the Specified Selling Stockholders in connection herewith or the sale of the Shares by the Selling Stockholders.
(j) Good Standing . The Representatives shall have received on and as of the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, satisfactory evidence of the good standing of each Planet Fitness Party and its subsidiaries in their respective jurisdictions of organization and their good standing as foreign entities in such other jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably request, in each case in writing or any standard form of telecommunication from the appropriate governmental authorities of such jurisdictions.
(k) Exchange Listing.  The Shares to be delivered on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, shall have been approved for listing on The New York Stock Exchange.
(l) Lock-up Agreements . The “lock-up” agreements, each substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, between you and certain stockholders, officers and directors of each Planet Fitness Party set forth on Schedule 3 hereto relating to sales and certain other dispositions of shares of Stock or certain other securities, delivered to you on or before the date hereof, shall be in full force and effect on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
(m) Additional Documents.  On or prior to the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, the Planet Fitness Parties and the Selling Stockholders shall have furnished to the Representatives such further certificates and documents as the Representatives may reasonably request.
All opinions, letters, certificates and evidence mentioned above or elsewhere in this Agreement shall be deemed to be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be.
9. Indemnification and Contribution .
(a) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Planet Fitness Parties.  Each Planet Fitness Party agrees, jointly and severally, to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, reasonably incurred and documented legal fees and other reasonably incurred and documented expenses incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, (i) any
 
-29-

untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, not misleading, or (ii) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any “issuer information” filed or required to be filed pursuant to Rule 433(d) under the Securities Act, any road show as defined in Rule 433(h) under the Securities Act (a “ road show ”) or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has been subsequently amended), or caused by any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use therein, it being understood and agreed that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the information described as such in subsection (c) below.
(b) Indemnification of the Underwriters by the Selling Stockholders. Each of the Selling Stockholders severally and not jointly, in proportion to the number of Shares to be sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder agrees to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls such Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, in each case only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission to state a material fact or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with such Selling Stockholder’s Selling Stockholder Information; and provided further that the aggregate amount of such Selling Stockholder’s liability pursuant to this Section 9(b) and Section 9(e) shall be limited to an amount equal to the aggregate net proceeds (after underwriting commissions and discounts but before expenses) to such Selling Stockholder from the sale of Shares sold by such Selling Stockholder hereunder.
(c) Indemnification of the Planet Fitness Parties and the Selling Stockholders.  Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless each Planet Fitness Party, the directors and officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement, each of the Selling Stockholders and each person, if any, who controls the Company or any Selling Stockholder within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act to the same extent as the indemnity set forth in paragraph (a) above, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission to state a material fact or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to such Underwriter furnished to the Company in writing by such Underwriter through the Representatives expressly for use in the Registration Statement, the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any road show or any Pricing Disclosure Package (including any Pricing Disclosure Package that has been subsequently amended), it being understood and agreed upon that the only such information furnished by any Underwriter consists of the
 
-30-

following information in the Prospectus furnished on behalf of each Underwriter: the concession and reallowance figures appearing in the third paragraph under the caption “Underwriting” and the information contained in the twelfth and thirteenth paragraphs and the second and third sentences of the fourteenth paragraph under the caption “Underwriting.”
(d) Notice and Procedures. If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any person in respect of which indemnification may be sought pursuant to the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9, such person (the “ Indemnified Person ”) shall promptly notify the person against whom such indemnification may be sought (the “ Indemnifying Person ”) in writing; provided that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9 except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided further that the failure to notify the Indemnifying Person shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Person otherwise than under the preceding paragraphs of this Section 9. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Person and it shall have notified the Indemnifying Person thereof, the Indemnifying Person shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Person, be counsel to the Indemnifying Person) to represent the Indemnified Person in such proceeding and shall pay the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Person shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Person unless (i) the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Indemnifying Person has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Person; (iii) the Indemnified Person shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Indemnifying Person; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Indemnifying Person and the Indemnified Person and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Indemnifying Person shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceedings in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the reasonably incurred and documented fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to any local counsel) for all Indemnified Persons, and that all such fees and expenses shall be paid or reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Underwriter, its affiliates, directors and officers and any control persons of such Underwriter shall be designated in writing by the Representatives, any such separate firm for the Planet Fitness Parties, directors and officers of the Company who signed the Registration Statement and any control persons of the Company shall be designated in writing by the Company and any such separate firm for the Selling Stockholders shall be designated in writing by the Selling Stockholders or any one of them. The Indemnifying Person shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Indemnifying Person agrees to indemnify each Indemnified Person from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Person shall have requested that an Indemnifying Person
 
-31-

reimburse the Indemnified Person for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Person shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 45 days after receipt by the Indemnifying Person of such request and (ii) the Indemnifying Person shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Person in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement, unless, in each case, the amount of such fees and expenses is being actively disputed in good faith. No Indemnifying Person shall, without the written consent of the Indemnified Person (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), effect any settlement of any pending or threatened proceeding in respect of which any Indemnified Person is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Person, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Person, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Person, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Person.
(e) Contribution.  If the indemnification provided for in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) above is unavailable to an Indemnified Person or insufficient in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein (other than as a result of the limitations imposed on indemnification described in such preceding paragraphs of this Section 9), then each Indemnifying Person under such paragraph, in lieu of indemnifying such Indemnified Person thereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such Indemnified Person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Planet Fitness Parties and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, from the offering of the Shares or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Planet Fitness Parties and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative benefits received by the Planet Fitness Parties and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the net proceeds (before deducting expenses) received by the Company and the Selling Stockholders from the sale of the Shares and the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by the Underwriters in connection therewith, in each case as set forth in the table on the cover of the Prospectus, bear to the aggregate offering price of the Shares. The relative fault of the Planet Fitness Parties and the Selling Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other, shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by either Planet Fitness Party and the Selling Stockholders, or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.
(f) Limitation on Liability.  The Planet Fitness Parties, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to paragraph (e) above were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of
 
-32-

allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in paragraph (e) above. The amount paid or payable by an Indemnified Person as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in paragraph (e) above shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any reasonably incurred and documented legal or other expenses incurred by such Indemnified Person in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraphs (e) and (f), in no event shall an Underwriter be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total underwriting discounts and commissions received by such Underwriter with respect to the offering of the Shares exceeds the amount of any damages that such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Underwriters’ obligations to contribute pursuant to paragraphs (e) and (f) are several in proportion to their respective purchase obligations hereunder and not joint.
(g) Non-Exclusive Remedies.  The remedies provided for in this Section 9 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies which may otherwise be available to any Indemnified Person at law or in equity.
10. Effectiveness of Agreement . This Agreement shall become effective upon the execution and delivery hereof by the parties hereto.
11. Termination . This Agreement may be terminated in the absolute discretion of the Representatives, by notice to the Company and the Selling Stockholders, if after the execution and delivery of this Agreement and prior to the Closing Date or, in the case of the Option Shares, prior to the Additional Closing Date (i) trading generally shall have been suspended or materially limited on or by any of The New York Stock Exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market; (ii) trading of any securities issued or guaranteed by the Company shall have been suspended on any national securities exchange or in any over-the-counter market; (iii) a general moratorium on commercial banking activities shall have been declared by federal or New York State authorities; or (iv) there shall have occurred any outbreak or escalation of hostilities or any change in financial markets or any calamity or crisis, either within or outside the United States, that, in the judgment of the Representatives, is material and adverse and makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the offering, sale or delivery of the Shares on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, on the terms and in the manner contemplated by this Agreement, the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.
12. Defaulting Underwriter .
(a) If, on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, any Underwriter defaults on its obligation to purchase the Shares that it has agreed to purchase hereunder on such date, the non-defaulting Underwriters may in their discretion arrange for the purchase of such Shares by other persons satisfactory to the Company and the Selling Stockholders on the terms contained in this Agreement. If, within 36 hours after any such default by any Underwriter, the non-defaulting Underwriters do not arrange for the purchase of
 
-33-

such Shares, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall be entitled to a further period of 36 hours within which to procure other persons satisfactory to the non-defaulting Underwriters to purchase such Shares on such terms. If other persons become obligated or agree to purchase the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter, either the non-defaulting Underwriters or the Company and the Selling Stockholders may postpone the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, for up to five full business days in order to effect any changes that in the opinion of counsel for the Company, counsel for the Selling Stockholders or counsel for the Underwriters may be necessary in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus or in any other document or arrangement, and the Company agrees to promptly prepare any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement and the Prospectus that effects any such changes. As used in this Agreement, the term “Underwriter” includes, for all purposes of this Agreement unless the context otherwise requires, any person not listed in Schedule 1 hereto that, pursuant to this Section 12, purchases Shares that a defaulting Underwriter agreed but failed to purchase.
(b) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, does not exceed one-eleventh of the aggregate number of Shares to be purchased on such date, then the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall have the right to require each non-defaulting Underwriter to purchase the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase hereunder on such date plus such Underwriter’s pro rata share (based on the number of Shares that such Underwriter agreed to purchase on such date) of the Shares of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters for which such arrangements have not been made.
(c) If, after giving effect to any arrangements for the purchase of the Shares of a defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters by the non-defaulting Underwriters, the Company and the Selling Stockholders as provided in paragraph (a) above, the aggregate number of Shares that remain unpurchased on the Closing Date or the Additional Closing Date, as the case may be, exceeds one-eleventh of the aggregate amount of Shares to be purchased on such date, or if the Company and the Selling Stockholders shall not exercise the right described in paragraph (b) above, then this Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Closing Date, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase Shares on the Additional Closing Date, shall terminate without liability on the part of the non-defaulting Underwriters. Any termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 12 shall be without liability on the part of the Planet Fitness Parties, except that each Planet Fitness Party, jointly and severally, will continue to be liable for the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 13 hereof and except that the provisions of Section 9 hereof shall not terminate and shall remain in effect.
(d) Nothing contained herein shall relieve a defaulting Underwriter of any liability it may have to the Planet Fitness Parties, the Selling Stockholders or any non-defaulting Underwriter for damages caused by its default.
 
-34-

13. Payment of Expenses .
(a) Whether or not the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated or this Agreement is terminated, the Planet Fitness Parties, jointly and severally, will pay or cause to be paid all costs and expenses incident to the performance of their obligations hereunder, including without limitation, (i) the costs incident to the authorization and issuance of Shares by the Company to the TSG Continuing LLC Owners and the Specified Selling Stockholders in connection herewith and the sale, preparation and delivery of the Shares and any taxes payable in that connection; (ii) the costs incident to the preparation, printing and filing under the Securities Act of the Registration Statement, the Preliminary Prospectus, any Issuer Free Writing Prospectus, any Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus (including all exhibits, amendments and supplements thereto) and the distribution thereof; (iii) the fees and expenses of the Planet Fitness Parties’ counsel and independent accountants; (iv) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the registration or qualification and determination of eligibility for investment of the Shares under the state or foreign securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the Representatives may reasonably designate and the preparation, printing and distribution of a Blue Sky Memorandum (including the related fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters); (v) the cost of preparing stock certificates (if any); (vi) the costs and charges of any transfer agent and any registrar; (vii) all reasonable expenses (including the legal fees of counsel for the Underwriters) and application fees incurred in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, FINRA; (viii) all expenses incurred by the Planet Fitness Parties in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors; provided that any expenses associated with any chartered plane used in connection with any “road show” presentation to potential investors will be paid 50% by the Planet Fitness Parties and 50% by the Underwriters; and (ix) all expenses and application fees related to the listing of the Shares on The New York Stock Exchange; provided that the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters pursuant to clauses (iv) and (vii) hereof shall not exceed $25,000 in the aggregate.
(b) If (i) this Agreement is terminated pursuant to Section 11 (other than as a result of a termination pursuant to clauses (i), (iii) or (iv) or Section 11), (ii) the Selling Stockholders for any reason fail to tender the Shares for delivery to the Underwriters or (iii) the Underwriters decline to purchase the Shares for any reason permitted under this Agreement, each Planet Fitness Party, jointly and severally, agree to reimburse the Underwriters for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of their counsel) reasonably incurred by the Underwriters in connection with this Agreement and the offering contemplated hereby; provided that in the case of a termination pursuant to Section 12(c) hereto, the Company shall only reimburse the non-defaulting Underwriters.
(c) The provisions of this Section 13 shall not affect any agreement that the Company and the Selling Stockholders may make for the sharing of such costs and expenses.
14. Persons Entitled to Benefit of Agreement . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective successors and the officers and directors, affiliates and any controlling persons referred to in Section 9 hereof. Nothing in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any other person any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision contained herein. No purchaser of Shares from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor merely by reason of such purchase.
 
-35-

15. Survival . The respective indemnities, rights of contribution, representations, warranties and agreements of the Planet Fitness Parties, the Selling Stockholders and the Underwriters contained in this Agreement or made by or on behalf of the Planet Fitness Parties, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement or any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the delivery of and payment for the Shares and shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Planet Fitness Parties, the Selling Stockholders or the Underwriters.
16. Certain Defined Terms . For purposes of this Agreement, (a) except where otherwise expressly provided, the term “ affiliate ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act; (b) the term “ business day ” means any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City; and (c) the term “ subsidiary ” has the meaning set forth in Rule 405 under the Securities Act.
17. Miscellaneous .
(a) Notices.  All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be given to the Representatives c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, 383 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10179 (fax: (212) 622-8358), Attention: Equity Syndicate Desk; c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, One Bryant Park, New York, New York 10036 (fax: (646) 855-3073), Attention: ECM Legal; c/o Jefferies LLC, 520 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10022 (fax: (646) 619-4437), Attention: General Counsel; and c/o Guggenheim Securities, LLC, 330 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10017 (fax: (646) 786-4931), Attention Adam Rifkin, Senior Managing Director, with a copy to Equity Syndicate Department. Notices to the Company shall be given to it at Planet Fitness, Inc., 26 Fox Run Road, Newington, NH 03801 (fax: (603) 957-4626), Attention: Richard L. Moore. Notices to the Direct TSG Investors and the TSG Continuing LLC Owners shall be given to such Selling Stockholders at TSG Consumer Partners, LLC, 600 Montgomery Street, Suite 2900, San Francisco, CA 94111 (fax: (415) 217-2350), Attention: Pierre LeComte. Notices to any Specified Selling Stockholder shall be given to such person c/o Planet Fitness, Inc., 26 Fox Run Road, Newington, NH 03801 (fax: (603) 957-4626), Attention: Richard L. Moore.
(b) Governing Law.  This Agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in such state.
(c) Counterparts.  This Agreement may be signed in counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which shall be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.
 
-36-

(d) Amendments or Waivers.  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement, nor any consent or approval to any departure therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the parties hereto.
(e) Headings.  The headings herein are included for convenience of reference only and are not intended to be part of, or to affect the meaning or interpretation of, this Agreement.
[ Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank ]
 
-37-

If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding, please indicate your acceptance of this Agreement by signing in the space provided below.

Very truly yours,	
	
PLANET FITNESS, INC.	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Title:	
	
PLA-FIT HOLDINGS, LLC	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Title:	
	
TSG6 PF CO-INVESTORS A L.P.	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Name:	
	 	Title:	
	
TSG6 AIV II-A L.P.	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Name:	
	 	Title:	
	
TSG PF INVESTMENT L.L.C.	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Name:	
	 	Title:	
	
TSG PF INVESTMENT II L.L.C.	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Name:	
	 	Title:	
 
-38-

			
SPECIFIED SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
named on Schedule 2 of the Underwriting
Agreement By: [●],
as Attorney-in-Fact	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Name:	
	 	Title:	
 
-39-

			
Accepted: As of the date first written above	
	
J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Authorized Signatory	
	
MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH          INCORPORATED	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Authorized Signatory	
	
JEFFERIES LLC	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Authorized Signatory	
	
GUGGENHEIM SECURITIES, LLC	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Authorized Signatory	
	
For themselves and on behalf of the several Underwriters listed in Schedule 1 hereto.	
 
-40-

Schedule 1

Underwriter	  	Number of Shares	 	
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC	  	 	[●	] 	
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                      Incorporated	  	 	[●	] 	
Jefferies LLC	  	 	[●	] 	
Guggenheim Securities, LLC	  	 	[●	] 	
Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated	  	 	[●	] 	
William Blair & Company L.L.C.	  	 	[●	] 	
Credit Suisse (USA) LLC	  	 	[●	] 	
Piper Jaffray & Co.	  	 	[●	] 	
Cowen and Company, LLC	  	 	[●	] 	
	  	 	 	 	
Total	  	 	[●	] 	
 
Schedule 1-1

Schedule 2

Selling Stockholders:	  	Attorney-in-Fact
(if applicable):	  	Number of
Underwritten Shares:	 	  	Number of
Option Shares:	 	
				
Direct TSG Investors	  		  				  				
TSG6 PF Co-Investors A L.P.	  	N/A	  	 	1,479,544	  	  	 	419,291	  	
TSG6 AIV II-A L.P.	  	N/A	  	 	1,642,925	  	  	 	67,080	  	
				
TSG Continuing LLC Owners	  		  				  				
TSG PF Investment L.L.C.	  	N/A	  	 	5,609,705	  	  	 	873,802	  	
TSG PF Investment II L.L.C.	  	N/A	  	 	897,713	  	  	 	139,833	  	
				
Specified Selling Stockholders	  		  				  				
				
Richard Moore	  	Dorvin Lively,
Richard Moore	  	 	150,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
Anna Arico	  	Dorvin Lively,
Richard Moore	  	 	10,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
Brian Belmont	  	Dorvin Lively,
Richard Moore	  	 	150,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
Corey Benish	  	Dorvin Lively,
Richard Moore	  	 	50,000	  	  	 	—  	  	
Candace Couter	  	Dorvin Lively,
Richard Moore	  	 	10,113	  	  	 	—  	  	
 
Schedule 2-1

Schedule 3
Shareholders, Officers and Directors Delivering Lock-up Agreements
TSG Entities
1. TSG6 PF Co-Investors A L.P.
2. TSG6 AIV II-A L.P.
3. TSG PF Investment LLC
4. TSG PF Investment II LLC
Officers and Directors
1. Christopher Rondeau
2. Dorvin Lively
3. Richard Moore
4. Stephen Spinelli, Jr.
5. Charles Esserman
6. Pierre LeComte
7. Michael Layman
8. Edward Wong
9. Marc Grondahl
10. David Berg
11. The Christopher J. Rondeau Irrevocable GST Trust of 2012
12. The Christopher J. Rondeau Revocable Trust of 2006
13. The Marc Grondahl Revocable Trust of 2006
 
Schedule 3-1

Annex A
a. Pricing Disclosure Package – Free Writing Prospectus
None.
b. Pricing Information Provided Orally by Underwriters
Public offering price per Share: $[●]
Number of Underwritten Shares purchased from the Selling Stockholders: 10,000,000
Number of Option Shares to be purchased from the Selling Stockholders at the option of the Underwriters is up to: 1,500,000
 
Annex A-1

Annex B
Planet Fitness, Inc.
Pricing Term Sheet
 
Annex B-1

Exhibit A
FORM OF LOCK-UP AGREEMENT
                 , 2016
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                     Incorporated
Jefferies LLC
Guggenheim Securities, LLC
As Representatives of the
several Underwriters listed
in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting
Agreement referred to below
c/o J.P. Morgan Securities LLC
383 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10179
c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
                            Incorporated
One Bryant Park
New York, New York 10036
c/o Jefferies LLC
520 Madison Avenue
New York, New York 10022
c/o Guggenheim Securities, LLC
330 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10017
 
 	Re:	Planet Fitness, Inc. – Public Offering	
Ladies and Gentlemen:
The undersigned understands that you, as Representatives of the several Underwriters, propose to enter into an underwriting agreement (the “ Underwriting Agreement ”) with Planet Fitness, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and the Selling Stockholders listed on Schedule 2 to the Underwriting Agreement, providing for the public offering (the “ Public Offering ”) by the several Underwriters named in Schedule 1 to the Underwriting Agreement (the “ Underwriters ”), of Class A common
 
Exhibit A-1

stock, par value $0.0001 per share (the “ Stock ”), of the Company (the “ Shares ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meanings set forth in the Underwriting Agreement.
In consideration of the Underwriters’ agreement to purchase and make the Public Offering of the Shares, and for other good and valuable consideration receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the undersigned hereby agrees that, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, on behalf of the Underwriters, the undersigned will not, from the period commencing on the date of this letter agreement and continuing for 90 days after the date of the prospectus relating to the Public Offering (the “ Prospectus ”) (such period, the “ Restricted Period ”), (1) offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any Stock or Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of the Company (together with the Stock, the “ Common Stock ”) or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (including without limitation, Common Stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the undersigned in accordance with the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant), or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the Common Stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise or (3) make any demand for or exercise any similar right with respect to the registration of any shares of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (except for purposes of clause (3) for such demands or exercises as will not require any public filing or other public disclosure to be made in connection therewith or will permit any required public filing or other public disclosure to be made after the expiration of the Restricted Period).
The restrictions and obligations contemplated by this letter agreement shall not apply to (a) transfers of Common Stock or securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock (i) if the undersigned is an individual, (A) to an immediate family member or a trust formed for the benefit of an immediate family member or (B) by bona fide gift, will or intestacy, (ii) if the undersigned is a corporation, partnership or other business entity, (A) to another corporation, partnership or other business entity that is an affiliate (as defined under Rule 12b-2 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”)) of the undersigned, including investment funds or other entities under common control or management with the undersigned, or (B) any distribution or dividend to equity holders (including, without limitation, general or limited partners and members) of the undersigned (including upon the liquidation and dissolution of the undersigned pursuant to a plan of liquidation approved by the undersigned’s equity holders) or (iii) if the undersigned is a trust, to a grantor or beneficiary of the trust; (b) the exercise of options to purchase shares of Stock or the receipt of shares of Stock upon the vesting of restricted stock awards, in each case as described in the Pricing Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and any related transfer of shares of Stock to the Company (i) deemed to occur upon the cashless exercise of such options or (ii) for the purpose of paying the
 
Exhibit A-2

exercise price of such options or for paying taxes (including estimated taxes) due as a result of the exercise of such options or as a result of the vesting of such shares of Stock under such restricted stock awards (or the disposition to the Company of any shares of restricted stock granted pursuant to the terms of any employee benefit plan); provided that any shares of Stock received upon the exercise of such options or the vesting of such restricted stock awards shall be subject to the restrictions and obligations contemplated by this letter agreement; (c) transfers by the undersigned of securities acquired in the open market following the Closing Date of the Public Offering; (d) the establishment of a trading plan pursuant to Rule 10b5-1 under the Exchange Act for the transfer of shares of Stock; provided that such plan does not provide for the transfer of shares of Stock during the 90-day period referred to above and no filing or other public announcement shall be required or shall be voluntarily made during such restricted period by the undersigned or the Company as a result of the establishment of any such plan; and (e) the sale of the Shares to be sold by the undersigned pursuant to the Underwriting Agreement; provided , further , that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a), such transfer or distribution is not for value and each donee, heir, beneficiary or other transferee or distributee shall either sign and deliver to J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated on behalf of the Underwriters a lock-up letter in the form of this paragraph or, if a Selling Stockholder, sell such shares of Stock in the Public Offering; and provided , further , that in the case of any transfer or distribution pursuant to clause (a), (b) or (c) that no filing by the undersigned or, with respect to clause (a), any recipient of the shares transferred, in each case, under Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act or other public announcement shall be required or shall be made voluntarily in connection with such transfer or distribution, in each case during the Restricted Period referred to above. For purposes of this paragraph, “immediate family” means any relationship by blood, marriage, domestic partnership or adoption, not more remote than a first cousin.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, this letter agreement shall not restrict the undersigned from entering into any option or contract to sell, any agreement containing an option to purchase, any contract to purchase, any voting agreement or granting of a proxy, or the transfer of Common Stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Stock, in each case in connection with a bona fide third party tender offer, merger, consolidation or other similar transaction made to all holders of the Common Stock involving a change of control of the Company; provided that in the event that the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction is not completed, the Stock owned by the undersigned shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this agreement; provided further that any Stock not transferred in connection with the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this letter agreement and provided further that any Stock transferred in connection with the tender offer, merger, consolidation or other such transaction shall remain subject to the restrictions contained in this letter agreement.
In furtherance of the foregoing, the Company, and any duly appointed transfer agent for the registration or transfer of the securities described herein, are hereby authorized to decline to make any transfer of securities if such transfer would constitute a violation or breach of this letter agreement.
 
Exhibit A-3

The undersigned hereby represents and warrants that the undersigned has full power and authority to enter into this letter agreement. All authority herein conferred or agreed to be conferred and any obligations of the undersigned shall be binding upon the successors, assigns, heirs or personal representatives of the undersigned.
If (i) the Company notifies the Representatives in writing that the Company does not intend to proceed with the Public Offering or files an application to withdraw the registration statement related to the Public Offering, (ii) the Underwriting Agreement is not executed by all parties by August 12, 2016, or (iii) the Underwriting Agreement (other than the provisions thereof which survive termination) shall terminate or be terminated after execution and delivery thereof but prior to payment for and delivery of the Shares to be sold thereunder, the undersigned shall be automatically released from all restrictions and obligations under this letter agreement. The undersigned understands that the Underwriters are entering into the Underwriting Agreement and proceeding with the Public Offering in reliance upon this letter agreement.
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Blank]
 
Exhibit A-4

This letter agreement and any claim, controversy or dispute arising under or related to this letter agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

Very truly yours,	
	
[NAME OF STOCKHOLDER]	
		
By:	 	 	
	 	Name:	
	 	Title:	

Exhibit 5.1

June 21, 2016
Planet Fitness, Inc.
26 Fox Run Road
Newington, New Hampshire 03801
Ladies and Gentlemen:
We have acted as counsel to Planet Fitness, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), in connection with the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-211698) (as may be amended, the “Registration Statement”) filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), for the registration of up to 11,500,000 shares of the Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value per share (“Common Stock”), of the Company, including 1,500,000 shares of Common Stock that may be purchased at the option of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Jefferies LLC, Guggenheim Securities, LLC, Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, William Blair & Company L.L.C., Credit Suisse (USA) LLC, Piper Jaffray & Co. and Cowen and Company, LLC (collectively, the “Shares”). The Shares are being offered by certain selling stockholders and consist of (i) up to 3,608,840 issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock held by certain selling stockholders (the “Direct TSG Investors”), and (ii) up to 7,891,160 shares of Common Stock that are issuable upon exchange of common units (“Holdings Units”) of Pla-Fit Holdings, LLC (“Pla-Fit Holdings”), together with a corresponding number of shares of Class B common stock (the “Class B Stock”) of the Company, held by certain selling stockholders that are equity owners (the “Continuing LLC Owners”) of Pla-Fit Holdings, in each case as set forth in the Registration Statement. The Shares are proposed to be sold pursuant to an underwriting agreement to be entered into among the Company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named therein.
In connection with this opinion letter, we have examined such certificates, documents and records and have made such investigation of fact and such examination of law as we have deemed appropriate in order to enable us to render the opinions set forth herein. In conducting such investigation, we have relied, without independent verification, upon certificates of officers of the Company, public officials and other appropriate persons.
The opinions expressed below are limited to the Delaware General Corporation Law.
Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that (i) with respect to the Shares being offered by the Direct TSG Investors, such Shares have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, and (ii) with respect to the Shares being offered by the Continuing LLC Owners, such Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered upon exchange of Holdings Units and a corresponding number of shares of Class B Stock as described in the Registration Statement, such Shares will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

 
					
Planet Fitness, Inc.	 	- 2 -	 		

We hereby consent to your filing this opinion as an exhibit to the Registration Statement and to the use of our name therein and in the related prospectus under the caption “Legal Matters.” In giving such consent, we do not thereby admit that we are in the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act or the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.

Very truly yours,	 		
		
/s/ Ropes & Gray LLP	 		
Ropes & Gray LLP	 		

Exhibit 23.1
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors Planet Fitness, Inc.:
We consent to the use of our report dated March 4, 2016, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Planet Fitness, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, cash flows, and changes in equity for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2015, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
June 20, 2016